DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 237JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 237

Index of course prexes

Description of courses by discipline

INDEX O F COURSE PREFIXES

Prex/CourseTitle Page#

ACC Accounting ............................................................... 235

ART Art ................................................................................. 235

AS Aerospace Science .................................................... 238

ASL Aerospace Science Lab .........................................239

BIO Biology .......................................................................... 241

BIOL Biology Lab ............................................................... 241

BPD Business Professional Development ................ 239

CH Chinese .......................................................................... 275

CHEM Chemistry ...............................................................246

CHML Chemistry Lab ....................................................... 247

CIV Civil Engineering .......................................................264

CIVL Civil Engineering Lab ...........................................264

CJ Criminal Justice ........................................................... 249

CLHR Human Resource Development ....................... 251

CLIM Infant and Toddler Development..................... 252

CLL College of Lifelong Learning ................................ 251

CMD Communicative Disorders ..................................254

CPE Computer Engineering .......................................... 267

CPEL Computer Engineering Lab .............................. 268

CRR Commercial Recreation and Resorts............... 252

CSC Computer Science ................................................. 255

CSCL Computer Science Lab ....................................... 257

DR Drama ............................................................................. 258

ECO Economics .................................................................260

EDCI Elementary Education .......................................... 261

EN Engineering (General) .............................................. 263

ENL Engineering (General) Lab .................................. 263

ENG English .......................................................................269

ENTR Entrepreneurship..................................................240

ETDPre-Engineering ....................................................... 273

ETEC Education Technology ........................................ 262

FBLFaith-BasedLeadership ........................................ 253

FIN Finance ......................................................................... 273

FLG Foreign Languages ................................................. 274

FR French ............................................................................ 275

GB General Business ........................................................ 273

GEOG Geography ............................................................. 277

GNST General Studies ..................................................... 278

GR German .......................................................................... 279

GUID Guidance................................................................... 279

HCA Health Care Administration ................................ 279

HE Health ............................................................................. 282

HIST History ........................................................................ 283

IT Technology ..................................................................... 287

Prex/CourseTitle Page#

ITC Technology .................................................................. 287

ITD Technology .................................................................. 287

ITE Technology .................................................................. 288

ITEL Technology Lab ....................................................... 288

ITEM Technology (Emergency Management) .......289

ITHM Technology ..............................................................290

ITMA Technology ..............................................................290

ITMF Technology ................................................................ 291

ITR Technology ................................................................... 291

LS Library Science ............................................................. 291

LSED Library Science Education ................................ 292

MATH Mathematics .......................................................... 292

MC Mass Communications ............................................296

MET Meteorology ..............................................................299

MIS Management Information Systems .....................301

MKT Marketing ...................................................................302

MNGT Management ........................................................ 300

MS Military Science ..........................................................303

MUS Music ...........................................................................304

PE Physical Education ..................................................... 323

PHIL Philosophy ................................................................ 326

PHY Physics ......................................................................... 327

PHYL Physics Lab ............................................................. 327

PS Political Science .......................................................... 329

PSY Psychology ................................................................. 333

RE Reading ..........................................................................334

REC Recreation.................................................................. 335

SCI General Science ......................................................... 336

SE Drivers Education ....................................................... 339

SOC Sociology ................................................................... 339

SP Spanish ............................................................................ 341

SPCH Speech Communication ....................................343

SPED Special Education .................................................344

SS Social Science .............................................................. 345

SW Social Work ................................................................. 347

TREC Therapeutic Recreation ......................................350

UA Urban Studies .............................................................. 351

UNIV University Success ................................................ 353

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 238JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 238

ACCOUNTING

Department of Accounting

OFFICE: College of Business Building–Suite 462

ACC 211 (3) Principles of Financial Accounting.

Prerequisite:Sophomoreclassication

recommended. Accounting principles and concepts

relative to general use of accounting information,

doubleentrybookkeeping,andnancialreporting.

(F, S)

ACC 212 (3) Principles of Managerial Accounting.

Prerequisite:ACC211.Accountingprinciplesand

concepts as applied to managerial accounting. (F, S)

ACC 314 (3) Intermediate Accounting I.

Prerequisite:ACC212.Astudyofthefunctionsof

nancialaccounting,basictheory,assetandliability

recognition and measurement. (F, S)

ACC 315 (3) Intermediate Accounting II.

Prerequisite:ACC314.Astudyofaccountingtheory

andpracticeasappliedtostockholders’equity,

dilutive securities, investments, income measurement

issues,andpreparationandanalysisofnancial

statements. (F, S)

ACC 321 (3) Cost Accounting I.Prerequisite:ACC

212. An introduction to the development and use of

accounting information for internal decision making.

Topicsinclude:costterminologyandclassications,

cost accumulation and analysis, CVP analysis,

budgets and standard costs, inventory costing, and

relevant costs for decision making. (F, S)

ACC 381 (3) Government and NFP Accounting.

Prerequisite:ACC212.Astudyofaccounting

practice and theory as it related to state and local

governments,andothernon-for-protentities.(F,S)

ACC 423 (3) Income Tax Accounting. Prerequisite:

ACC212.Anin-depthstudyoffederalandstate

incometaxlaws,taxresearchmethods,eectson

the distribution of individual income. (F, S)

ACC 436 (3) Advanced and International Accounting.

Prerequisite:ACC315.Specialaccountingproblems

related to partnerships, consolidations, international

operations, and International Financial Reporting

Standards. (F, S)

ACC 455W (3) Auditing.Prerequisite:ACC315.

Analysis of the problems encountered by practicing

publicaccountantsasrelatedtonancialstatements

audits;preparationofworkingpapersandreports;

and professional ethics. This course has been

designated as a “Writing Across the Curriculum”

course. (F, S)

ACC 461 (3) CPA Review I. Prerequisite:ACC

315 and Senior standing. An intensive review of

accounting for business enterprises, taxation,

managerial,andgovernmentalandnot-for-prot

accounting as tested on the CPA examination. (D)

ACC 473 (3) Advanced Income Tax Accounting.

Prerequisite:ACC423.Astudyoffederalandstate

incometaxlawsforduciaries,partnerships,and

corporations integrating recent technologies and

research applications. (F, S)

ACC 492 (3) Accounting Information Systems.

Prerequisite:ACC314.Astudyoftheoryandpractice

as applied to accounting information systems.

The course examines the process of purchasing

or designing accounting systems and a variety of

topics dealing with the role of technology in building,

implementing, controlling, and auditing accounting

information system. A secondary goal of the course

is to help students become more comfortable using

computerbasedtoolsincludinge-mail,accounting

software and the World Wide Web. (F, S)

ACC 495 (3) Special Topics in Accounting.

Prerequisite:ACC212andconsentofdepartment

chair. Independent study of accounting topics.

Credit granted for formalized research studies and/

oraccountingpracticum(co-op).(F,S,Sum)

ART

Department of Art

OFFICE: Johnson Hall, Room #213

ART 101 (3) Art Fundamentals.Designedfornon-Art

majors. Study and experimentation with art elements

and art principles.

ART 102 (3) Design I. Exploration of processes and

concepts of the visual arts and an introduction to

design fundamentals.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES BY DISCIPLINE

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 239JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 239

ART 111 (3) Drawing I. Introduction to drawing with

emphasisontheuseofvariousmediaandtechniques.

ART 112 (3) Drawing II. Prerequisite:ART111.

Representational drawing, concerned with space and

volume relationships.

ART 201 (3) Design II. Introduction to two dimensional

composition with emphasis on art elements and art

principles.

ART 202 (3) Design III. Introduction to design in

the third dimension with emphasis on art elements,

art principles, and color theory.

ART 203 (3) Introduction to Computer Graphics I.

This course provides students with skills needed to

produceraster-basedgraphics.Studentsgainathorough

understandingofthenatureofraster-baseddigital

ledevelopment,aswellasanin-depthstudyofthe

applicationusedtocreatethem.Projectsandassign-

ments focus on an exploration and understanding of

theapplication,applyingcolor,tools,andtechniques.

ART 206 (3) Art Appreciation. Introduction to art

and survey of architecture, painting, sculpture and

relatedarts.Notrequiredforartmajors.

ART 210 (3) Visual Thinking. Prerequisites:ART102

and 111. Students explore the creative process of making

images that can move ideas and information to the

minds of others. Assigned projects will explore the

fundamental rigors of art theory and practice while

honing students’ conceptual and presentation skills.

As a result, students will broaden their visual thinking

and perceptual literacy to the point where they can

easily transcend media barriers.

ART 211 (3) Introduction to Ceramics. Introduction

and experimentation with various forming processes

inceramics;studyofthenatureandpropertiesof

clay;ringprocedures;methodsofglazingand

decorating ceramic wares.

ART 213 (3) Introduction to Graphic Design.

Prerequisites:ART102,111,112,201,203,210.Students

will learn to use the principles of visual communication

and to combine them successfully with basic production

techniques.Also,theywillgainawarenessofhow

important ethics and social responsibility are in the

creation of visuals. Questions and various activities

will prompt discussions about the nature of design.

Thequestionsaddressissuesthatspantimeperiods

and stylistic groupings. The material is intended to

oerdierentviewpointsratherthandrawconclusions

about what makes something a work of design.

ART 216 (3) Drawing III. Prerequisites:ART111,112.

Representational drawing from models.

ART 217 (3) Drawing IV.Prerequisite:ART216.

Figure drawing with emphasis on inventive lines and

independent expression.

ART 221 (3) Art History. Survey of art history from

prehistoric civilizations through the Renaissance.

ART 222 (3) Art History.Prerequisite:ART221.Survey

ofarthistoryfromBaroquethroughcontemporary

movements.

ART 224 (3) Introduction to Painting. Prerequisite:

ART 111, 112. Introduction to media and procedures in

painting.

ART 228 (3) Typography. Prerequisites:ART203and

210. The theme of this course is the integration of

type and image. The primary goal of the projects is

howtoachieveaharmoniousandeectiveinterplay

of typography and imagery to express meaning.

Throughacondentuseofgrids,colors,images,

type, and visual hierarchy, students will explore a

varietyofsolutionstodesignproblemsthatrequire

both expressiveness as well as an understanding of

the practical uses of communication design.

ART 232 (3) Introduction to Sculpture. Prerequisites:

ART 111, 112, 201. Introduction to the media, tools, and

procedures in sculpture.

ART 242 (3) Introduction to Printmaking. Prerequisites:

ART 111, 112. Introduction to Printmaking processes.

ART 301 (3) Art for Children. Study and experimentation

with art programming and art activities in the elementary

school.

ART 310 (3) Color Theory and Design.Prerequisites:

ART201.Introductiontocolortheoriesintwo-dimensional

design.

ART 311 (3) Web Design. This course concentrates

on the software knowledge, design, development,

andimplementationofeectivestatichtmlinterfaces

based on principles of graphic design.

ART 312 (3) Ceramics. Prerequisite:ART211.Advanced

clay forming. Introduction to wheel throwing, and

ceramic decoration procedures.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 240JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 240

ART 313 (3) Ceramics. Prerequisite:ART312.

Introduction to ceramic processes, mold making, slip

casting and the hand jigger process.

ART 314 (3) Ceramics. Prerequisite:ART313.Experi-

mentation with ceramic materials, properties and

classicationandcalculation,compoundingofceramic

glazes and clay bodies.

ART 322 (3) Painting.Prerequisites:ART201,224.

Special emphasis on composition utilizing the

elements of design.

ART 323 (3) Painting.Prerequisite:ART322.Figure

painting.

ART 324 (3) Painting. Prerequisite:ART323.

Experimentation with a variety of subjects

emphasizing procedures, style and composition.

ART 327 (3) Sound Design. This course provides a

basic introduction to sound design principles. Sound

will be examined through digital audio workstations

where students will cover fundamental, technical,

and creative aspects of sound production, for both

stand-aloneaudioprojectsandaudioforlm.

ART 332 (3) Sculpture. Prerequisite:ART232.Basic

procedures in casting with varied media. Emphasis

on piece molds and waste molds.

ART 333 (3) Sculpture. Prerequisite:ART332.

Experimentation with procedures in construction of

sculpture, combining materials and exploring spatial

relationships.

ART 334 (3) Sculpture. Prerequisite:ART232,333.

Introductiontowood;exploringitspossibilitiesas

a sculpture medium, and independent research and

experimentation.

ART 335 (3) Introduction to Photography.

Introduction to basic camera operation and black

and white darkroom procedures, with an emphasis

on creative applications for photography.

ART 337 (3) Non-Western Art. SurveyofNon-Western

Art: The Art of Africa, India and China are discussed.

ART 338 (3) African American Art. A survey of

African American Art from 1619 to the present.

ART 342 (3) Printmaking. Prerequisite:ART242.

Introduction to silk screen printing.

ART 343 (3) Printmaking. Prerequisite:ART342.

Independent study in Printmaking.

ART 349 (3) Junior Graphic Design Studio I. This

course is a study of the structural and organizing

systems at work in graphic design such as grids,

modules, proportion, progression, symmetry, and

rhythm. Design problems will be studied holistically

through projects that stress dynamic relationships

among content, form, and context to gain a deeper

understanding of systems at many levels.

ART 351 (3) Junior Graphic Design Studio II. This

course expands and builds on previous graphic design

knowledgeandskills,oeringstudentstheopportunity

of development of complex design projects. The

emphasis will be on research and analysis, and the

designprocessesthatleadtocreativeconceptual-

izationandpolishednaldesignsolutions.Allstudents

are expected to demonstrate sophisticated design

decisions and solutions. All students are expected

to demonstrate sophisticated design decisions and

appropriate design solutions that demonstrate a high

level of expertise and achievement.

ART 403 (3) Design IV. Prerequisites:ART201and

202. Advanced problems in design.

ART 412 (3) Painting. Prerequisite:ART324.

Advanced problems in painting.

ART 413 (3) Painting. Prerequisite:ART324.Advanced

independent research and experimentation in painting.

ART 414 (3) Ceramics.Prerequisite:ART314.Special

problems in ceramic kiln design and construction.

ART 415 (3) Ceramics. Prerequisite:ART414.

Independent study and experimentation with ceramic

sculpture and introduction to the history of ceramics.

ART 416 (3) Sculpture.Prerequisite:ART331.

Introduction to Lost Wax casting.

ART 417 (3) Sculpture. Prerequisite:ART416.

Special problems independent research and

experimentation in sculpture.

ART 418 (3) Display Design. Developing designs for

display purposes.

ART 420 (3) Photography. Introduction to camera

operation, chemical solutions, negative development

and contact printing.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 241JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 241

ART 421 (3) Photography.Prerequisite:ART420.

Advanced problems in photography.

ART 430 (3) Graphic Design Internship. Training

withprofessionaldesignersofrms,eighthoursper

day for one semester. Students must have completed

seven semesters in graphic design.

ART 441 (3) Senior Graphic Design Studio I.

Prerequisites:ART203,210,213,228,311,327,349,

and351.Thiscourseistopurposelyapplyacquired

knowledge and skills (e.g., typography, color, visual

translation, photography, and theory) to a set of

“real” problems based on a theme. Necessary

vehicles for information (such as brochures, printed

materials, posters, web sites, etc.) will be developed

from concept up to production. This course is

intended to closely duplicate the actual working

context of professional studio situations.

ART 443 (3) Senior Graphic Design Studio II

(Motion Graphics). This course trains students in

thebasicandessentialvocabularies,techniques,and

methodologies of broadcast design/motion graphics.

Students will receive training in video, sound, and

motion software necessary for the creation of

professional broadcast/motion graphic projects. It is

setuptogiveabasicfoundationinthesetechniques

and software.

ART 445 (3) Printmaking. Prerequisites:ART342

and 343. Special problems in Printmaking.

ART 446 (3) Printmaking. Prerequisite:ART

443. Advanced independent research and

experimentation in Printmaking.

ART 453 (2) Seminar on Aesthetics. Evaluation of

currentartideologies,styles,techniques,media,and

modern approaches in contemporary art. (Open to

seniors only.)

ART 454 (3) Portfolio Development. This course

prepares students to meet the challenges of

professional practice within the arts. Components

of this class include building a resume, writing

an artist’s statement, portfolio development, and

strategiesforawebpresence,grantfunding,self-

promotion, marketing strategies, presentation, and

senior exhibition.

ART 455 (3) African Art. Study of the art of West

and Central Africa.

ART 456 (3) African American Art. A study of the

art of African Americans, showing its development in

the Americas from 1600 to the present.

AEROSPACE STUDIES

Department of Aerospace Studies

OFFICE: AFROTC Building

AS 101 (1) The Foundation of the United States Air

Force (General Military Course)Corequisite:AF101L.

A survey course designed to introduce students to

the United States Air Force and Air Force Reserve

OcerTrainingCorps.Featuredtopicsinclude:

missionandorganizationoftheAirForce,ocership

and professionalism, military customs and courtesies,

AirForceoceropportunities,groupleadership

problems, and an introduction to communication

skills. Leadership Laboratory is mandatory for Air

Force ROTC cadets, and complements this course by

providing cadets with followership experiences.

AS 102 (1) The Foundation of the United States Air

Force (General Military Course)Corequisite:AF

102L. Continuation of AF 101. A weekly Leadership

Laboratory is mandatory.

AS 101L/AF 102L (1) Leadership Laboratory Consists

of Air Force customs, courtesies, health, mandatory

physicaltness,eldtrainingorientation,drilland

ceremonies. These courses are graded Pass/Fail.

AS 201 (1) The Evolution of USAF Air and Space

Power (General Military Course) The AF 201 course

is designed to examine the general aspects of air

and space power through a historical perspective.

Utilizing this perspective, the course covers a time

periodfromtherstballoonsanddirigiblesto

the space age global positioning systems of the

Persian Gulf War. Historical examples are provided

to extrapolate the development of Air Force

capabilities (competencies), and missions (functions)

to demonstrate the evolution of what has become

today’s USAF air and space power. Furthermore,

the course examines several fundamental truths

associated with war in the third dimension: e.g.

Principles of War and Tenets of Air and Space

Power. As a whole, this course provides the cadets

with a knowledge level understanding for the

general element and employment of air and space

power, from an institutional, doctrinal and historical

perspective. In addition, the students will continue

to discuss the importance of the Air Force Core

Values, through the use of operational examples

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 242JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 242

and historical Air Force leaders, and will continue

to develop their communication skills. Leadership

Laboratory is mandatory for AFROTC cadets and

complements this course by providing cadets with

followership experiences.

AS 202 (1) The Evolution of USAF Air and Space

Power (General Military Course)Corequisite:AF

202L. Continuation of AF 201. A weekly Leadership

Laboratory is mandatory.

AS 201L/AF 202L (1) Leadership Laboratory

Consists of Air Force customs, courtesies, health,

mandatoryphysicaltness,drill,ceremonies,and

eldtrainingorientation.Thesecoursesaregraded

Pass/Fail.

AS 301 (3) Air Force Leadership Studies (Professional

Ocer Course) A study of leadership, management

fundamentals, professional knowledge, Air Force

personnel evaluation systems, leadership ethics, and

thecommunicationskillsrequiredofanAirForcejunior

ocer.CasestudiesareusedtoexamineAirForce

leadership and management situations as a means of

demonstrating and exercising practical applications

of the concepts being studied. A mandatory Leadership

Laboratory complements this course by providing

advancedleadershipexperienceinocer-type

activities, giving students the opportunity to apply the

leadership and management principles of this course.

AS 302 (3) Air Force Leadership Studies (Professional

Ocer Course)Corequisite:AF302LContinuationof

AF 301. A weekly Leadership Laboratory is mandatory.

AS 301L/AF 302 (1) Leadership Laboratory

Prerequisites:CompletionoftheGeneralMilitary

CourseorTwo-Year.Programselectionand/or

approval of the Professor of Aerospace Studies.

Providesadvancedleadershipexperienceinocer

type activities, giving students

the opportunity to apply leadership and management

principles.Includesamandatoryphysicaltnessprogram.

These courses are graded Pass/Fail.

AS 401 (3) National Security Aairs and Preparation for

Active Duty (Professional Ocer Course) Corequisite:

AF 401L. Examines the national security process, regional

studies, advanced leadership ethics, and Air Force

doctrine. Special topics of interest focus on the military

asaprofession,ocership,militaryjustice,civilian

control of the military, preparation for active duty,

andcurrentissuesaectingmilitaryprofessionalism.

Within this structure, continued emphasis is given to

therenementofcommunicationskills.Anadditional

Leadership Laboratory complements this course by

providing advanced leadership management principles.

AS 402 (3) National Security Aairs and

Preparation for Active Duty (Professional Ocer

Course) Corequisite:AF402L.ContinuationofAF

401. A weekly Leadership Laboratory is mandatory.

AS 401L/AF 402L (1) Leadership Laboratory

Prerequisites:CompletionoftheGeneralMilitary

CourseorTwo-YearProgramselectionand/or

approval of the Professor of Aerospace Studies.

Providesadvancedleadershipexperiencesinocer

type activities, giving students the opportunity

to apply leadership and management principles.

Includesamandatoryphysicaltnessprogram.

These courses are graded Pass/Fail.

AS 403L/AF 404L (1) Leadership Laboratory

Mandatory.Prerequisites:CompletionofthePOC.

Providesadvancedleadershipexperiencesinocer-

type activities. These courses are graded Pass/Fail.

ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND PROFESSIONAL

DEVELOPMENT

Department of Entrepreneurship and

Professional Development

OFFICE: College of Business Building–Suite 332

University Success

UNIV 101 (2) University Success for Business Majors.

Thiscourseisdesignedtoassisttherstyearstudents

in their adjustment to college life and in exploring

careeroptions.Emphaseswillbeplacedonself-

assessment, image development, credit/money

management, winning attitudes, goal setting,

dressing for success, constructing personal web

pages, action research, portfolio development,

leadership skills, and library usage. Personal

Development activities relative to the students’

academic, social and professional success are

reinforced through participation in enrichment

workshops, seminars, student organizations, service

learning, and mentoring. (F, S)

Business Professional Development

BPD 200 (3) Introduction to Business. Prerequisites:

UNIV 101. This course is designed to introduce students

to the basic concepts of business. Students receive

instruction regarding the business environment,

management of the enterprise, marketing management,

accountingandnancialmanagement,andbusiness

careers.Professionaldressisrequired.(F,S)

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 243JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 243

BPD 325W (3) Business Communications.

Prerequisites:ENG104,105,205,UNIV101,BPD

200, and junior standing. This course is designed to

merge written, oral and nonverbal communication

theory and applications. Strong emphasis will be

given to leadership theory and development content,

organization,presentation,networking,problem-

solvinganddecision-making.Studentsareprovided

opportunities to participate in mentoring activities.

Mandatory attendance at executive lecture series

and special writing/speaking clinics. Students must

actively participate in at least one business student

organization and complete the Business II and/or

GMAT test preparation exercises. Professional dress

isrequired.(F,S)

Entrepreneurship

ENTR 380 (3) Foundations of Entrepreneurship. An

introductory course designed to familiarize students

with the world of small business, and analyze the

personal strengths and weaknesses of students

relative to launching a career in entrepreneurship.

Attentionisgiventoplanning,nancing,starting,

and managing a new business. Elective–open to all

majors. (F, S, Sum)

ENTR 381 (3) Entrepreneurship and Small Business

Management.Prerequisites:BPD325W,MNGT330,and

Junior standing. This course is designed to prepare

the entrepreneurship student for the general management

roleoftheentrepreneur.Criticalissuesaecting

entrepreneurship and small business management

will be examined. The primary focus of the course

will include small business planning, locating and

using information, and the fundamentals of business

planning. A comparative view of entrepreneurship

and case analyses will be used. (F, S)

ENTR 382 (3) Entrepreneurial Financing, Accounting,

and Control. Prerequisites:ENTR381,FIN320,and

Junior standing. The course will focus on understanding

andexploringtherequirements,costsandbenets

ofvariousformsofnancingoptionsopentothe

entrepreneur. Special emphasis will be placed on

nanceissuesofparticularrelevancetotheminority

entrepreneur, as well as on funding sources for capital

and operating needs of minority entrepreneurs. Methods

ofprotplanningandcashowmanagementwillbe

covered. Accounting for small business and internal

controls will be stressed. (F)

ENTR 482 (3) Financing Entrepreneurship Ventures.

Prerequisites:ENTR381,382,BPD325W,andSenior

standing.Thiscoursewillexplorenancing

entrepreneurial companies at various phases of the

life cycle. Students will also gain an understanding

ofwhatisinthenumbersandhowtheyreecta

specicstrategy.Othertopicswillincludenancing

ofstart-upbusinesses,seasonbusiness,acquisitions,

andpublicoerings.Alsoemphasiswillbeplaced

on analyzing legal documents so that the student

will have a practical experience in this critical aspect

ofnancingentrepreneurialventures.(S)

ENTR 483 (3) Marketing for Entrepreneurs.

Prerequisites:MKT351,MNGT330,ENTR381,382,

and Senior standing. This course is designed to

introduce the new entrepreneur to the importance

and role of marketing strategies in creating and

organizing a new business, as well as in existing small

businesses. The major emphasis will be on: ways

toanalyzeanddenethetargetmarket,evaluating

competition, environmental trends, determining

customer preference, and developing a marketing

strategyforthestart-uporexistingbusiness.(S)

ENTR 484 (3) Internship in Entrepreneurial Studies.

Prerequisites:ENTR381,382,BPD325W,Juniorstanding

and departmental approval. Supervised work experience

insimulatedstudent-managedbusinessenterprises

and new or emerging small business ventures which

focus on the creation of jobs. (F, S, Sum)

ENTR 485 (3) Entrepreneurship Senior Project.

Prerequisites:Seniorstanding,ENTR381,382,482,

483, BPD 325W, and departmental approval. This

capstone course will focus on the development of

a plan for a new business. Strategic planning for

successful marketing and expansion will be stressed.

Thoroughplanningofaventurewillberequiredto

include all components of a marketable business

plan. Students will be expected to market the plan

to actual sources of capital to secure potential

nancingfortheventure.Studentswillberequired

to meet and work with successful entrepreneurs. (F)

ENTR 487 (3) Family Business Management.

Prerequisites:ENTR382andJuniorstanding.This

coursewillexploretheuniquechallengesandoppor-

tunities present in managing a family business. Topics

willinclude:thedecisiontojointhefamilyrm,estab-

lishing credibility as a son or daughter, the stages

of family business growth, strategic planning in the

familyrm,dealingwithnon-familymanagers,and

succession. (S)

ENTR 488 (3) Strategies in Entrepreneurship.

Prerequisite:Seniorstanding.Thiscourseisdesigned

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 244JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 244

to provide students an opportunity to study current

and relevant issues pertinent to the operation of a

business. Students will use the knowledge gained

from research to determine how their ventures

naybeaected.Throughthisprocess,students

will continue to learn how to assess their personal

aptitudeandpotentialforsmallbusiness,ndand

evaluate business opportunities, secure essential

funding, and organize and manage such functional

business areas such as manufacturing, marketing,

accountingandnance.(F)

BIOLOGY

Department of Biology

OFFICE: John A. Peoples Science Building

BIO 101 (2) Introduction to Biology. Designed to

acquaintthestudentwithfundamentalprinciplesof

biological science and their functional applications.

This course is primarily for the general education

program. (F, S, Sum)

BIOL 101 (1) Introduction to Biology Lab. Laboratory

experiencedesignedtore-enforcelecturematerials

in BIO 101. Primarily, the activities will involve the

study of the basic principles in Biology including cell

structures, metabolism, photosynthesis, genetics, etc.

(F, S, Sum)

BIO 103 (3) Environmental Science. An introduction

to the fundamental principles of ecology, biology, and

chemistryforabetterunderstandingoftheinter-

relationships between man and his environment. (F, S. Sum)

BIOL 103 (1) Environmental Science Lab.

Laboratories will consist of demonstrations of lecture

materialsaswellaslmsandoutsidespeakers

relative to each week’s topic. Field trips will be

planned when appropriate. (F, S, Sum)

BIO 105 (2) Introduction to Botany. An introduction

to the basic principles of botany especially those

thathaveanimpactonhumanaairs.Mustbetaken

concurrently with BIOL 105. Designed for the general

educationrequirement.(F,S,Sum)

BIOL 105 (1) Introduction to Botany Lab. The

laboratory exercises will consist of studies pertaining

to morphology, physiology, and taxonomy of lower

and higher plants. (F, S, Sum)

BIO 106 (2) Introduction to Marine Science. An

introduction to the fundamental principles in key areas

of marine science. Emphasis will be placed on marine

and estuarine ecology, marine chemistry, diversity of

marineoraandfauna,etc.Mustbetakenconcurrently

with BIOL 106. (F, S, Sum)

BIOL 106 (1) Introduction to Marine Science Lab.

Laboratoryexercisesandeldtripswillprovide

students with practical experience in the basic

biology using the marine environment as a model.

(F, S, Sum)

BIO 107 (2) Introduction to Zoology. Prerequisite:

BIO101.Diversicationofanimalgroupsand

adaptive changes pertinent to solving problems

of survival. Designed for the general education

program. (F, S, Sum)

BIOL 107 (1) Introduction to Zoology Lab.

Laboratory exercises involving basic structure of

protozoa through chordata. (F, S, Sum)

BIO 111 (3) General Biology. An introduction to

the major unifying concepts among the biological

sciences: metabolism, physiology, organization,

genetics, evolution, and ecology. (F, S, Sum)

BIOL 111 (1) General Biology Lab. Prerequisite:

Concurrent enrollment in BIO 111. Laboratory

experiments designed to study the principles of

metabolism, photosynthesis, genetics and other

principles basic to biology. (F, S, Sum)

BIO 112 (3) General Biology. Prerequisite:BIO111.

An introduction to the major unifying concepts

among the biological sciences: metabolism,

physiology, organization, genetics, evolution, and

ecology. (F, S, Sum)

BIOL 112 (1) General Biology Lab. Continuation of

laboratory experiments begun in BIOL 111. Exercises

will complement those topics covered in BIO 112.

(F, S, Sum)

BIO 114 (2) Introduction to Marine/Environmental

Sciences. An introduction to the fundamental

principles of marine and environmental sciences.

Emphasis will be placed on broad treatment of

aquaticandterrestrialecology,chemistry,pollution,

and biodiversity for a better understanding of the

interrelationships between man and his environment.

(F, S)

BIO 115 (3) General Zoology. Study of the phyla

protozoa through chordata. (F, S, Sum)

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 245JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 245

BIOL 115 (1) General Zoology Lab. Laboratory

exercise involving the basic structure of protozoans

through chordates. Laboratory must be taken with

lecture (BIO 115). (F, S, Sum)

BIO 119 (3) General Botany.Prerequisite:BIO111

and 112. Fundamentals of plant morphology, plant

taxonomy and plant physiology are discussed in

addition to the survey of lower and higher plants.

(F, S, Sum)

BIOL 119 (1) General Botany Lab. Laboratory exercises

pertaining to plant morphology, plant taxonomy, plant

physiology, and lower and higher plants are conducted.

Laboratory must be taken with the lecture. (F, S, Sum)

BIO 200 (3) Introduction to Cell Biology. Emphasis

on the structure and function of cellular organelles.

Introduction to bioenergetics and enzymes. Laboratory

instruction for developing molecular biological

techniques.(Sum)

BIO 201 (3) Introduction to Environmental Science.

Basic environmental principles involved in natural

environments will be addressed. Their relationships to

human environmental functioning will be stressed. (S)

BIOL 201 (1) Introduction to Environmental Science

Lab.Laboratorystudies,eldtrips,andspeakerswill

focus on pollution, environmental degradation and

population problems relative to natural versus built

environments. (S)

BIO 202 (3) Elementary Biostatistics. This course is

designed as an applied introductory course for biology

students. The students will be exposed to the basic

concepts of biostatistics that will form the foundation

for future admission to other schools that include

biostatisticsintheirrequirements.TheStatistical

Analysis System (SAS) computer software will be

used to analyze and explain the various concepts.

ThecourseservesasaprerequisiteforBIO511.(F,S)

BIO 213 (3) Principles of Microbiology. Prerequisite:

BIO 112. Cultural and immunological properties of

medically important bacteria and viruses and their

epidemiology. Concepts of pathogenicity, antibiotic

action, and drug resistance. (F, S, Sum)

BIOL 213 (1) Principles of Microbiology Lab. Methods

for isolating pathogenic bacteria and determining

theirsignicantproperties.Laboratorymustbe

taken with lecture. (F, S, Sum)

BIO 218 (3) Comparative Anatomy. Prerequisites:

BIO 111 and 112. Comparative study of vertebrate

organ systems. (F, S, Sum)

BIOL 218 (1) Comparative Anatomy Lab. Detailed

dissection of the shark, cat, and other selected

vertebrates. Must be taken with lecture. (F, S, Sum)

BIO 233 (3) Anatomy and Physiology. Prerequisite:

BIO 112. The structure and function of the human

body, tissues, skeletal, muscular, endocrine, circulatory,

respiratory, reproductive and urinary systems. (F, S, Sum)

BIOL 233 (1) Anatomy and Physiology Lab.

Laboratory study of selected biological systems

utilizing preserved specimens and models.

Laboratory must be taken with lecture. (F, S, Sum)

BIO 234 (3) Human Anatomy and Physiology I.

Prerequisites:BIO111and112.Astudyofintroductory

biological principles and some of the structure,

physiology, and disorders of the human body with

emphasis on the various organs and systems. (F, S, Sum)

BIO 235 (3) Human Anatomy and Physiology II.

Prerequisite:BIO234.Astudyofthestructure,

physiology and disorders of the human body with

emphasis on the various organs and systems. (F, S, Sum)

BIO 236 (3) Concepts of Public Health. This course

provides an introduction to the concepts and

practice of public health at the community, state, and

national levels. It addresses the philosophy, purpose,

history, organization, function, tools, activities, and

result of public health practice. (F, S)

BIO 304 (2) Marine Sciences. Introduction to

subject matter and scope of the various marine studies

specialties with view to stimulating undergraduate

interest in participating in marine sciences program.

No formal laboratory. (F, S)

BIO 313 (3) Introduction to Microbiology. Prerequisites:

BIO 111, 112, CHEM 141, 142, 241, 242, and MATH 111. The

study of bacteria, molds, yeasts, and viruses. Structure,

growth,andthesignicanceoftheseorganismsin

medicine, industry, and environment. (F, S, Sum)

BIOL 313 (1) Introduction to Microbiology Lab.

Laboratorydesignedtoacquaintstudentswith

techniquesforculturingandidentifyingbacteriaand

fungi. Must be taken with lecture. (F, S, Sum)

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 246

BIO 318 (3) Introductory Genetics. Prerequisite:BIO112,

open for juniors and seniors only. An introductory

study of the principles of heredity to include mechanisms

of gene action and gene diversity. (F, S, Sum)

BIOL 318 (1) Introductory Genetics Lab. Prerequisites:

BIO 111, 112. Designed to illustrate genetic principles

through laboratory experiences. Studies on Drosophila

and plant genetics are utilized. Must be taken with

lecture. (F, S, Sum)

BIO 324 (3) Vertebrate Embryology. Prerequisites:

BIO 114, 115, and 218. Descriptive and comparative

development of the amphibian, avian, and mammalian

embryos. (S)

BIOL 324 (1) Vertebrate Embryology Lab. Prerequisite:

Current enrollment in BIO 324. Laboratory studies of

frog, chick and pig. (S)

BIO 332 (3) Parasitology. Prerequisites:BIO110,114,

and 115. The basic principles of parasitology. Emphasis

willbeplacedonclassication,morphology,life-histories,

host-parasiterelationships,andecologyoftheimportant

parasites of man and other animals. (F, S)

BIOL 332 (1) Parasitology Lab. Prerequisite:Concurrent

enrollment in BIO 332. Laboratory study of parasitic

organisms with respect to morphology and physiology.

(F, S)

BIO 380 (3) Modern Molecular Biology. Prerequisites:

BIO 313, 318, CHEM 241, and 242. A study of the structure

of biological molecules and how these molecules regulate

the various metabolic processes of the cell, a study

of genetics and cell biology at the molecular level. (S)

BIO 390 (1) Seminar in Biology. Prerequisite:Junior

or senior standing. Student is provided with an

opportunity to present an oral and written report on

currentscientictopicsinanattempttoacquirethe

fundamentals of biological statistics and to evaluate

criticallyscienticpapers.(F,S,Sum)

BIO 391 (2) Introduction to Research. Basic research

methodologyinthebiologicalscienceswillbedemon-

strated. Faculty advisors will be assigned on the basis

of the nature of the project. (F, S, Sum)

BIO 392 (2) Independent Study. Prerequisite:Junior

orseniorstanding.Studentswillelectaspecic

topic that is not covered in other biology courses.

Thestudent,workingindependentlywillberequired

to submit a paper that includes an exhaustive review

of literature. (F, S, Sum)

BIO 393 (3) Introduction to Medical Terminology.

Prerequisites:Juniorstandingorconsentofinstructor.

The etymology of Greek and Latin terms as it relates

to the medical sciences. (F, S, Sum)

BIO 401S (1) Biology in Secondary School. Prerequisite:

Senior level biology major. A study of objectives,

procedures and trends in teaching high school biology.

(F, S, Sum)

BIOL 401 (1) Biology in Secondary School Lab.

Skillsandtechniquesforconductinglaboratoriesand

projects at the high school level. (F, S, Sum)

BIO 404 (3) Environmental Science. Prerequisites:

BIO 115 and CHEM 142. An introduction to the fundamental

principles of ecology, biology, and chemistry which

arenecessaryforabetterunderstandingoftheinter-

relationships between man and his environment. (F, S)

BIOL 404 (1) Environmental Science Lab. Field trips

and lab exercises with emphasis on air and water

pollution, noise, population, and thermal pollution. (F, S)

BIO 406 (3) Human Environments and Natural Systems.

Prerequisite:Consentofinstructor.Emphasiswill

be placed on the fundamental problems that confront

man from day to day. Topics for discussion are: population,

energy, food, transportation, land pollution, drugs,

etc. (F, S)

BIOL 406 (1) Laboratory Studies in Human

Environments and Natural Systems.Prerequisite:

Consent of instructor. Laboratory associated with

pollution, energy, transportation, drugs, etc. (F, S)

BIO 409 (3) General Genetics. Prerequisite:BIO

318. Provides general considerations of the principal

concepts of heredity and the application of classical

and modern genetics. (F)

BIO 412 (3) Natural Resources and Conservation.

Prerequisites:BIO115andCHEM142.Astudyof

our natural resources with emphasis on their origin,

properties, use and misuse and good conservation

practices. (S)

BIOL 412 (1) Natural Resources and Conservation

Lab.Experimentsandeldexercisesinnatural

resourcesstudyingsoilproles,erosion,deposition,

and other parameters. (S)

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 247

BIO 413 (3) Principles of Human Nutrition.

Prerequisites:BIO111,and112.Acoursedesigned

tostudythesources,requirementsandchemical

compositionoffoodconstituents;asurveyofhuman

diseases resulting from malnutrition. (F, S)

BIOL 413 (1) Principles of Human Nutrition Lab.

Laboratoryactivitiestodeveloptechniquesfordiet

evaluation,qualitativeandquantitativeanalyses

of food for protein, carbohydrates, fat and mineral

content. (F, S)

BIO 414 (3) Methods of Environmental Analysis.

Prerequisites:BIO115andCHEM142.The

courseoerstheory,methods,andtechniques

foridentifyingandquantifyingenvironmental

contaminants. Sampling methods are discussed

and some coverage is provided on methods for

separation and concentration. (S)

BIOL 414 (1) Methods of Environmental Analysis

Lab. Experimentation with the various tools and

instruments in environmental science: atomic

absorption, gas chromatography, and thin layer

chromatography. (S)

BIO 421 (3) Plant Morphology. Prerequisite:BIO119.

Study of anatomical, reproductive, ontogenetic and

phylogenetic aspects of vascular plants. (F, S)

BIOL 421 (1) Plant Morphology Lab. Study and

dissection of selected plants, maceration and study

of various plant vascular tissues. Must be taken with

lecture. (F, S)

BIO 422 (3) Plant Taxonomy. Classicationand

nomenclatureofoweringplants,introductory

methodofcollection;laboratoryandeldstudiesof

representative plant families. (S)

BIOL 422 (1) Plant Taxonomy Lab. Laboratory and

eldstudiesofrepresentativeplantfamilies.Mustbe

taken with BIO 422. (S)

BIO 423 (3) Ecology. Prerequisite:Seniorstanding

and consent of instructor. A study of the trophic

relationships and energy transfer in the ecosystem. (F, S)

BIOL 423 (1) Ecology Lab. Laboratory exercises on

relationships among ecosystems. Must be taken with

lecture. (F, S)

BIO 424 (3) Plant Physiology.Prerequisites:BIO119

and CHEM 242. An introductory course dealing with

principal physiological processes of plants including

water relations, synthesis, and use of foods and

growth phenomenon. (F, S)

BIOL 424 (1) Plant Physiology Lab. Experiments

will be conducted to illustrate principles of plant

physiology. (F, S)

BIO 425 (3) Introduction to Marine Biology.

Prerequisites:BIO114,115,CHEM142andCHML

142. Life in the sea: an introduction to marine

organisms, their position and function in the marine

environment. Lecture and lab to be taken in the

same semester. (F, S)

BIOL 425 (1) Introduction to Marine Biology Lab.

Fieldtrips,collection,preservationtechniques,

classicationandidenticationofmarineorganisms

with emphasis on structure of the marine

environment. Must be taken with lecture. (F, S)

BIO 426 (3) Mycology. Prerequisite:BIO119.A

survey of the principal fungal classes, morphology

and cytology of fungi and their relation to industry

and agriculture. (F)

BIOL 426 (1) Mycology Lab. Laboratory observations

and related exercises with each of the major classes

of fungi. Laboratory must be taken with lecture. (F)

BIO 428 (3) Evolution. A study of the processes

of organic change. Historical development of

organisms. (F, S)

BIO 430 (3) Advanced Microbiology. Prerequisite:

BIO 313. Special methods for culturing

microorganisms. Extensive consideration is given

to some of the important microbes in medicine,

industry, and public health. (F)

BIOL 430 (1) Advanced Microbiology Lab. The

course gives the student practice in special methods

of isolating and culturing microorganisms important in

industry and medicine. Must be taken with BIO 430. (F)

BIO 431 (3) Invertebrate Zoology. Prerequisite:

BIO 115, and CHEM 142. An extensive review of the

principal types of invertebrates not studied in the

introductory zoology course. (F, S, Sum)

BIOL 431 (1) Invertebrate Zoology Lab. A laboratory

concerningtheidenticationandmorphologyofvarious

invertebratesinlandandaquaticsystems.(F,S,Sum)

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 248

BIO 433 (3) Biology of Water Pollution. Prerequisite:

BIO 313. Biological approaches to water pollution

problemsarediscussed.Theeectofpollutionon

lifeinaquaticenvironmentsisemphasized.(S)

BIOL 433 (1) Biology of Water Pollution Lab.

Selected laboratory exercises, instrument use,

andeldtripsaredesignedtofurtherenhance

thestudent’sawarenessinwaterpollutioneects,

analysis and problem solving.

BIO 434 (3) Marine Vertebrate Zoology.

Prerequisites:BIO114,115,orconsentofinstructor.

Study of all vertebrate groups found in marine

environment,emphasisonintroductiontoshes.

Lecture and lab to be taken during the same

semester. (F, Sum)

BIOL 434 (1) Marine Vertebrate Zoology Lab.

Collection of available marine vertebrate animals,

preservationtechniques,classicationand

identication,emphasisonshesasthelargest

group. Must be taken with BIO 434. (F, Sum)

BIO 436 (3) Marine Botany. Survey of marine algae,

phytoplankton and maritime vascular plants, treating

structure, reproduction, life histories, distribution and

ecology. (S)

BIO 437 (3) Applied Ecology. Prerequisite:Consent

ofinstructor.Astudyoftheeectsofenvironments

on plants and animals with emphasis on factors of

environmentandtheinteractionwithdierentplant

and animal groups.

BIOL 437 (1) Applied Ecology Lab.Theclassication

of representative groups of organisms, demonstrations,

eldtripsandpreparationoftermpaperciting

practical applications. (F)

BIO 438 (3) Marine Invertebrate Zoology. Prerequisites:

BIO 114, 115, or consent of the instructor. Introduction

to invertebrate groups, emphasis on association of

organisms in large categories and understanding

function of each group in marine systems. Lecture

and lab must be taken together. (F, S, Sum)

BIOL 438 (1) Marine Invertebrate Zoology Lab. Collection

of available representatives of marine invertebrates,

preservation,classicationandidentication;position

in marine environment emphasized. Lecture and lab

must be taken together. (F, S, Sum)

BIO 440 (3) Cell Biology. Prerequisites:BIO111and

CHEM 242. Emphasis on the structure and function

ofcellularorganelles;introductiontobiochemical

properties of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, and nucleic

acids;thegeneticcodeandproteinsynthesis.(S)

BIOL 440 (1) Cell Biology Lab. Prerequisites:BIOL111

andCHML242.Experimentationtodeveloptechniques

forcellfractionation;introductiontospectrophotometry,

electrophoresis and chromatography. (S)

BIO 441 (3) Histology.Prerequisites:BIO115and

218. Development and characteristics of cellular

organization of tissues and organ systems. (F, Sum)

BIOL 441 (1) Histology Lab. Exercises studying the

microanatomy of tissues and organ systems. Must be

taken with BIO 441. (F, S, Sum)

BIO 443 (3) Biotechnology. Prerequisites:BIO313,

318,andCHEM241,242.Emphasisontechniquesin

recombinantDNAtechnology;genecloning,analysis

andmanipulation;understandingpolymerasechain

reactions and development of genetically engineered

pharmaceuticals. (F)

BIOL 443 (1) Biotechnology Lab. Experimentation to

developtechniquesinrecombinantDNAtechnology;

genecloning,analysisandmanipulation;polymerase

chain reactions and genetics engineering. Must be

taken with BIO 443. (F)

BIO 444 (3) Arthropod Diseases. A study of the

control and prevention of insect and other arthropod

borne diseases. The physiology, taxonomy, life cycles

and ecology of important vectors. (S)

BIOL 444 (3) Arthropod Diseases Lab. Study the

external structure and make outline sketches to

indicatethecharacteristicsusedintheclassication

of representative forms and unknown specimens

of medical importance and to a limited extent

veterinary important organisms. (S)

BIO 450 (3) General Entomology. An introductory

course in entomology that covers diverse topics including

insectstructureandfunction,benetsandharmas

related to humans. Emphasis is given to insects of

medical and agricultural importance. Use of insecticides

to control harmful insects and the impacts of insecticides

on the environment is also addressed. (F, S)

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 249

BIO 452 (3) Advanced Principles of Environmental

Science.Prerequisites:BIO115,andCHEM142.A

study of the various air pollution problems facing

man in his environment, diseases related to pollution

and other health hazards. (S)

BIOL 452 (1) Advanced Principles of Environmental

Science Lab. The lab will involve the use of various

types of air pollution analysis including the use of

high volume air samplers, particulate and pollen

samplers, and decibel meters. Must be taken with

BIO 452. (S)

BIO 460 (3) Microzoological Techniques. Study

of the principles involved in making simple and

dierentialstains.(S)

BIOL 460 (1) Microzoological Techniques Lab.

Developmentofskillsandtechniquesintissueand

slide preparations. Must be taken concurrently with

BIO 460. (S)

BIO 470 (3) Human Physiology. Study of normal

physiological processes in mammals with reference

to abnormal conditions. (F)

BIOL 470 (1) Human Physiology Lab. Use of

instrumentation for diagnostic studies of normal

physiological processes with reference to certain

abnormal conditions. (F)

BIO 475 (3) Endocrinology. Prerequisites:BIO114,

115, CHEM 141 and 142. An introduction to endocrine

organs in animals, with major emphasis on roles of

endocrine glands and their hormonal secretions in

integration, control systems and metabolism. (S)

BIO 476 (3) Histopathology. Prerequisites:BIO115,

218, and 441. A study of the principal concepts of

tissue and cellular pathology, with emphasis on

human tissue and pathology. (F, S)

BIOL 476 (1) Histopathology Lab. Exercises studying

diseased tissues. Must be taken with BIO 476. (F, S)

BIO 480 (3) Limnology. Prerequisites:BIO115,

CHEM 142 or consent of the instructor. Physical and

chemicalfactorsaectingthebiologyofponds,

reservoirs, and streams. Includes the use of various

instrumentation in biological monitoring. (F, Sum)

BIOL 480 (1) Limnology Lab. Chemical and

biologicalmonitoringofaquaticsystemswillbe

explored. Hack Kits, conductivity meters, oxygen

meters, BOD, COD, and map survey will be taught.

(F, Sum)

BIO 481 (3) Research in Environmental Science.

Prerequisites:BIO115,andCHEM142.Theoryin

theuseofvariousscienticinstruments;automatic

analyzers, spectrophotometers, Secchi Disk,

andothers.Writingtechniquesandprocedures.

Research by individual student on a research

problem. (S, Sum)

BIOL 481 (1) Research in Environmental Science Lab.

The lab will involve the various tools and instruments

inEnvironmentalScience;automaticanalyzers.

Surbersamplers,collectionofelddata.(S,Sum)

BIO 490 (3) Reproductive Physiology. Prerequisites:

BIO 115, 218, CHEM 142, 424 or may be waived with

approval of instructor. The mammalian reproductive

system is presented with emphasis on sex determination,

species variations in the estrus cycle, and the endocrine

factors controlling normal development and function. (S)

BIOL 490 (1) Reproductive Physiology Lab.

Prerequisites:BIO115,218,CHEM142and242.

Experimental analyses of the mammalian

reproductive system. Emphasis is placed on

basic methodologies employed in anatomical and

physiological studies of the reproductive system.

Must be taken concurrently with BIO 490 or with

consent of instructor. (S)

BIO 491 (3) Neurobiology. Introduction to the

physical chemical properties of excitable cells,

synaptic physiology and the logic circuits mediating

behavior.Emphasiswillbeplacedontheneuro-

ethology of simple systems. (F)

BIOL 491 (1) Neurobiology Lab. Introduction to

electrophysiology and various other laboratory

techniquesemployedinneuroscienceresearch.Each

student will be expected to complete an approved

project and submit a written report. (F)

CHEMISTRY

Department of Chemistry

OFFICE: John A. Peoples Science Building

CHEM 131 (3) Introduction to Chemistry. Co-Requisite

Mathematics004orhigher.Astudyofscientic

measurements, mathematic concepts, and basic

principles of chemistry to prepare students for

General Chemistry (CHEM 141) classes. (F, S, Sum)

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 250

CHEM 141 (3) General Chemistry I. Prerequisite:

A score of 30 or above on the Toledo Chemistry

Placement Test: grade of “C” or higher in CHEM

131 or MATH 111 or a higher level mathematics

course. A study of the types and properties of

matter,measurement,qualitativeandquantitative

descriptions of chemical reactions, atomic structure,

bonding and thermochemistry. (F, S, Sum)

CHML 141 (1) General Chemistry Lab. Prerequisite

orco-requisite:CHEM141.Experimentsintheareas

covered in CHEM 141. (F, S, Sum)

CHEM 142 (3) General Chemistry II. Prerequisite:

A passing grade of “C” or higher in CHEM 141 and

CHML141.Astudyofsolutions,chemicalequilibria,

kinetics, thermodynamics, descriptive chemistry.

(F, S, Sum)

CHML 142 (1) General Chemistry II Lab. Prerequisite:

CHML141,co-requisite:CHEM142.Laboratoryexperiments

in the areas covered in CHEM 142. (F, S, Sum)

CHEM241(3)OrganicChemistryI.Prerequisite:A

passing grade of “C” or higher in CHEM 142 and

CHML 142. Chemistry of carbon compounds, with

emphasis on structure, stereochemistry, spectroscopy,

and an introduction to synthesis. (F, S, Sum)

CHML 241 (1) Organic Chemistry I Lab. Prerequisites:

CHEM142,CHML142.Co-requisite:CHEM241.

Laboratory experiments in the areas covered by

CHEM 241. (F, S, Sum)

CHEM 242 (3) Organic Chemistry II. Prerequisite:

CHEM 241, CHML 241. Chemistry of carbon

compounds, with emphasis on synthesis, and an

introduction to biochemistry. (F, S, Sum)

CHML 242 (1) Organic Chemistry II Lab. Prerequisites:

A passing grade of “C” or higher in CHEM 241, CHML 241.

Co-requisite:CHEM242.Laboratoryexperimentsin

the areas covered by CHEM 242. (F, S, Sum)

CHEM 243 (3) Qualitative Organic Analysis.

Prerequisites:CHEM241,CHML241,Co-requisite:

CHEM 242, CHML 242, 243. A lecture covering the

structureidenticationoforganiccompoundsbythe

spectroscopic methods. It includes the theory and

the application of spectroscopies like NMR, Irm, UV/

Vis and Mass Spectroscopy. (S)

CHML 243 (1) Qualitative Organic Analysis Lab.

Prerequisites:CHEM241,CHML241;Co-requisites:

CHEM 242, 243, UV/Vis and mass Spectroscopy for

the elucidation of structure of organic compounds by

CHEM 243. (S)

CHEM 254 (3) Elementary Quantitative Analysis.

Prerequisites:CHEM142andCHML142.Astudyof

the theory and applications of analytical chemistry.

This is a lecture course primarily intended for

students preparing for careers in the health sciences.

CHML 254 (1) Quantitative Analysis Lab. Co-

requisite:CHEM254.Laboratoryexperimentsinthe

areas covered by CHEM 254.

CHEM 310 (2) Introduction to Scientic Research.

Prerequisite:Consentbyadvisors.Thecourse

servesasanintroductiontoscienticresearchfor

chemistry students and it is especially important

for students entering graduate studies. The course

coversscienticliterature,scienticwriting,scientic

presentation, research ethics, and introduction to

federal agencies (NSF, NIH, DoD, etc.) and their

research focuses, trends, and funding opportunities.

CHEM 320 (3) Analytical Chemistry. Prerequisite:

CHEM142,CHML142,andCHEM242.Aquantitative

studyoftheequilibriuminaqueousandnon-aqueous

systems and the application to analytical methods.

Theapplicationofmoderninstrumentalstechniques

is emphasized. (F)

CHML 320 (1) Analytical Chemistry Lab. Co-requisite:

CHEM 320. Laboratory experiments in the areas covered

by CHEM 320.

CHEM 331 (3) Introduction to Biochemistry.

Prerequisite:CHEM241and242.Asurveyofthe

chemical composition of living matter and the

chemical reactions of living cells. (F)

CHEM 340 (2) Inorganic Chemistry I.Prerequisites:

CHEM142andCHML142.Thiscourseistherst

part of a series of two courses. Basic principles,

suchaschemicalequilibriumandreactionkinetics,

of inorganic reactions are emphasized in this

course. The construction and application of the

periodic table of the elements will be discussed. A

descriptive discussion of the chemistry of elements

will also be included in this course. (S)

CHEM 341 (3) Physical Chemistry I. Prerequisite:

MATH241,242,CHEM242;corequisiteprerequisite:

PHY201or211.Astudyoffundamentalconcepts;

includes structure, properties of gases and

thermodynamics. (F)

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 251

CHML 341 (1) Physical Chemistry I Lab. Co-requisite:

CHEM 341. Laboratory experiments on physical

chemistry phenomena. (F)

CHEM 342 (3) Physical Chemistry II. Prerequisite:

CHEM 341, and CHML 341. A study of physical

chemistry,theoryandpractice;includesstructureof

matter,quantummechanics,electrochemistryand

kinetics., (S)

CHML 342 (1) Physical Chemistry II Lab. Prerequisite:

CHEM341;Co-requisite:CHEM342.Laboratory

experiments on Physical Chemistry phenomena. (S)

CHEM 350 (Variable 1-3) Special Topics. Prerequisite:

Permission of instructor. A specialized topic course

covering recent developments in chemistry selected on

the basis of faculty and student interest and needs. (F)

CHEM 371 (3) Forensic Chemistry. Prerequisite:

CHEM 320. This course covers the major forensic

sub-disciplinessuchasrearmsandtoolmark

examination, forensic biology, arson and explosives,

questioneddocuments,andtraceevidence.

Evidencecategoriesincludeglass,soil,hairs,bers,

paint (surface coating), and impressions resulting

from friction ridge skin, tools, foot wear, etc. (S)

CHML 371 (1) Forensic Chemistry Lab. This course

coversthetheoryandpracticeoftechniquescommonly

used in forensic science including examination of

biologicalevidence(DNAngerprinting,bloodstains,

etc.),ngerprinting,andimpressionsresultingfrom

friction ridge skin, tools, foot wear, etc. (S)

CHEM 380 (Variable 1-6) Independent Study.

Prerequisite:Permissionofinstructor.Laboratory

investigation on literature research of a topic selected

bythestudentinconsultationwiththesta.(F,S,Sum)

CHEM 381, 382, 481, 482 (.5, .5, .5, .5) Chemistry Seminar.

Prerequisite:Permissionofinstructor.Presentation

and discussion of current chemical topics and research

by students, faculty and visiting speakers. (F, S)

CHEM 401 (3) Chemistry in the Secondary School.

A course designed to treat the principles, problems,

and materials involved in teaching chemistry on the

secondary level. (F)

CHEM 410 (3) Environmental Chemistry. Prerequisite:

CHEM 320. Environmental Chemistry is to study of the

sources,reactions,transport,eects,andfatesofchemical

species in water, soil, air, and living environments, and

theeectsoftechnologythereon.Thiscoursewill

cover three major areas of environmental chemistry:

aquaticchemistry,atmosphericchemistry,and

geochemistry. Each one includes organic, inorganic,

analytical chemistry and biochemistry for pollutants

in the environment, their fates, and analysis. The

objectives in the course are to understand how

environmental system will behave for the chemical

species and to learn how to analyze the pollutants in

the system. (F)

CHML 410 (1) Environmental Chemistry Laboratory.

Prerequisites:CHEM242andCHML242Corequisite:

CHEM 410 This course is the laboratory course of

CHEM 410 Environmental Chemistry. Laboratory

experiments are designed to illustrate the topics in

thelectureandacquaintstudentswithlaboratory

techniquesinenvironmentalchemistry.(F)

CHEM 421 (3) Instrumentation. Prerequisite:CHEM

320, CHML 320 or permission of the instructor. A

lecture course covering the theory and applications of

spectroscopic chromatographic and electroanalytical

methods. (S)

CHML 421 (1) Instrumentation Lab. Prerequisite:

CHEM320,CHML320;co-requisite:CHEM421.A

laboratory course covering the use of spectroscopic,

chromatographic and electrochemical instrumentation

for the analysis of materials.

CHEM 431 (3) Biochemistry I.Prerequisite:CHEM242.

A study of the chemical composition of living matter

and the chemical mechanics of life processes. (S)

CHML 431 (1) Biochemistry I Lab. Co-requisite:

CHEM431.Basicpuricationandcharacterization

techniquesinbiochemistry.(S)

CHEM 432 (3) Biochemistry II. Prerequisite:CHEM431.

A study of the chemical composition of living matter

and the chemical mechanics of life processes. (F)

CHML 432 (1) Biochemistry II Lab. Co-requisite:

CHEM432.Basicpuricationandcharacterization

techniquesinbiochemistry.(F)

CHEM 436 (3) Physical Organic Chemistry.

Prerequisite:CHEM342.Structure,bonding,and

properties of organic compounds.

CHEM 437 (2) Organic Synthesis. Prerequisite:

CHEM 242. The use of practical organic research

techniquesinthepreparationoforganiccompounds.(S)

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 252

CHEM 441 (3) Inorganic Chemistry II. Prerequisite:

CHEM 340, 341. This course is a continuation of

therstpartoftheseries.Withtheknowledge

introduced in CHEM 341, a thorough discussion

of the atomic properties, the nature of chemical

bonds and the symmetry properties of compounds

will be included in this course. The chemistry and

application of transition metals will be the main

theme of this course. The mechanisms of catalysis

processes will also be covered. In addition, the

function of inorganic elements in living systems will

bebrieyintroducedtokeepstudentsupdatedto

the current trends in inorganic research. (F)

CHML 441 (1) Advanced Inorganic Lab.Co-requisite:

CHEM 441. Theoretical principles and laboratory

techniquesinvolvedinthepreparationandthe

characterization of inorganic compounds. (F)

CHEM 451 (3) Chemical Application of Group Theory.

Prerequisite:CHEM341.Acoursewhichplaces

emphasis on the application of group theory to

interpretation of the electronic and molecular

spectra of molecules. An elementary treatment of

abstract mathematical group theory is presented to

serve as an introduction to the symmetry of point

groups to which most molecular systems belongs. (S)

CHEM 452 (3) Atomic and Molecular Structure.

Prerequisite:CHEM342.Anintroductiontothe

concepts and methods of modern molecular

spectroscopy. (S)

CHEM 453 (3) Thermodynamics. Prerequisite:

CHEM 342. Principles of thermodynamics and their

applicationtochemicalandphaseequilibria.(S)

CHEM 458 (3) Quantum Mechanics. Prerequisite:

CHEM342.Principlesandapplicationsofquantum

theory. (F)

CHEM 471 (3) Forensic Toxicology. Pre-Requisites:

CHEM 320 and CHEM 371. This course covers the

major concenpts of toxicology that include drug

or toxin absorption, distribution, and excretion as

well as binding to receptors. The processes and

reactions, which transform a drug or toxin into a

water soluble substance, also will be discussed. (S)

CHEM 475 (3) Forensic Practicum.Prerequisite:

Departmental approval and CHEM 371 and CHML 371.

Students will have an internship at a local or regional

crime laboratory to satisfy the practice component

of the program and spend a minimum of 8 hours per

week at the laboratory for 14 weeks. (S)

CRIMINAL JUSTICE PROGRAM

Department of Criminal Justice and Sociology

OFFICE: Dollye M.E. Robinson Building, Room #358

CJ 100 (3) Introduction to Criminal Justice. The

studentofthemajorcomponentsorsub-systems

of criminal justice systems in America. Special

consideration will be devoted to analyzing Law

Enforcement, Law Adjudication and Correction from

a functional as well as an administrative perspectives.

(F, S, Sum)

CJ 200 (3) Introduction to Law Enforcement.

Prerequisite:CJ100.Principlesoforganization

andadministrationinlawenforcement;functions

andactivities;planningandresearch;community

relations;personnelandtraining;inspectionand

control;policyformulation.(S)

CJ 210 (3) Introduction to Correctional Services.

Principles of formal control devices, with emphasis

on legal systems, philosophical background of

criminaljusticesystemsandAnglo-Afroexperience.

Introduction to criminal jurisprudence and a

descriptive overview of present criminal justice

components. (F)

CJ 212 (3) Criminal Law. Prerequisite:CJ100.

Examination of precedent setting cases of

procedural criminal law in the United States and their

application to American governance in producing

a formal social control mechanism. Cases which

develop the rights of the individual in a changing

legal order. (S)

CJ 220 (3) Corrections and Rehabilitation.

Prerequisite:CJ100.Thiscourseprovidesan

overview of the rights of the convicted in the

United States. Topics covered include: Conviction,

adjudicationandtheirconsequences,attacksupon

validity of a conviction–past conviction, legal rights

ofprobationers,prisoners,andparolees–anoverview;

and state and federal remedies for enforcement of

prisoners’ rights. (F)

CJ 304 (3) Juvenile Justice.Prerequisite:CJ100.An

overview of the Juvenile Justice System in the United

States and a case law approach to the topics of

jurisdiction, adjudication, arrest search and seizure,

preliminary procedures, initiation of proceedings, and

the judicial process. (F)

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 253

CJ 310 (3) Women in the Criminal Justice System.

Prerequisite:CJ100.Acriticalanalysisofwomen

and crime. Includes theories about crime causation,

the women’s liberation movement and crime and

women in prison.. (D)

CJ 326 (3) Issues and Procedures of Criminal Justice

Research.Prerequisite:CJ100.Acquaintsthestudent

withtheproceduresandtechniquesemployedincriminal

justiceresearch.Emphasisisonthescienticprocesses

of social research, problem development, the role of

theory in research, research design, sampling, data

collection, statistical analysis, table construction and

interpretation. (F, S, D)

CJ 328 (3) Oender’s Rights. Prerequisite:CJ100.

Legalproblemsfromconvictiontorelease;presentence

investigations,sentencing,probationandparole;

incarceration, loss and restoration of civil rights.

(Emphasis on practical SOC 102 legal problems

confrontingtheprobationandparoleocerandthe

correctional administrator.) (D)

CJ 330 (3) Community Corrections.Prerequisite:

CJ100.Techniquesandproceduresutilizedinthe

supervision of adult and juvenile probationers and

parolees.Preparationofsocialhistory,pre-hearing;

andpre-sentenceinvestigationreports.Emphasis

on practical problems confronting the probation and

paroleocer.(D)

CJ 333 (3) Criminology. Prerequisites:CJ100.

Theories of the genesis of criminal behavior in terms

ofthepersonandthegroup;theoriesofcrimeand

punishment. (F)

CJ 399 (3) Introduction to Corporate Security.

Prerequisite:CJ100.Thisisaspecialworkshop

which informs students, practitioners, and citizens

of the historical developments of security and the

role of technology in recent developments. Focuses

on loss prevention, risk management and safety for

personnel in security. (D)

CJ 440 (3) Comparative Study of Criminal Systems.

Prerequisite:Prerequisite:CJ100andsevenhoursof

senior standing. Comparison of American Criminal

Justice System with that of other federated nations. (S)

CJ 443 (3) Foundation of Criminal Investigation.

Prerequisites:Prerequisite:CJ100,sixhoursofsenior

standing.Physicalevidence,people,anddocuments;

their pertinence to criminal investigation. Ethical

problems;impactoflegalsystemsoninvestigative

process;elementsofeectivetestimony.Lectures

and case materials. (F)

CJ 445 (3) Introduction to Criminalistics. Prerequisites:

Prerequisite:CJ100andsixhoursofseniorstanding.

Role of criminalistics as a forensic science. Investigative

andprobativevaluesofcluematerialssuchasngerprints,

blood,rearms,shoeimpressions,toolimprints,and

glass. Advantages and limitations of instrumental

analysis;natureofexperttestimony.(S)

CJ 447 (3) Financial Investigations.Prerequisites:

CJ 100, and CJ 443. Methods of tracing funds,

recordkeeping, interviewing for detecting and

resolving crimes, theoretical principles and

applicationsoftechniques.(D)

CJ 460 (3) Law Enforcement and Societal Responses.

Prerequisite:CJ100andsevenhoursseniorstanding.

Consideration of realistic approaches to selected law

enforcement problems. Emphasis on establishment

ofbenecialrelationshipbetweenlawenforcement

agencies and subculture group. (F)

CJ 464 (3) Seminar in Court Procedures and Family

Law.Prerequisite:CJ100.Philosophyandprocedures

ofthejuvenilecourt,dependencyanddelinquency;

evaluations of juvenile court practices. Family law. (F)

CJ 470 (3) Directed Study in Criminal Justice.

Designedforacademicexibility.Takethesemester

prior to graduation. (D)

CJ 471 (3) Correctional Counseling. Prerequisite:

CJ 100. Counseling psychology with emphasis

onprinciplesandprocedures;thetheoretical

foundationsofcounseling;caseworktechniques;

therapeutictechniquesandprocesses.(S)

CJ 482 (3) Field Work. Prerequisite:CJ100,

junior/senior standing with a minimum 3.00 GPA or

permissionoftheinternshipcoordinator.In-service

students will have to do a minimum of eighteen

weeks(onesemester).Non-inservicestudentswill

be placed in agencies dealing with some aspects of

LawEnforcementandCorrectionstofulllthethree-

hourrequirement.(D)

CJ 483 (3) Seminar. Prerequisite:CJ100.This

course will examine contemporary issues in crime

and criminal justice. Topics will vary each semester

and the course may be repeated for up to nine hours

of credit. (F, D)

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 254

PROFESSIONAL INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES

School of Lifelong Learning

OFFICE: E.E. Thrash Universities Center

CLL 301 (3) Principled-Centered Leadership. The

objective of this course is to help each participant

increase proactive behavior, become more opportunity

minded,increaseself-esteemandbuildonmission

and values. This course will empower people and

organizationstosignicantlyenhancetheirperformance

capability, both personally and professionally.

CLL 400 (3) Leadership Seminar. Examines

various theories and models of leadership and their

practical application in commercial recreation, resort

operationalsettingsandfaith-basedorganizations.

The course addresses the structure of commercial

recreationorganizationsandstylesofeective

leadershipindierentsituationswithinthisvenue.

Students learn practical skills such as group process,

problemsolving,conictresolutionandnegotiation,

teambuilding,andeectivepresentationskills.

Students engage in resort management activities

in a leadership role designed to provide leadership

practiceanddevelopcondence.Thiscourseprovides

the critical elements of analytical and intellectual

examinationandreectionofcertaincoreissuesin

the practice of leadership in commercial recreation.

CLL 480 (1-3) Independent Study. This course

provides students with the skills needed to conduct

research and write substantive reports in both

academia and practical work situations. Students are

provided an opportunity to explore topics through

interdisciplinarystudiesthattheycannotadequately

pursue in a traditional degree program. Students

will engage in research which results in case or

observation studies, research studies, research

reports, or literature reviews/abstracts.

CLL 481 (1-3) Specialized Professional Training.

This course is designed to support students in

theireortstocompletequalityresearchprojects

intheirprospectiveeld.Studentswillselecta

topic, design studies, select appropriate permission,

conduct projects, analyze results and prepare written

reports.Studentswillalsoberequiredtopresent

theirndingstotheirfellowstudents.Extracredit

will be given to students that present their research

ndingsatprofessionalconferences.Studentswill

alsobehighlyencouragedtosubmittheirndings

in article format to professional journals for possible

publication.

CLL 482 (1-3) Internship. This course provides

valuablework-learnexperienceinaprofessional

environment outside of the classroom. Students

willbeabletoexploremanydierentcareerareas,

gain practical skills, and make industry contacts. A

minimumof150clockhoursofon-sitetrainingwitha

relevantagencyisrequiredforsuccessfulcompletion

of this course.

CLL 483 (2) Special Field Research Project. This

course is designed to support students in their

eortstocompletequalityresearchprojectsin

theirprospectiveeld.Studentswillselectatopic,

design studies, select appropriate permission,

conduct projects, analyze results and prepare written

reports.Studentswillalsoberequiredtopresent

theirndingstotheirfellowstudents.Extracredit

will be given to students that present their research

ndingsatprofessionalconferences.Studentswill

alsobehighlyencouragedtosubmittheirndings

in article format to professional journals for possible

publication.

Human Resource Development:

CLHR 200 (3) Foundations of Human Resource

Development. This course will provide an overview

ofthedisciplineandeldofhumanresource

development. The course will focus on how

individuals and groups learn and interact within

organizations. Topics will include strategic planning

for human resource development, needs assessment,

program development, application of workplace

learning theories, career development theories and

methods, and application of organizational learning

theories.

CLHR 215 (3) Design, Delivery, and Facilitation of

Training. This course is an introduction to provide

theoretical and applied introduction to the analysis,

design, development, implementation, and evaluation

of training for adults in organizations. The learners

will create a learning community to safely explore

the theoretical and practical issues of adult learning

research and theory.

CLHR 220 (3) Training, Developing, and Communicating.

This course is designed to teach perspective

trainerstheimportanceofeectivecommunication

skills at every level of the training process. From

assessing the audiences needs to developing and

marking the training session, students will hone

their communication skills and apply those skills

toproducethetypesofdocumentsrequiredinan

eectivetrainingprogram.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 255

CLHR 310 (3) Management and Administration of

the Training Function. This course addresses the

principlesandprocessesnecessarytoeectively

manage and coordinate the training function in business

and industry. Topics include strategic planning of the

training function, responsibilities and tasks of managing

training, analyzing training problems, managing

training projects, facilities planning, legal and ethical

considerations in training, budget and trends in the

traininganddevelopmenteld.

CLHR 320 (3) Conict Resolution and Negotiation.

Studentswilllearnconictresolutionskillsfor

managingandresolvingconictsintheworkplace.

Emphasis will be placed on alternate dispute

resolution methodologies, including mediation and

negotiation strategies. An extensive use of case

studiesastheyrelatetoconictresolutionamong

peers, subordinates, and superiors will be examined.

A special project will include the design and

implementation of an Alternative Dispute Resolution

(ADR) program for an organization.

CLHR 330 (3) Ethical Procedures in the Workforce.

This course is designed to prepare students to apply

ethical principles to issues that exemplify the kinds

of moral challenges encountered in everyday life and

the workplace. This course prepares the student

to do ethical analysis, think critically about ethical

issues, and evaluate ethical considerations which face

human resource professionals and line managers

as they relate to employee rights and employer

responsibilities.

CLHR 415 (3) Program Planning and Development

in Continuing Education. This course will examine

methods for establishing a productive continuing

education/lifelong learning program. The principles

and procedures involved in designing, organizing,

operating, and evaluating comprehensive continuing

education and training programs will be explored.

An emphasis will be placed upon the role and

responsibilities of the program manager or director.

CLHR 425 (3) Assessing and Analyzing Training

Needs. This course is designed to provide students

withanopportunitytoeectivelyplan,develop,and

implement training for organizations. The course will

allow students to determine the training needs of an

organization, develop the training design, implement,

and evaluate training material.

CLHR 450 (3) Human Resource Development Research

Seminar. This seminar is designed for students to

examine critical issues in the area of human resource

development using various research methodologies.

Students will be able to evaluate how research has

been used to study those critical issues.

Infant and Toddler Development:

CLIM 111 (3) Foundations of Infant and Toddler Studies.

This course provides an introduction to the overall

care of infants and toddlers. The primary focus will

be given to the value of play and exploration, as

wellasgivingcarefulattentiontothosecare-giving

times, when relationships grow and an abundance

of learning occurs. Students in this course are

requiredtoattendtheMississippiStateDepartment

of Health’s Infant and Toddler Regulations and

complete a minimum of twenty (20) clock hours of

classroom observation or instructions.

CLIM 131 (3) Observing and Assessing the Behaviors

of Very Young Children. This course is designed

to investigate assessment methods used when

observing infants and toddlers in their educational or

home environment. Emphasis is placed on observing

children and assisting in the implementation of

developmentally appropriate activities/environments

forallchildren;andmodelingreective/professional

practices.Studentsinthiscoursearerequiredto

complete a minimum of twenty (20) clock hours of

classroom observation or instruction.

CLIM 171 (3) Health, Safety, and Development of

Very Young Children. This course will focus on the

caregiver’sroleinoptimizingchildren’swellbeing;

this course emphasizes preventing injury and illness

andincorporatingspecichealthfulpracticesinto

daily routines for infants and toddlers.

Commercial Recreation and Resorts:

CRR 410 (3) Administration of Commercial Recreation.

This course will focus on administrative functions

requiredoftherecreationprofessional.Course

topics will include: organization structures,

standardsofservice,stangissues,accounting

procedures, communication processes within

organizations, and labor management relations.

CRR 411 (3) Leisure Services and Facilities

Marketing. This course allows students to study

marketing principles, theories and concepts and the

use of management principles (control to maximize

marketingeectivenessofleisureservices).A

variety of case studies from the tourism, sport,

entertainment, leisure, and hospitality industry will be

discussed.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 256

CRR 412 (3) Law, Legal Issues, and Risk Management.

Topics to be discussed will include liability and risk,

jurisdiction,legalapparatus,anddecision-making

in commercial recreation and resort management.

Thiscoursefocusesonnancialdecision-making

and the management of risk by commercial

recreation corporations, recognizing the relationship

between risk management and the overall goals

of the organization. Emphasis is placed upon

theidentication,evaluationandmanagementof

commercial recreation organizational risks, which

arebroadlydenedasencompassingoperatingand

strategicaswellasnancialrisks.Thiscoursewill

alsoacquaintparticipantswithrelevantcaselaw

and legal issues that pertain to risk assessment and

management in the commercial recreation sector.

CRR 421 (3) Foundations of Commercial Recreation.

This course introduces the commercial recreation and

tourismindustryincludinghistory,denitions,and

trends associated with the growth and development

of commercial recreation and resorts. This course

also examines the status, operations, and trends in

specictypesofcommercialrecreationindustries.

CRR 422 (3) Introduction to the Gaming Industry.

Topics to be discussed will include casino history,

regulationsandmodernoperations,andtherelation-

ship between gaming and the hospitality industry.

This course will provide students with an orientation

to the historical background, terminology and

regulatory aspects of the gaming industry. The

course will explore all facets of the gaming operation,

including food and beverage, cage operations,

auditing, marketing and reporting. Students will

examine the mathematics and utility analysis of

gaming, including all newly introduced technologies

and related practices for gaming operations.

CRR 423 (3) Commercial Recreation and Resort

Programs. This course focuses on the resort

segment of the hotel industry, its history, planning,

operations, and special considerations. Emphasis is

placed on the study of recreational activities as they

relate to the operations of a resort. Additional topics

will include the analysis of commercial recreation,

including design, development, and programming.

CRR 424 (3) Special Events Planning and Development.

This course provides students with an introductory

approach to planning special events and conferences

for various occasions. The course provides students

with information on every aspect of organizing

and managing special events, such as preparing

and managing the budget, scheduling, coordinating

food and beverages, selecting décor and themes,

entertainment,promotions,marketing,andstang.

CRR 425 (3) Customer Relations. This course

helps students to understand customers’ needs

and behaviors in the commercial recreation and

resort environments. Students will learn to address

challenges that arise from the needs and behaviors

of the customer service situation. This class will

also help students learn to develop and implement

eectiveservicestandards,createserviceplans

and to develop and monitor a customer service

situation. Finally, students will develop the skills

neededtoeectivelyrelatetocustomersandexceed

their expectations. At the conclusion of this course,

studentswillbeabletoeectivelyrelatetoboth

internal and external customers and plan for their

total satisfaction.

Faith-Based Leaders:

FBL 406 (3) Faith-Based Leaders: Mentoring

the Next Generation. In this course, students will

have the opportunity to learn about and begin

implementing the approaches to mentoring in

their personal and professional lives. Students

will examine and analyze the mentoring process

as a means of training others in the practice of

leadershipoffaith-basedorganizations.Thiscourse

will help students develop a mentoring plan for

equippingnewleaderswhocaneectivelyleadand

subsequentlymentorothers.

FBL 407 (3) Development and Operation of Family

Life Centers and Programs. This course will provide

students with information on how to develop and

operate family life centers and programs. Students

will be exposed to a variety of educational programs,

information on assessing the needs and resources

within the community, preparing a budget, and

establishing policies and procedures for a family

life center. In addition, students will be exposed

to information on dealing with the challenges and

concerns of family living.

FBL 408 (3) Community Relations for Faith-Based

Organizations. This course will provide information

on helping communities build their own capacity

forimprovingthequalityoflifeforpeopleinthe

community. Also, the course will explore plans to

develop media relations and programs to enhance

their communities. This course will explore strategies

for building strong relationships in the communities

thatservefaith-basedorganizations.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 257

FBL 409 (3) Managing Faith-Based Personnel and

Volunteers. In this course, students will learn how

tobetterorganizetheireortstomanagefaith-

based personnel and volunteers. It will provide clear

denitionsofpaidpersonnelandvolunteersaswell

aseliminatethelegitimateandmythicalstafears

associated with these populations. Additionally,

students will gain information on motivating and

supervising diverse types of people.

FBL 418 (3) Organizational Leadership for Faith-Based

Leaders. This course is designed to familiarize learners

with various elements of leadership in community

development activities and social service programs.

These elements are goal setting, strategic planning,

delegation, team building, and training. This course

will focus upon updating and developing essential

leadershipskillsforleadersinfaith-basedorganizations.

FBL 419 (3) Communication Skills for Faith-Based

Leaders. This class will focus on the development

and practice of organizational and interpersonal

communication skills (oral and written), with some

emphasisonconictmanagement.Studentswilllearn

communicationstylesandthestrengthsandweak-

nesses inherent in each. Emphases will include

communicativeneedsoffaith-basedorganizations.

Students will learn to assess and improve themselves as

well as assist their peers to become better communicators.

FBL 420 (3) Financial Management for Faith-Based

Leaders.Thiscoursewillteachstudentshowfaith-

basedorganizationscanadoptsuccessfulnancial

practices by exploring all aspects of income and

expenditureswithinfaith-basedenvironments.

Additionally, this course examines ways to balance

organizationalmissionswithnancialstability.Students

willlearnhowtomanagenancialresourcessuchas

accountingandnancialreporting,budgeting,collecting

account receivable, risk management, and insurance.

University Success–Lifelong Learning:

UNIV 105 (2) University Success for Adult Learners.

This course is designed to assist adult learners in

maximizing their potential to achieve academic

success by providing a general orientation to the

functions and resources of the University. The

course is designed to help each student establish

personal and professional goals and assess barriers

to personal, academic and career goals. In addition,

the course is designed to provide students with

positive learning experiences utilizing instructional

methods of lectures, demonstrations, small and large

group discussions, consultants and technology.

The course will provide students with information

on how to apply skills needed to take notes,

communicateeectively,anddevelopgoodstudy

skills to be successful college students. Students will

have the opportunity to engage students in action

research, leadership skills, library initiatives, and

enrichment workshops/seminars activities relative to

their academic, social and professional success.

COMMUNICATIVE DISORDERS

Department of Communicative Disorders

OFFICE: 3825 Ridgewood Road, Suite 8

CMD 211 (3) Introduction to Communicative Disorders.

Describes normal speech, language, and cognitive

development. The nature, symptoms, and etiology

relatingtoarticulation,voice,uency,motordisorders,

impairedhearing,delayedlanguage,andacquired

neurological language disorders are discussed. Open

to Juniors and Seniors in other departments.

CMD 219 (3) Phonetics. Provide general knowledge

about the nature of speech sounds, how they are

formulated, vocalized, and visually symbolized.

Auditory recognition and discrimination between

phonemes are stressed. The dynamics of speech

sounds are considered in relation to pronunciation,

phonetic change, and dialectal variation. Open to

Juniors and Seniors in other departments.

CMD 310 (1) Introduction to Clinical Practicum.

Prerequisite:CMD211,219,312,316,and321.An

introduction to clinical methods and procedures.

Thestudentwillearntwenty-ve(25)clockhoursin

observationthatareneededforASHA‘sCerticate

of Clinical Competence. The student must have

earnedaGPAofatleast2.5(ona4-pointscale).

Restricted to majors only.

CMD 312 (3) Anatomy and Physiology of the Speech

Mechanism.Basiccoursedesignedforanin-depth

study of the anatomical structures of the head, neck,

and trunk. The physiology of these structures will be

related to the process of normal breathing nd verbal

speech production.

CMD 316 (3) Speech and Hearing Science. An

introductory course in psychological measures of

speech production, speech perception, and speech

acoustics. Students will be introduced to basic

elements of the physics of sound and acoustic cues

relevanttotheperceptionofspeechandnon-speech

auditory stimuli. Open to Juniors and Seniors in

other departments.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 258

CMD 321 (3) Language Development. Study of

acquisitionanddevelopmentofchildlanguage.

Emphasis is placed on structural aspects of

languageandlanguage-learning.OpentoJuniors

and Seniors in other departments.

CMD 322 (3) Articulation Disorders. Prerequisites:

CMD 211, 312, 316, and 321. Study of the etiology,

assessment, and management of disorders of

articulation and phonology.

CMD 324 (3) Fluency Disorders. Prerequisites:

CMD 211, 312, 316, and 321. Study of the etiology,

assessment,andmanagementofdisordersuency.

CMD 325 (3) Language and Cognitive Disorders

in Children. Prerequisite:CMD211,219,312,316,and

321. Study of the assessment and management of

childrenwithdevelopmentalandacquiredlanguage

and cognitive disorders.

CMD 344 (3) Assessment of Children. Prerequisite:

21 semester hours in basic and advanced speech

pathology courses. A study of the methods and

procedures employed in testing and evaluating

speech and language disorders in children.

CMD 423 (3) Introduction to Audiology. Prerequisites:

CMD 312, 316, 321, 322, and 325. Study of the physics

of sound, the anatomy and physiology of the ear,

hearing loss, and basic audiological assessment.

CMD 450 (3) Speech-Language Pathology Services

in Schools.Prerequisite:CMD322,324,and325.Study

ethics, case load selection, disability criteria, behavior

management,aswellastheadministrationandorgani-

zationofspeech-languageprogramsinschools.

CMD 480 (3) Clinical Practicum in Speech-Language

Pathology I. Prerequisites:CMD310,322,324,325,

and 344. Supervised clinical experiences in speech,

language, and hearing disorders.

CMD 486 (3) Clinical Practicum in Speech-Language

Pathology II. CMD 310, 322, 324, 325, 344, and 480.

Supervised clinical experience in speech, language,

and hearing disorders.

CMD 495 (3) Senior Project. Prerequisite:Seniorstatus

in the major. A research project will be undertaken

on a topic in communicative sciences/disorders

selected in consultation with and supervised by a

faculty member within the Department.

COMPUTER SCIENCE

Department of Computer Science

OFFICE: John A. Peoples Science Building

CSC 115 (3) Digital Computer Principles. Anintro-

duction to the study of computer science. Subject matter

consists of word processing, spreadsheet, database,

graphics, computing, data processing, the organization

of a computer, input and output devices, number systems,

internal data representation and an introduction to a

high-levelprogramminglanguage.(F,S,Sum)

CSC 116 (3) Computational Thinking. This course will

introduce students to the principles of computational

thinking, focusing on the fundamental concepts

of computing as they apply to various disciplines,

and developing abstraction and logical reasoning

asthefoundationaltoolsforproblem-solving.The

coursewillconsistofveunits,eachresponsible

for providing students with a set of computational

thinking skills, knowledge, and abilities as well as

exposuretocutting-edgeresearchinthediscipline.

Topics include modeling, simulation, visualization,

data analysis, visual analytics, virtual organizations,

social interaction, mobile computing, and robotics.

CSC 117 (3) FORTRAN.Prerequisite:CSC115or

equivalent.Topicsincludedenitionoflanguage

syntaxandsemantics,structuredprogramming,sub-

programs and basic algorithm design. Students are

requiredtowriteseveralprogramsandtoachieve

successful computer execution of them. Credit not

allowed as a Computer Science Elective for the

Computer Science Degree. (S)

CSC 118 (3) Programming Fundamentals.

Prerequisites:MATH118orequivalent,CSC115

orequivalent;co-requisite:CSCL118.Thisisthe

rstcourseinthecomputerscienceprogramming

sequenceandisrequiredofallcomputerscience

majors. Course objectives include: introduction to

problemsolvingmethodsandalgorithmdevelopment;

denitionoflanguagesyntaxandsemanticsofa

highlevelprogramminglanguage;anddeveloping

the ability to design, code, debug, document, and

successfully execute programs. Topics include

objects and classes, data types, applets and

graphics, decision statements, iteration, methods,

testing and debugging, arrays, sorting and searching,

inheritance, interfaces and polymorphism. (F, S)

CSCL 118 (1) Programming Fundamentals Lab.

Prerequisites:MATH118orequivalent,CSC115or

equivalent;co-requisiteCSC118;thislabistobe

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 259

taken with the course CSC 118. The objective of the

labistogivethestudentshands-onexperienceon

the topics covered in the CSC 118 class. Students

will learn to use a text editor to write their programs

and how to compile and run them. Students will

berequiredtodevelopprogramsapplyinglearned

conceptssuchasobject-orienteddesign,data

types,decision-making,iteration,arrays,methods,

inheritance sand interfaces. (F, S)

CSC 119 (3) Object-Oriented Programming.

Prerequisites:CSC118,CSCL118;co-requisite:

CSCL119.Thiscourseisthefollow-upofCSC118.

AdditionaltopicsinObject-OrientedProgramming

are covered in this course. Then the emphasis shifts

toobject-orientedanalysisanddesign.Thiscourse

covers I/O streams, exception handling, threads,

reection,UML,object-orientedanalysisanddesign,

object-orientedgraphicaluserinterfaces,design

patterns, and refactoring. (F, S)

CSCL 119 (1) Object-Oriented Programming Lab.

Prerequisites:CSC118,CSCL118;co-requisite:CSC

119. Students explore, design, program, and analyze

laboratory exercises of object oriented programming

in a supervised setting. Laboratory submissions

include not only software and data, but also short

reports that are graded both for technical content

and writing mechanics. (F, S)

CSC 204 (3) COBOL. Prerequisites:CSC115,117or

equivalent.AstudyoftheCOBOLprogramming

language and its applications. Students are

requiredtowrite/modifyseveralprogramsapplying

structuredprogrammingtechniquesandtoachieve

successful computer execution. Credit not allowed

as a Computer Science Elective for the Computer

Science Degree.

CSC 209 (3) Programming in C/UNIX.

Prerequisites:CSC119,CSCL119.Problem-solving

methods, algorithm development, debugging and

documentation in the C programming language

withemphasisontheUNIXoperatingsystem

environment. Topics include: pointers, strings,

structures,unions,linkedlists,UNIXprocess

management,andUNIXshellprogramming.(F)

CSC 211 (3) Object-Oriented Programming in C++.

Prerequisites:CSC119,CSCL119.Problem-solving

methods, algorithm development, debugging and

documentation in the C++ programming language.

Topics include: classes, operator overloading,

inheritance, polymorphism, stream input/output,

exceptionhandling,andleprocessing.(S)

CSC 214 (3) Programming for the Web.

Prerequisites:CSC119,CSCL119.Thiscourse

is designed for students who have computer

programming experience and who want to write

Web applications. Students will learn the basic

programming skills and languages that are needed

to implement distributed Web applications. Topics

includeclient-sideprogrammingtechniquesincluding

HTML,DynamicHTMLandJavaScript;server-side

programmingtechniquesincludingCGIprogramming

usingPerl;andWebarchitecturesandservers.(S)

CSC 216 (3) Computer Architecture and Organization.

Prerequisites:CSC119,225,CSCL119,EN212,ENL

212;co-requisite:CSCL216.Studentswilllearn

functional behaviors and structural organizations of

acomputer.Topicsincludemachinelevelrepresen-

tations of data, computer arithmetic, instruction set

architecture and assembly language, datapath and

control, memory system and bus architectures and

I/O devices. Also, the compilation and the assembly

processes, and linking and loading are covered. (F, S)

CSCL 216 (1) Computer Architecture and Organization

Lab.Prerequisites:CSC119,225,CSCL119,EN212,

ENL212;co-requisite:CSC216.Studentswilllearn

MIPS computer organization, MIPS assembly language,

and the SPIM simulator, and carry out MIPS assembly

programming assignments, which will cover the

following subjects: system I/O, arithmetic, logic, shift

androtationoperations,controlowstructures,

addressingmodes,stacksandprocedures,memory-

mapped I/O, expectations and interrupts, and

pipelined implementation. (F, S)

CSC 225 (3) Discrete Structures for Computer Science.

Prerequisites:CSC118,CSCL118,MATH118orHigher.

Introduces the foundations of discrete mathematics

as they apply to computer science, focusing on

providing a solid theoretical foundation for further

work.Topicsincludebasiclogic,prooftechniques,sets,

bags, ordered structures, graphs, trees, facts and

propertiesoffunctions,andconstructiontechniques.(F,

CSC 228 (3) Data Structures and Algorithms.

Prerequisites:CSC119,225,CSCL119;co-requisite:

CSCL 228. The concepts of data abstraction and

data structures are developed. For the basic data

structuresoflinkedlists,stacks,queues,hash

tables, graphs, and trees, associated algorithms are

described and analyzed. The course also treats

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 260

recursion, sorting, fundamentals of software engineering,

andthephilosophyofobject-orientation.(F,S)

CSCL 228 (1) Data Structures and Algorithms Lab.

Prerequisites:CSC119,225,CSCL119;co-requisite:

CSC 228. Students explore, design, program, and

analyze implementations of data structures and

algorithms in a supervised setting. Laboratory

submissions include not only software and data, but

also short reports that are graded both for technical

content and writing mechanics. (F, S)

CSC 312 (3) Advanced Computer Architecture.

Prerequisites:CSC216,CSCL216.Uniprocessorcomputer

architectures are reviewed. Quantitative approaches

of computer designs are emphasized. Performance

enhancements to the uniprocessor architecture model,

including pipelining and superscalar architectures,

techniquestoreduceinstructionpipelinestalls,and

memoryorganizationtechniquesarestudied.Advanced

computer organizations, performance evaluation, and

programming of vector processors, array processors,

and multi processors are also covered. (F, S)

CSC 321 (3) Logic. Prerequisites:CSC118,CSCL118.

Topics include: Number bases, 2’s and 1’s complements,

set theory, Venn diagrams, Boolean logic, DeMorgan’s

Rules, Propositional Calculus, Finite Calculus, introduction

to the Predicate Calculus, combinatorics, gcd, modular

arithmetic, introduction to the theory of computation

and Turing Machines.

CSC 323 (3) Algorithm Design and Analysis.

Prerequisites:CSC228,CSCL228.Introduces

studentstovarioustechniquestodesignand

analyze algorithms. Topics include examples of

computational problems, basic issues related to

algorithms,eciencycomparison,andthedesign

andanalysisofbruteforce,divide-and-conquer,

decrease-and-conquer,andtransform-and-conquer

algorithm design strategies. (F, S)

CSC 325 (3) Operating Systems. Prerequisites:

CSC 216, 228 and CSCL 216, 228. This course

introduces the major concepts of process

communication and synchronization, protection,

performance measurement, and causes and

evaluations of the problems associated with mutual

exclusions and process synchronization among

concurrent processes. This course introduces and

analyzes various operating systems in terms of

processor management, memory management,

device management, information management, and

distributed systems management. (F, S)

CSC 330 (3) Database Systems. Prerequisites:

CSC 228 and CSCL 228. This course is designed to

introduce students to the concepts and theories

of database systems. Topics include: information

modelsandsystems;thedatabaseenvironment;data

modeling;conceptualmodelingusingtheentity-

relationship approach and mapping to relational

tables;therelationalmodelincludingtherelational

data structure, integrity rules, relational algebra and

relationalcalculus;normalization;datadenition

anddatamanipulationinSQL;conceptual,logical,

andphysicaldatabasedesign;security;transaction

management;queryprocessing;andadvanced

topics in database systems. (F, S)

CSC 332 (3) Compiler Construction. Prerequisites:

CSC 216, CSCL 216. This course presents a general

model of compilers, then uses this model to demonstrate

the implementation of advanced features. Topics to

be covered are logical analysis, syntax, and storage

allocation.

CSC 350 (3) Organization of Programming

Languages.Prerequisites:CSC216,228,CSCL216,

228.Studyoftheorganizationandspecicationof

programming languages. Topics include an overview

ofprogramminglanguages;issuesinlanguage

design, including typing regimens, data structure

models,controlstructuremodels,andabstraction;

virtualmachines;languagetranslation;interpreters;

compilerdesign;lexicalanalysis;parsing;symbol

tables;declarationandstoragemanagement;code

generation;andoptimizationtechniques.(F,S)

CSC 403 (3) Computer Science Seminar.

Prerequisites:Seniorlevelwith15hoursof300-level

courses. Discussion on trends in computer science.

Studentsarerequiredtoprepareapaperandpresent

it to their peers. Students who have participated in

aCo-opProgramwillconductaseminardiscussing

their work assignments.

CSC 435 (3) Computer Networks. Prerequisites:

CSC 323 and 325. The CSC 435 course will primarily

focusonthefollowingvelayersoftheTCP/IP

protocol stack: Physical, Link, Network, Transport,

and Application layers. Topics to be covered include:

Physical Layer–encoding and decoding data for

shortdistanceandlong-distancecommunications;

Link Layer–local area network technologies and their

extensionusinginterconnectiondevices;Network

Layer–routing protocols, IP addressing, subnets,

datagram forwarding, fragmentation, and other

auxiliarynetwork-levelcommunicationprotocols;

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 261

TransportLayer–UDPandTCP;andApplication

Layer–Socket programming. The course would also

cover appropriate security aspects for each of the

above layers. (F, S)

CSC 437 (3) Computer Security.Prerequisite:CSC325.

This course will examine the risks of security in

computing, consider available countermeasures,

controls, and examine some of the uncovered

vulnerabilities. Topics covered will include:

Cryptography, Program Security, Operating System

Security, and Network Security.

CSC 439 (3) Advanced Information Security.

Prerequisite:CSC325.Thiscoursewilldiscuss

advanced topics in information security related to

Cryptography, Steganography, Network security

controls,WebandE-mailsecurity,Wirelessnetwork

security, Security in distributed systems, and

Database security.

CSC 441 (3) Computers and Society. Prerequisites:

CSC 325 and 330. This course presents concepts

of computer moral and legal issues, describes

the impact of computers on society and presents

techniqueswhichareapplicableinaddressing

problems posed by the social impact of computers.

As a Service Learning Course, students will be able

to help agencies and businesses in educating them

onthemostrecentAnti-virussoftwareavailable,

viruses,e-mailscams,privacyissues,intellectual

property rights, and computer crimes. (F, S)

CSC 450 (3) Senior Project.Prerequisites:CSC

325 and CSC 475. Students will design, code, test,

implement and document a large and complex

application program. (F, S)

CSC 452 (3) System Simulation. Prerequisites:

MATH 355, CSC 228, CSCL 228. Introduction to

simulation models, writing programs to generate

random numbers from various probability

distributions. Simulation models using GPSS/H

language for problem solving.

CSC 456 (3) Automata, Computability and Formal

Languages. Prerequisites:CSC350andaknowledge

of discrete structures. An introduction to formal

models of computation. Assignments will develop

studentsskillsinunderstandingvigorousdenitions

in computing environments and in determining their

logicalconsequences.

CSC 460 (3) Introduction to Articial Intelligence.

Prerequisite:CSC323.Anintroductiontothetheory,

researchparadigms,implementationtechniques,and

philosophiesofarticialintelligence.Introductionto

Prolog,Lispandexpertsystem-shellprogramming.

CSC 470 (3) Computer Graphics.Prerequisites:CSC

216, 228 and CSCL 216, 228. Introduction to Graphics

Hardwareandsoftware,DisplayArchitecture,User-

Computer interface design, 2D and 3D Transformation,

Projections, Clipping, and Raster Graphics Algorithms.

CSC 475 (3) Software Engineering.Prerequisite:CSC330.

Introduction to software engineering, software design,

APIs, software tools and environments, software

developmentprocesses,softwarerequirementsand

specications,softwarevericationandvalidation,

software implementation, software evolution, and

software project management. (F)

CSC 485 (3) Digital Image Processing. Prerequisites:

CSC 312 and 323. Introduction to Digital Image

Processing and its Applications, where the emphasis

is on earth resources analysis. Subject matter

consistsofHardwareandSoftwareRequirements,

Transformations, Registration, Encoding, Enhancement

and Restoration, and Image Databases.

CSC 499 (3) Special Topics. Prerequisite:Approval

of instructor. Advanced, specialized topics selected

on the basis of mutual interest of the student and

the instructor.

THEATER

Department of Speech Communication and Theater

OFFICE: Rose Embly McCoy Auditorium

DR 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106 (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1)

Production Laboratory. Practical application in at

leastonedepartmentalproductionactivity.Required

offreshmanandsophomoremajors.Opentonon-

majors. Repeatable to a maximum of six (6) credit

hours.

DR 201 (3) Introduction to Theater. A survey of

drama and theater history examining historical

practices used in the modern theater. Attendance

at theater performances and the reading of the

representativeplaysarerequiredopentoallstudents.

DR 202 (3) Fundamentals of Acting. Basic training

in voice, movement, and improvisation to enhance

the beginning actor’s understanding and artistic

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 262

growth. Open to all students.

DR 204 (3) Introduction to Technical Production.

Prerequisite:DR201,co-requisite:DRL204..

An overview of the theory and practices in

implementation of set construction and related

aspects of technical theatrical production.

DRL 204 (1) Introduction to Technical Production Lab.

A laboratory course for practical application

of theory in DR 204. Technical participation in

departmentalrehearsalsandproductionsisrequired.

DR 205 (3) Advanced Acting. Prerequisite:DR201,

202 and 204. Study and practice of the art and craft

of acting. Selected readings, discussion, laboratory

exercises.

DR 301 (3) Movement for the Stage. A fundamental

movement course for the student performer. Emphasis

is placed on developing within the actor an understanding

of his/her body as an instrument of expression and

communication, and enhancing the actor’s ability to use

his/her instrument. Course encompasses exercises

andexplorationsbasedonavarietyoftechniquesfor

developing body and spatial awareness and use.

DR 306 (3) Introduction to Science Design.

Prerequisites:DR201and204.Thiscourseacquaints

the student with artistic elements and practical

techniquesofscenedesign.Laboratorywork

consistsofseveralscenedesignsindierentstyles.

Each design includes ground plans, perspective

drawings and frontal evaluations.

DR 310 (3) Theater History and Literature: Origins-

1700s.Prerequisite:DR201.Thehistoryofthe

physical theater, drama, and the participants from

Egyptian origin of theater ritual through the Greek

classical theater to Elizabethan England.

DR 311 (3) Theater History and Literature:

1700s-Present. Prerequisite:DR201.Thehistory

of the physical theater, drama, and the participants

from Elizabethan England to the development of the

modern theater.

DR 313 (3) Survey of Black Drama and Theater.

Prerequisite:DR201.AstudyofBlackdramaand

theater in America, treating the contributions and

involvement of Black artists in the drama and theater

in this country from 1553 to the present.

DR 314 (3) Fundamentals of Playwriting. Alecture-

laboratory course in the fundamentals of playwriting.

Laboratory work consists of exercise in exposition,

traditional scenes, builds, crisis, resolution, etc.

Lectures include script analysis, discussion of certain

avant-gardeplaysandtheworksoftheindividual

playwright. A scenario will be written.

DR 356 (3) Reader’s Theater. A course designed for

the oral study of dramatic literature through analysis

and group performance.

DR 410 (3) Theories and Techniques of Directing.

Prerequisites:DR201,310and311.Thedirector’s

initial approach to the play, research, research, textual

study, and formal analysis. Demonstrations and directorial

skills in composition, movement, and business.

DR 414 (3) Stage Lighting.Prerequisite:DR204.

Workinlightingdesignplotsfordierentmodesof

staging. The study of lighting control principles,

color theory, and design theory in practical application.

DR 415 (3) Advanced Playwriting. Prerequisite:

DR 314. A course designed to give the student

furtherexperienceinconceptsandtechniquesof

playwriting.Eachstudentisrequiredtowritea

one-actplayorscenario.

DR 416 (3) Costuming and Make-up. Discussion of

basicelementsofdesignforcostumesandmake-

up. Overview of historical dress and accessories.

Practicalexperienceinmake-upapplication.

Open to all students.

DR 419 (3) Dramatic Criticism.Prerequisites:DR

310and311.Anin-depthstudyoftheprinciplesof

dramatic criticism from Aristotle to modern period.

Particularreferenceisgiventotheinuenceofthe

theory of the church, state and press in evaluating drama.

DR 421 (3) Creative Dramatics. Prerequisite:a

lecture-laboratorycourseacquaintingthestudent

withtheactinganddirectingtechniquesofchildren’s

theater. Emphasis is on improvisational acting.

Someattentionisdevotedtoproductiontechniques.

DR 422 (3) Children’s Theater: Production and

Directing.Prerequisite:DR421.Studytheprinciples

andtechniquesofacting,andstagingforchildren’s

theatre. Practical application through laboratory,

assignments, and participation in production projects.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 263

DR 425 (6) Play Production. Prerequisite:Reserved

for senior Drama majors only. Full directing

responsibilityfortheproductionofaone-actplayor

approved activity.

DR 426 (3) Independent Study. Prerequisite:Drama

majorsonly;requiresCoordinatorapprovaland

Departmental approval necessary. Directed research

or project work for the superior student of drama.

ECONOMICS

Department of Economics, Finance and General Business

OFFICE: College of Business Building

ECO 211 (3) Principles of Macroeconomics. This

course will provide an overview of macroeconomic

issues: the determination of output, employment,

unemployment,interestrates,andination.Monetary

andscalpoliciesarediscussed,asarethepublic

debt and international economic issues. We introduce

basic models of macroeconomics. (F, S, Sum)

ECO 212 (3) Principles of Microeconomics. This

course will provide an overview of microeconomic

issues: price determination, supply, and demand. Of

primary importance are the behavior of individuals/

householdsandrms,andtheirimpactonprices,and

the supply and demand for goods and services. We

introduce basic models of microeconomics. (F, S, Sum)

ECO 311 (3) Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory.

Prerequisites:ECO211and212.Thiscoursedevelops

ageneralequilibriumtheoryoftheeconomyatthe

intermediate level. Topics include the aggregate demand

andsupplymodel,theIS-LMmodel,unemployment,

international trade, economic growth, and monetary

andscalpolicies.Wefurtherbuilduponmodels

introduced in ECO 211. (F)

ECO 312 (3) Intermediate Microeconomic Theory.

Prerequisites:ECO211and212.Thisclasspresents

microeconomic theory and applications of consumer

and producer behavior at an intermediate level. This

course focuses on the following topics: basic theory

ofconsumerbehavior;productionandcosts;partial

equilibriumanalysisofpricingincompetitiveand

monopolisticmarkets;generalequilibrium;welfare

economics;andexternalities.Wefurtherbuildupon

models introduced in ECO 212. (S)

ECO 313 (3) Labor Economics.Prerequisites:ECO

211and212.Thiscourseisanintroductiontotheeld

of Labor Economics. We expect that this course will

enable students to think critically about research

and public policy issues. The emphasis is on applied

microeconomics and empirical analysis. Topics

to be covered include: labor supply and demand,

taxes and transfer, human capital, minimum wages,

income distribution, unions and strikes, immigration,

incentives, discrimination, unemployment and

unemployment insurance. (D)

ECO 325 (3) Economic Development. Prerequisites:

ECO 211 and 212. This class introduces both theoretical

and empirical approaches to analyzing economic

growth and development. Accordingly, the role

of labor, capital, and technological progress are

investigated. Additionally, cultural/social institutions,

incomedemographics,social/classconicts,political/

economicfactors,macro/tradepolicies,nancial

sector development, etc., may be covered. In this

class, basic growth models will be introduced. (F)

ECO 359 (3) Business Statistics. Prerequisites:

MATH 111, ECO 211 and 212. This course covers

basic concepts of statistics: methods of describing

numericaldata;probabilityinbusinessdecisions;

randomvariables;samplingdistributions,estimation,

andhypothesistesting;andcorrelationandregression.

Useofstatisticalsoftwareisrequired.(F,S,Sum)

ECO 360 (3) Mathematics for Economics and Finance.

Prerequisite:MATH221.Thiscourseintroduces

studentstoasampleofthemathematicaltechniques

thatareusedineconomicsandnance.Additionally,

thecourseisdesignedtohelpstudentsacquirethe

mathematical skills needed to understand the less

technicaleconomicandnanceliterature.Ingeneral,

it should foster a solid mathematical intuition. (S)

ECO 416 (3) History of Economic Thought.

Prerequisites:ECO211and212.Thiscoursefocuses

on an historical examination of the development of

economic analysis and reasoning. Several schools

of thought are examined. These include but are

not limited to the following schools of thought:

mercantilist, physiocratic, classical, institutionalist,

Keynesian,andneo-classical.(F)

ECO 442 (3) Money and Banking. Prerequisites:

ECO 211 and 212. This course analyzes banking and

currency in the United States. Also, the impact of

policiesregulatingbanksandnon-banknancial

institutions are covered. Central to this coverage is a

review of the role of the central bank, money supply

and demand, monetary policy, and interest rates.

Particularattentionispaidtotheeectstheseitems

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 264

have on the economy. (F, S)

ECO 444 (3) Public Economics. Prerequisites:ECO

211 and 212. This course examines the role of the

public sector in the economy. The aim of the course

is to provide an understanding of the reasons for

government intervention in the economy, the extent

of that intervention, and the response of private

agents to the government’s actions. (F)

ECO 445 (3) Comparative Economic Systems.

Prerequisites:ECO211and212.Thiscourseexamines

the major economic systems of the world, in both

theory and practice. The approach will generally

focus on encouraging a general understanding of

how economic systems work and how economic

theory interacts with government policy, history,

and culture to explain economic performance.

Economies examined can be divided into three

basic types. These types are: traditional economic

systems, market economic systems, and command

economic systems. (F)

ECO 446 (3) International Trade. Prerequisites:ECO

211 and 212. This course focuses on determinates of

theowofgoodsandservicesacrossinternational

boundaries or territories. The subject is one of the

oldesteldsineconomics;however,itseconomic,

social, and political importance has been on the rise.

With the ongoing debate on globalization, free trade

agreements,andthecallforanewglobalnancial

architecture, interest in the subject should continue

to rise. In this course, both basic theories and some

current topics will be covered. (S)

ECO 456 (3) Urban Economics.Prerequisites:

ECO 211 and 212. This course exposes students to

the branch of microeconomics concerned with

spatial relationships underlying the formation, the

functioning, and development of cities. Cities are

currently facing severe challenges, and in this course,

urban problems contributing to these problems will

be analyzed from an economic perspective. This

will lay the foundation for discussions about policy

alternatives aimed at addressing these problems.

Emphasis is placed on the spatial characteristics

of the urban economy as well as on market failures

arising from the presence of externalities. (S)

ECO 460 (3) Introduction to Econonmetrics.

Prerequisite:ECO359.Thiscoursecoversthestatistical

tools needed to understand empirical economic

research and to plan and execute independent

research projects. Strong emphasis is placed on

applications. Mathematical models of economic

behavior are tested using various inferential statistical

methods. In general, this course should foster a solid

mathematical intuition and a fundamental

understanding of economic analysis. (S)

ECO 470W (3) Economics Seminar.Prerequisites:

ECO 211 and 212. This course pivots around

individual research projects. The topics researched

reinforce the students’ mastery of basic economics

and econometrics. (S)

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION

Department of Elementary and Early

Childhood Education

OFFICE: Joseph H. Jackson Building, Room 311

EDCI 100 (3) Introduction to Education. Prerequisite

to all other education courses for prospective teachers

and is to be taken during the Freshman year by students

seekingcareersinTeacherEducation.Itisamulti-

purpose foundation course designed to give an

overviewofteachingandlearning.Requires10clock

hoursofeld-basedactivity.

EDCI 120 (3) Practical Child Care Experiences.

Designed to introduce the students to a variety of

personnelcerticationprogramsandtoassistinthe

preparation for assessment when appropriate (i.e.,

Child Development Associate [CDA] and National

Association of Education for Young Children’s

Validation[NAEYC]).Includesanin-depthreviewof

the functional areas providing the basis for competency

goals as designated by validating agencies. (D)

EDCI 121 (3) Innovations, Problems, and Issues

in Child Care. A comprehensive study of the

growth and development of the infant and toddler–

including physical environment, care and handling,

immunizations and health care, toilet training,

developmentally appropriate activities, and the

special needs of infants and toddlers. (D)

EDCI 122 (3) Family Dynamics and Interpersonal

Relations. Discuss the development of family

structures and the various types and functions of

families. Emphasizes basic communication skills and

theirapplicationwithinthefamily;familyvalues;and

the caregiver’s role in the family. (D)

EDCI 208 (3) Materials and Methods of Early

Childhood Education. This course is designed to

investigate curricula methods and materials for

teaching nursery, kindergarten and primary children.

This includes preparation, executive, and evaluation

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 265

of materials and methods within the subject matter

areas of mathematics, science, social science, music,

art, and language arts. (F, S)

EDCI 220 (3) Teaching and Learning Styles of

Young Children.Prerequisite:EDCI120,121,122,or

special permission by the department Chair prior to

enrollment. Instructional strategies of content and

materials, and evaluation of child care procedures in

programsdesignedforinfants,toddlers,andpre-

school children. (D)

EDCI 221 (3) Administration of child Care Services.

Leadershipstyles,director-starelationships,sta

training, and goal setting are explored within the

framework of developing lessons with appropriate

developmental activities for young children.

Construction of lesson plans, integration of yearly

curriculum goals with weekly plans and evaluation of

curriculum should be included. (D)

EDCI 301 (3) Communicative Arts for the Elementary

Teacher. This course will provide comprehensive

information of instructional strategies needed to

provide the learner with a compendium of competencies

in the communicative arts. Emphasis will be stressed

in the communicative areas to enhance responsible,

receptive and expressive language skills.

EDCI 303 (3) Parent, Child and Teacher Interactions.

This course examines the importance of developing

good relationships between parent, children and

teachers during the early childhood and elementary

years. The goal is to assist students to delineate

nonblaming environments where dialogue and

mutual planning can take place between families

and school personnel.

EDCI 305 (3) Studies in Child Guidance. This course

is designed to provide comprehensive information on

thenatureandneedofinfants,toddlers,andpre-school

children.Emphasisisplacedonpsychological,socio-

logical, and physiological development and growth.

EDCI 320 (3 - 8) Field Experiences in Child Care.

Prerequisites:EDCI120,121,122,220,orspecial

permission by the department Chair prior to

enrollment. This course is of the practical learning

experiencesengagedinamoreintensiedand

concretemanner.Theseexperiencesoccurino-

campus, school, and community situations where

opportunity is given to the student to test theories of

teaching and learning, to initiate and test ideas with

children. With guidance and supervision, the student

is also given the opportunity to develop the ability,

initiative, and responsibility for planning, guiding, and

evaluating the total child care program. (D)

EDCI 400 (3) Theories and Principles of Early

Childhood. This course is concerned with the

basic history, philosophy, theories, and principles

underlying early childhood education. (D)

EDCI 401A, B (3) Research, Classroom Management,

and Clinical Practice. (A–Elementary Schools, B–

Secondary Schools). This course is designed to

integratetheresearchoneectiveteachingand

learning with theory and practice. Students will

engageinmicro-teachingandwillbeexpectedto

demonstrate mastery of the fourteen competencies

measured by the Mississippi Teacher Assessment

Instrument. Students will also be introduced to

classroommanagementstrategiesforeective

classroom discipline and teaching routines. The

Clinicalpracticewillbeaeldbasedactivity.

EDCI 402 A, B (12) Clinical Internship in Student

Training. (A–Elementary Education, B–Secondary

Education). This course is a continuation of the

practical learning experiences engaged in during the

401Ccourse,butinamoreintensiedandconcrete

manner.Theseexperiencesoccurinano-campus

school and community situations for twelve weeks

where opportunity is given to the student teacher

to test theories of teaching and learning, to initiate

and test ideas with children. With guidance and

supervision, the student teacher is also given the

opportunity to develop the ability, initiative and

responsibility for planning, guiding and evaluating

the total program of the children with whom he/she

is working.

EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY

ETEC 212 (3) Utilization of Computer application

Package and Lab. Introduction to the management

and application of technology programs in business,

educational agencies, and the world of work.

ETEC 337 (3) Technology Selection, Maintenance,

Management and Support. Students will gain

selecting skills in the management of networked and

support services.

ETEC 368 (3) Distance Learning. An introduction to

procedures and applications involved in the delivery

of distance learning.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 266

ETEC 377, L377 (3) Multimedial Development and

Computer Assisted Instruction and Lab. Planning

producing, and disseminating technology based

instruction with authority systems composed of

integrated text, audio, video, graphics, and electronic

dissemination.

ETEC 378 (3) Adult Education and Technology Life

Learning and Training. Student will gain principles

pf workforce education and lifelong learning.

ETEC 435, L435 (3) Emerging Technology and Lab.

Student will gain a variety of skills and knowledge of

Modern Technology appropriate to business, industry

and schools.

ETEC 438, L438 (3) Introduction to the Internet.

Students will gain skills in utilizing and managing the

world wide web via Internet.

ETEC 439 (3) Topics in Education Technology.

Selected problems in Educational Technology.

ETEC 451 (9) Internship in Educational Technology.

Awellplannedexerciseofsupervised,ontheeld,

concentrated experiences. Location for internship

may include business, industry, banks, hospitals,

agencies, and other appropriate entities.

ETEC 496 (3) Special Topics in Educational Technology.

This course is designed to meet the special needs

and interests of students in selected areas of

educational technology.

ENGINEERING

General Engineering Courses

OFFICE: School of Engineering Building

EN 105 (3) Programming for Engineers.Prerequisite:

MATH111orequivalent.Thecourseintroduces

C/C++ programming concepts to engineering

students.Itsemphasisisonacquiringfundamental

programming skills, and learning appropriate syntax.

Topics include variables, data types, expressions and

statements, input/output formatting, modularization

and subroutines, arrays, pointers and strings, and use

of library functions. Course projects include program

development for various engineering applications.

EN 201 (2) Engineering Graphics. Prerequisite:MATH

112or118orequivalent.Developskillstovisualize

andrepresentthree-dimensionalobjectsgraphically,

orthographic projection, pictorial drawings, graphics

andcharts,principlesofcomputer-aideddrafting

and design (CADD) including substantial use of the

AutoCADsoftwareorequivalent,twoandthree-

dimensional drafting and pictorial drawings using a

CADD system, applications in various engineering

disciplines and systems approach.

EN 212 (3) Digital Logic. Prerequisite:MATH111or

equivalent.Thisisanintroductorycoursetodigital

design. Topics include number systems, binary

logic, Boolean algebra, truth tables, minimization

ofBooleanfunctions.K-maps,andFlip-Flops,

Designs include combinational circuits, counters, and

sequentialcircuits.

ENL 212 (1) Digital Logic Lab. Co-requisite:EN212.

This laboratory course enables students to validate

the major concepts covered in ENG 212, digital Logic.

Experiments include basic gates, adders, counters,

andFlip-Flops.

EN 220 (3) Circuit Theory. Prerequisite:PHY211;

Co-requisite:MATH232.Thiscourseintroduces

concepts and basic laws in the analysis of AC and

DC linear electric circuits. Topics include mesh and

nodal analysis. Thevenin’s and Norton’s theorems,

superposition principle, transients in RLC circuits,

phasornotation,andfrequencyresponse.

ENL 220 (1) Circuit Theory Lab. Co-requisite:EN

220. This laboratory enables students to validate the

major concepts covered in EN220, Circuit Theory.

Experiments include OHM’s law, node voltage

analysis, RC circuits, and RL circuits.

EN 222 (3) Engineering Mechanics I. Co-requisite:

PHY211.Calculus-basedstaticsofparticlesandrigid

bodies,equilibrium;distributedforces;centroids;

structures,trusses,frame,machines;forcesinbeams

andcables;friction;momentsofinertia,reallifeexamples

for engineering applications and systems approach.

EN 223 (3) Engineering Mechanics II. Prerequisites:

EN222andMATH232.Calculus-basedkinematics

and kinetics of a particle. Planar kinematics of a

rigidbody;planarkineticsofarigidbodyincluding

forceandacceleration;workandenergy;impulse

andmomentum;vibrations,reallifeexamplesand

systems approach.

EN 230 (3) Engineering Thermodynamics.

Prerequisites:PHY21,PHYL211,andMATH232.

Concepts of engineering thermodynamics, properties,

rstlaw,owequation,secondlaw,entropy,availability

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 267

analysis, power and refrigeration cycles, mixtures

and gasses, and psychrometrics, real life problems,

engineering applications and systems approach.

EN 240 (3) Strength of Materials. Prerequisite:EN

222. Forces and stresses, axial loading, torsion, pure

bending, transverse loading, shear force and bending

moment diagrams, transformation of stress and strain,

designofbeamsandshafts,deectionofbeams,

statically indeterminate problems, energy methods,

columns, real life examples and systems approach.

EN 252 (3) Engineering Analysis.Prerequisite:MATH

231.Thiscourseintroducestheprinciplesandapp-

lications of engineering mathematics, including linear

algebra, Fourier analysis, and complex variable theory.

EN 350 (3) Engineering Systems Clinic. Prerequisites:

EN 212, 240, and junior level standing. Analysis and

designofmulti-disciplinarysystems;engineering

specicationsforqualitydesign,analyze,evaluate,

and synthesize multiple sources. Generate multiple

engineeringdesignsolutions;criticalthinkingand

judgement, ethical, societal, economical, and legal

considerations;writtenandoralpresentations.

EN 355 (3) Engineering Economy. Prerequisites:

MATH 232, and junior standing. Introduction to economic

principles, application of economic principles to

multidisciplinaryengineeringproblems;calculation

of capitalized costs, present worth, prospective rates

ofreturn,andannualcosts,economyofequipment

replacement,marketforcesandrmanalysis;case

studies and group project.

Civil Engineering Courses:

CIV 310 (2) Engineering Surveying.Prerequisite:

PHY211;Co-requisite:CIV311.Planesurveying,

measurementofdistancesandangles,dierential

leveling, traverse adjustment and area computations,

topographic surveying and contours, horizontal and

vertical curves, surveying computations, elements of

site plan, professional ethics in surveying.

CIVL 310 (1) Engineering Surveying Lab.

Prerequisite:PHY211;Co-requisite:CIV310.Field

experience to measure surveying parameters

including distances, angles, and elevations. Field

notes,surveyingequipment;criticallyanalyzeand

interpret data, report writing.

CIV 320 (3) Structural Analysis.Prerequisite:EN240.

Analysis of statically determinate and indeterminate

structuresforxedandmovingloads.Equationsof

equilibriumandcompatibility.Inuencelines,and

shear and moment envelopes. Analysis of forces and

deectionsinstructuresbymethodsofmoment

distribution, consistent deformation, and virtual work,

computer analysis of structures, real life examples.

CIV 330 (2) Fluid Mechanics.Prerequisites:EN223,

240,andMATH368;Co-requisite:CIVL330.Fluid

propertiesanddenition;uidstatics;uiddynamics;

Bernoulliequationandlinearmomentum;viscous

ow;dragforcesandboundarylayerconcepts;

idealow;velocitypotentialandstreamfunctions;

dimensional analysis and dynamic similitude, real life

problems.

CIVL 330 (1) Fluid Mechanics Lab.Co-requisite:

CIV330.Laboratoryexperiencetomeasureuid

properties and apply principles for application in

engineering design. The experiments will include

pressure and velocity measurement, application of

mass, energy, and momentum principles, energy

losses,forcesonimmersedbodies,andow

measurementdevices;criticallyanalyzeandinterpret

data, report writing.

CIV 340S (3) Introduction to Environmental

Engineering. Prerequisite:CHEM141;Co-requisite:

CIVL 340, CIV 330, CIVL 330. Basic concepts

of environmental engineering, local and global

environmentalissues,scientic,social,ethical,

regulations and public policy on environmental

protection;quantitativeengineeringanalysisof

sources,transformations,andeectsofpollutants

inwater,air,andsoil;introductiontowaterand

wastewater treatment processes, air pollution control

technologies, solid waste, and hazardous waste

management.Thiscourserequiresthecompletion

ofaservicelearningcomponentinspecicareasof

environmental engineering.

CIVL 340 (1) Environmental Engineering Lab.

Prerequisite:CHEM141;Co-requisites:CIV330,340,

CIVL 330. Experiments for the analysis of water,

wastewater and certain solid wastes. Selected

experiments may include determinations of water’s

or wastewater’s pH, alkalimity, turbidity, hardness,

and electric conductivity, solids, nitrogen species,

dissolved oxygen, biochemical oxygen demand

(BOD), chemical oxygen demand (COD), total

organic carbon, and chlorinated compounds. Also

included will be contaminant leaching test of

some solid or hazardous wastes and absorption of

contaminants by solid media. Critical analysis of

experimentalandinterpretationofdataandscientic

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 268

presentation (reporting) of results are emphasized.

CIV 360 (2) Design of Steel Structures.Prerequisite:

CIV 320. Engineering properties of steel, behavior

and design of members subjected to fatigue, and

combined loading and compression, plate girders

compositebeams,open-webjoistsandconnections.

Methods of allowable design stress, and load resistance

factor design. Elements of plastic analysis and design.

Framing systems and loads for industrial buildings

and bridges, design constraints.

CIV 370 (3) Water Resources Engineering.

Prerequisite:CIV330andCIVL330.Thiscourseis

designed to review the fundamentals and practices

of water resources engineering. Students will

explore water resources engineering processes in the

theoreticalandappliedrealmintheeldsofclosed

conduit(pipe)ow,openchannelow,surfacewater

hydrology,andgroundwaterow.Applicationof

probability and statistical concepts along with the

legal, economic and environmental considerations

to the analysis and design of complex hydraulic and

hydrologic systems will prepare interested student

forfuturecareersinwatersupply,wastewater,ood

plain, storm water, and groundwater management.

CIV 380 (3) Introduction to Geotechnical Engineering.

Prerequisites:EN240,andCIV330.Co-requisite:

CIVL380.Engineeringsoilclassication,owof

water in soils, soil permeability and seepage, concepts

ofeectivestress,stressandcompressibilityofsoils,

primary and secondary consolidation settlement,

time rate of settlement, soil compaction, soil shear

strength, introduction to slope stability, critical

thinking and engineering judgment.

CIVL 380 (1) Geotechnical Engineering Lab.Co-

requisite:CIV380.Laboratoryexperimentstobe

performed by students to obtain soil parameters for

designedproblems.Engineeringclassicationof

soils,grainsizedistribution,Atterberglimits,specic

gravity,unconnedcompression,compaction,in-

situeldtests,consolidation,andshearstrength

determination, application to design problems,

critically analyze and interpret data, report writing.

CIV 390 (3) Introduction to Transportation

Engineering.Co-requisite:CIV380.Introductionto

planning practice and procedure, design, operation,

management, and maintenance of transportation

systems, with emphasis on urban issues. General

characteristics of transportation engineering systems

including streets, highways, transit, airways. Capacity

considerationsincludingtime-spacediagrams.Elementary

dynamicsoftracandfunctionalconsiderationof

routes and terminals. Components of transportation

engineering facility design including geometric

design, earthwork, and pavements.

CIV 410 (3) Capstone Design I. Prerequisites:

CIV 340, 360, 390, and senior standing in civil

engineering. Group projects for senior students to

work in teams to analyze and design civil engineering

systems, and to consider various factors for design.

Understandingofmulti-disciplinarysystems,

interaction between design and construction

professionals, realistic design constraints, economical

issues, professional practice issues including

importance of professional licensure and continuing

education, contemporary issues, procurement of

work,biddingvs.qualitybasedselectionprocesses,

engineering professionalism and ethics. Developing

teamwork and leadership skills. Oral presentation

andwrittenreportarerequired.

CIV 411W (3) Capstone Design II.Prerequisite:

CIV 410. Continuation of Capstone Design I. Group

projects for senior students to work in teams to

design civil engineering systems, and to consider

variousfactorsfordesign.Understandingofmulti-

disciplinary systems, interaction between design

and construction professionals, realistic design

constraints, economical issues, professional practice

issues including importance of professional licensure

and continuing education, contemporary issues,

procurementofwork,biddingvs.qualitybased

selection processes, engineering professionalism and

ethics. Developing teamwork and leadership skills.

Oralpresentationandwrittenreportarerequired.

CIV 420 (2) Design of Concrete Structures.

Prerequisite:CIV320.Behaviorofreinforced

concretestructuralelements;designandproportion

ofsectionsforstrengthandserviceability;

backgroundofspecicationrequirements;strength

design applied to beams, columns, and members

undercombinedaxialloadandbending;continuous

beams;introductiontoprestressedconcrete;introduction

to project management.

CIV 421 (1) Structural Engineering and Materials

Testing Lab.Prerequisite:EN240.Engineering

properties and behavior of concrete and other

structuralmembers.Testofsmall-scalemodel

structures.Useofcomputer-baseddataacquisition

and interpretation systems for comparison of

experimentalandtheoreticallypredictedbehavior;

nondestructive testing, critically analyze and

interpret data, report writing.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 269

CIV 430 (3) Foundation Engineering. Prerequisite:

CIV 380. Shallow foundation analysis and factors to

consider for design, subsurface investigations for

design,bearingcapacityandsettlement,matfoun-

dations, piles, caissons, lateral earth pressures and

retainingwalls,siteimprovementtechniques,design

of sheet pile walls and support systems, critical thinking

and engineering judgment, ethical considerations.

CIV 441 (3) Water and Wastewater Treatment Processes.

Prerequisites:CHEM141,CHML141,CIV340,andCIVL

340. Theories, engineering principles, and design

of modern water supply and wastewater treatment

processes.Physical-chemicalprocess,including

screening, sedimentation, aeration, coagulation,

occulation,ltration,absorption,softening,and

disinfection. Biological processes including activated

sludge process and anaerobic processes for

wastewater and sludge digestion, with emphasis on

urban issues. Completion of a design project.

CIV 451 (3) Computer Methods in Civil Engineering.

Prequisite:EN105,MATH368,anddepartmental

approval. Fundamentals of analog and digital

computers.Organizationofproblemsforcomputa-

tionalsolution,owcharts,programming,simulation

of nonlinear physical systems for application in

engineering design, numerical methods in civil

engineering. Case studies in civil engineering.

CIV 460 (3) Design of Environmental Engineering

Facilities.Prerequisite:CIV330,340,andCIVL340.

Analysis and design considerations for environmental

engineering facilities such as water and wastewater

treatmentplants;physicalengineeringmanagement

and solid and hazardous waste, design constraints,

resourcesrecovery;biologicalprocesses;economical,

ethical, societal and other professional considerations,

urban issues, completion of a major design project.

CIV 461 (1) Professional and Ethical Issues in Civil

Engineering.Prerequisites:seniorstandingincivil

engineering.Thetaskofthiscourseistoreect

on the professional and ethical responsibilities

ofengineers,whichcansometimesconictwith

technical responsibilities. This course will articulate

an ethical framework for engineers by critically

reectingonengineeringpracticeandexaminingthe

ethical challenges that confront engineers working

within teams and organizations. The course covers

issues such as the social responsibility of engineers,

attitudes,truth-tellinganddisclosure,whistle-

blowing,contemporaryissues,andrisk-assessment,

and the importance of professional licensure.

CIV 465 (3) Advanced Water Resources Engineering.

Prerequisite:CIV370.Advancedengineering

hydrology, advanced hydraulic structures, hydraulic

similitudeandmodeling,waveaction,owover

spillways, optimization of water resources systems,

design constraints, introduction to GIS applications

to water resources engineering, completion of a

major design project.

CIV 466 (3) Advanced Design of Hydraulic Structures.

Prerequisite:CIV370.Analysisandcharacteristicsof

owinopenchannels(naturalandarticial);channel

designconsiderationsincludinguniformow(rivers,

sewers), flow measuring devices (weirs, flumes),

gradually varied flow (backwater and other flow

proles,oodrouting),rapidlyvariedow(hydraulic

jump, spillways), and channel design problems (geometric

considerations, scour, channel stabilization, sediment

transport);analysisanddesignofhydraulicstructures

such as dams, spillways, etc., based on economic,

environmental, ethical, political, societal, health,

urban issues, and safety considerations.

CIV 468 (3) Hazardous Waste Engineering.

Prerequisite:CHEM241,CHML241,CIV340,and

CIVL 340. Comprehensive study of the complex,

interdisciplinary engineering principles involved in

hazardous waste handling, collection, transportation,

treatment, and disposal. Also covered are waste

minimization,sitere-mediation,andregulations

important for engineering applications. Design

constraints, engineering judgment, and ethical

responsibility are covered. Contemporary hazardous

waste issues and urban issues are also addressed.

CIV 470 (3) Urban Transportation Engineering

System Design. Prerequisites:CIV310,390,andCIVL

310. Advanced design of highway systems, vehicle

and driver characteristics, highway capacity, design

ofurbanstreetsandexpressways.Designcon-

straints. Individual and team design projects oriented

toward the solution of local urban transportation

problems, societal and economical considerations.

CIV 471 (3) Principles of Geoenvironmental Engineering.

Prerequisite:CIV380.Topicsingeoenvironmental

engineeringinanurbanenvironment,landlldesign

andincinerationoptions.Stabilityoflandlls,liner

systems. Waste characterization, minimization, collection,

treatment, transport and disposal. Leachate characteristics

and potential groundwater contamination, design

constraints. Legal and ethical considerations.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 270

CIV 472 (3) Applied Geotechnical Engineering

Design.Prerequisiteorco-requisite:CIV430.

Practical real life urban projects and advanced

laboratory experience in geotechnical engineering,

construction dewatering, construction issues, safety

and economy, urban geotechnical engineering

issues, preparation of subsurface investigation

and geotechnical engineering reports, ethical

considerations, oral presentation.

CIV 475 (3) Pavement Design.Prerequisite:CIV380

and 390. Aggregate, binder systems. Theory and

designofpavementstructures,rigidandexible

pavement design, subgrade materials, pavement

management, nondestructive testing, pavement

maintenance, design constraints, infrastructure

maintenance, major design project.

CIV 476 (3) Advanced Design of Steel Structures.

Prerequisite:CIV360.Behavioranddesignof

memberssubjectedtofatique,dynamic,combined

loading. Methods of allowable design stress, and

load resistance factor design. Design of continues

beams,plategirders,compositebeams,open-web

joists, connections, torsion and plastic analysis and

design. Framing systems and loads for industrial

buildings and bridges, design constraints and a major

design project.

CIV 477 (3) Advanced Design of Concrete

Structures.Prerequisite:CIV420.Theoryand

design of reinforced concrete continuous beams,

slendercolumns,two-wayslabs,footings,retaining

walls,shearwallsandmulti-storybuildings.Design

for torsion and design constraints. Framing systems

and loads for buildings and bridges, design constraints

and a major design project.

CIV 478 (3) Design of Wood and Masonry Structures.

Prerequisite:CIV420.Engineeringproperties

and behavior of wood for analysis and design of

wood beams, walls and diaphragms. Engineering

properties and behavior of masonry for analysis and

design of masonry walls, columns, and shear walls.

Framingsystemsandloadsofmulti-storybuildings,

design constraints and a major design project.

CIV 479 (3) Evaluation, Maintenance, and

Rehabilitation of Public Works Infrastructure.

Prerequisites:CIV390and475.Evaluation,

maintenance, and rehabilitation of deteriorated

infrastructure systems by considering life cycle

costsandlong-termperformance.Understanding

rehabilitationalternativesinthepracticaleldand

designing rehabilitation schemes based on the

non-destructivetestingmethodsofeconomical

considerations.

CIV 481 (3) Special Problems in Civil Engineering.

Prerequisite:departmentalapproval.Individual

investigation in a recognized major area of civil

engineering of particular interest to the students that

are not normally covered in regular courses. May

includeaco-opproject.

CIV 491 (1-3) Internships in Civil Engineering I.

Prerequisites:Juniororseniorstanding.Students

workasinternswithengineeringrmsorresearch

laboratoriestoreceivecareer-relatedtrainingunder

thesupervisionofqualiedengineers.Theprojects

and tasks for the internship must be approved by

both the work supervisor and the departmental

instructor.Progressreportsandnalreportinboth

writingandoralpresentationarerequired.A

minimumof50hourspercreditisrequired.

CIV 492 (1-3) Internships in Civil Engineering II.

Prerequisiteorco-requisite:CIV491.Continuation

of the internship projects or tasks that the students

conducted in the previous CIV 481 course and need

moretimetonish,orstartofthesecondinternship

withengineeringrmsorresearchlaboratories.The

projects and tasks for the internship must be approved

by both the work supervisor and the departmental

instructor.Progressreportsandnalreportin

bothwritingandoralpresentationarerequired.A

minimumof50hourspercreditisrequired.

Computer Engineering Courses:

CPE 312 (3) Computer Organization and Design.

Prerequisite:EN212andCPEL212.Thiscourse

introduces the basic computer organization,

which includes the Central Processing Unit (CPU)

architecture, memory organization, and input/output

subsystem. It covers instruction sets, addressing

modes, hardwired control, and microprogrammed

control. Projects emphasized simple CPU designs.

CPE 315 (3) Synthesis with Hardware Descriptive

Language.Prerequisites:EN212,ENL212,andCSC

118. This course provides an overview of digital

logic design. It covers modeling and simulation of

basic digital systems using a hardware descriptive

language.Topicsincludebehavioral,dataow,and

structural modeling.

CPE 330 (3) Electronics. Prerequisite:EN220.

This course introduces fundamental concepts in

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 271

electronics. Topics include diode, BJT, and FET

circuits.Itcoversfrequencyresponse,biasing,

currentsourcesandmirrors,small-signedanalysis,

anddesignofoperationalampliers.

CPEL 330 (1) Electronics Lab. Co-requisite:CPE

330.Co-requisite:CPE330.Thislaboratorycourse

includes experiments that validate the concepts

covered in CPE 330–Electronics. Experiments

include diode circuits, BJT characteristics, FET

characteristics, and MOSFET circuits.

CPE 345 (3) Electrtomagnetic Fields. Prerequisites:

EN 252 and PHY 212. This course introduces

fundamental concepts in electromagnetics and

photonics.Conceptsincludeux,potential,gradient,

divergence,cruel,andeldintensity.Topicscover

boundary conditions, solutions to Laplace and Poisson

equations,capacitanceandinductancecalculations,

conductors, insulators, and magnetic materials.

CPE 351 (3) Signals and Systems.Prerequisites:EN

220 and EN 252. This course introduces theoretical

analysisofsignalsandsystems.Topicsincludetime-

domain response and convolution, Fourier transform,

frequency-domainresponseusingFourierseries,

and Laplace transform, discrete Fourier series and

transform,sampling,z-transform,andrelationships

betweentimeandfrequencydescriptions.

CPE 355 (3) Control Systems. Prerequisite:CPE351.

This course introduces fundamental principles of

classical feedback control. Topics include state

variable analysis of linear dynamic systems, stability

oflinearcontrolsystems,time-domainanalysisand

controloflinearsystems,root-locusanalysisand

design-pole-zerosynthesis,andfrequencydomain

techniquesforanalysisanddesignofcontrolsystems.

CPE 360 (3) Embedded Microprocessor Systems.

Prerequisite:CPE312,EN220;Co-requisite:CPE

330. This course covers the architecture, operation,

and applications of microprocessors. Topics include

microprocessor programming, address decoding,

interface to memory, interfacing to parallel and serial

input/output, interrupts, and direct memory access.

Course project is to design, build, and program a

simplemicroprocessor-basedsystem.

CPEL 360 (1) Microprocessor Laboratory.

Co-requisite:CPE360.Thislaboratorycourses

enables students to validate the major concepts

covered in CPE 360–Embedded Microprocessor

Systems. Experiments include building and/or

interfacing a microprocessor system.

CPE 412 (3) Computer Architecture. Prerequisite:

CPE 312. This course covers computer architecture

design issues. Topics include organization of CPU,

processor systems design, computer arithmetic,

memory system organization and architecture,

interfacing and communication, performance, and

multiprocessing.

CPE 430 (3) Digital VLSI Design. Prerequisite:EN

212 and CPE 330. This course introduces principles

of the design and layout of Very Large Scale Integrated

(VLSI)circuitswithconcentrationsontheComple-

mentaryMetal-Oxide-Semiconductor(CMOS)

technology. Topics include MOS transistor theory

and CMOS technology, characterization and

performance estimation of CMOS gates. Course

projects involve layout designs and simulations

usingcomputer-aideddesigntools.

CPE 431 (3) Digital System Testing and Design

for Testability.Prerequisites:CPE330andEN212.

Thiscourseintroducesfundamentaltechniquesfor

detecting defects in VLSI circuits. Topics include

fault models, fault detection, and schemes for

designing systems to be easily testable and with

self-testcapability.

CPE 440 (3) Communication Systems.

Prerequisites:CPE351andMATH307.Thiscourse

introduces students to analog and digital modulation

techniques.Topicsincluderandomprocesses,power

specialdensity,eectsofnosieon,andbandwidth

requirementsof,dierentmodulationschemes.

CPE 441 (3) Computer Networks. Prerequisite:CPE

312. This course introduces students to network

protocols and network architectures. Topics

include characteristics and principles related to

Wide Area Networ A(WAN), and network devices

and their relationship with network protocols

and architectures. It also provides methods for

characterizing and analyzing communications

systems performance.

CPE 442 (3) Digital Communications. Prerequisite:

CPE 440. This course introduces the principles of

transmission and reception of digital signals, and the

design and performance analysis of digital receivers.

Topics covered include pulse code modulation (PCM),

line coding, modulation schemes, digital multiplexing,

optimumdetectionthresholds,andanalysisofcommu-

nications system in presence of noise, information

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 272

theory, and error correcting codes.

CPEL 442 (1) Digital Communications Laboratory.

Co-requisite:CPE442.Thislaboratorycourses

includes experiments that validate the concepts

covered in CPE 442–Digital Communications.

Experiments include modulation and demodulation

ofAMandFMsignals,sampling,matchedltering,

generation and detection of ASK, PSK, QPSK, and

QAM signals, simulation, and analysis of a complete

digital receiver.

CPE 445 (3) Applied Electromagnetics.

Prerequisite:CPE345.Thiscourseintroducestothe

analysis wave propagations over free space as well

as over transmission lines. Furthermore, it discusses

the principles of operation and performances

of antennas. Topics covered include plane wave

propagation, analysis of wave propagation over

transmission lines and wave guides, radiation and

antennas,introductiontoberopticalandsatellite

communications.

CPE 446 (3) Wireless Communications. Prerequisite:

CPE 440. This course introduces students to signal

transmission and reception in wireless communication

systems. Topics include understanding of radio

channel characteristics, cellular concept, multiple

accessmethods,modulationtechniques,diversity

and error correcting codes for wireless systems and

also wireless communication standards.

CPE 447 (3) Telecommunications Switching and

Transmission.Prerequisite:CPE440.Thecourse

introduces students to the telecommunications

standards and infrastructure which includes both

the switching and transmission components. Topics

covered include public switching network hierarchy,

various switching methods, the digital transmission

hierarchy, transmission media characteristics and

applications, and switching and transmission

technologies and standards (ATM, ISDN, etc.).

CPE 451 (3) Digital Signal Processing. Prerequisite:

CPE 351. This course introduces the theory and

algorithms for processing deterministic and

stochastic signals. Topics include discrete signals,

linearltering;FastFourierTransform,nonlinear

ltering,spectrumestimation,linearprediction,

adaptiveltering,andarraysignalprocessing.

CPE 490S (3) Senior Design Projects I. Prerequisite:

EN 220, CPE 330, and CPE 360. This course is based

on group design projects. Students work in teams to

develop proposals for their selected projects. Topics

include engineering professionalism, ethics, design

methodology, project management, development

ofspecications,andevaluationofalternatives.

Students make oral presentation and submit written

reports on their proposed projects.

CPE 491W (3) Senior Design Projects II.Prerequisite:

CPE 490. In this course students complete the

design projects proposed in CPE 490–Capstone

Design I. Students perform the design synthesis,

analysis, construction, testing, and evaluation of their

team projects. Topics include safety, engineering

professionalism, ethics, safety. Students make oral

presentationandsubmitnalreportsdocumenting

their results.

CPE 492 (1 - 4) Special Studies in Computer

Engineering. Prerequisites:Junior/Seniorstanding

in Computer Engineering and consent of Chair. This

course is based on individual projects and problems

selected by instructors and individual students. It is

open to juniors/seniors in computer engineering only.

No more than four credit hours of CPE 492 can be

applied towards the degree.

CPE 493 (1 - 4) Special Topics in Computer

Engineering.Prerequisites:Junior/Seniorstanding

in Computer Engineering and consent of Chair. This

course includes lectures on recent topics of special

interests to students in various areas of computer

engineering. It is designed to test new experimental

courses in computer engineering. No more than four

credits of CPE 493 can be applied toward the degree.

DEVELOPMENTAL ENGLISH

Division of Undergraduate Studies

OFFICE: Charles F. Moore Building, 1st Floor

ENG 001 (3) Developmental English. This course

is designed to give intensive practice in the

fundamental of grammar usage, sentence structure,

mechanics and diction.

ENG 002 (3) Intermediate English. This course is

designed to serve as a bridge course between ENG

001 and 104. Primary emphasis will be placed on

paragraph writing.

ENG 399 (3) Functional Writing. This course is

designedtohelpthestudentgainprociencyin

thinkinglogically,writingintelligentlyandeectively.

(For students who are not successful on the English

ProciencyExamination.)

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 273

ENGLISH

Department of English and Modern Foreign Languages

OFFICE: Dollye M. E. Robinson Building, 4th Floor

ENG 104 (3) Composition I. Thiscourseistherst

partofthetwo-semesterfreshmancomposition

program and is designed to give intensive study

and practice in writing themes. Emphasis is placed

on grammar and mechanics, the sentence, the

paragraph, and the essay.

ENG 105 (3) Composition II. Prerequisite:ENG104.

ENG 105 is a continuation of ENG 104 with emphasis

oncriticalthinkingandwritingessays;writingthe

research paper, business letters, and resumes.

ENG 111, 111X–Honors (3) Composition for the

Language Arts Major. An intensive course in the

principles of rhetoric and composition with emphasis

on the structure, organization and style of the

various types of discourse: exposition, description,

narration, and argumentation.

ENG 112, 112X–Honors (3) Composition for the

Liberal Arts Major. Prerequisite:ENG111.A

continuation of ENG 111, with emphasis on the styles

andtypesofwritingreectedinliterarygenres.

ENG 201 (3) Humanities I. Man’s achievements in

literature, art and music from prehistoric times to the

middle ages are studied in this course. Both western

and nonwestern cultures will be included.

ENG 202 (3) Humanities II. Man’s achievements

in literature, art and music from the middle ages

to modern times are studied, with attention to the

gradualunicationofworldculture.

ENG 205 (3) World Literature I. Prerequisites:ENG

104,105,orENG111,112.Aone-semestersurveyof

classical literary masterpieces representative of the

Ancient, Medieval, and Renaissance and Modern

Periods. The course will assist the student in reading

literary works with increased perceptiveness and

understanding of the complex resources available

to the imaginative writer for the representation of

human experience and reality.

ENG 206 (3) The Literature of Science I. Aone-

semester survey of literature by scientists or about

sciencewhichconveysscienticandliteraryvalues.

ENG 207 (3) Literature of Science II. A continuation

of Literature of Science I, which surveys additional

works by scientists or about science having both

literaryandscienticvalue.Aunitontherelationships

between mathematics and the arts will be included.

ENG 208 (3) The Law in Literature I: Humanities

and Criminal Justice. To gain knowledge of human

applicationsofthelawandtheirconsequences

throughastudyofctionalworksfromancienttimes

to the 20th Century.

ENG 209 (3) The Law in Literature II: Humanities

and Criminal Justice. This course is a continuation of

ENG 208.

ENG 211 (3) Humanities for English and Mass

Communication Majors. A course that focuses

on the ways in which human beings express their

creativity through music, art, literature, dance,

lm,andothermedia.Thestudentstudiesthose

expressions of man which best reveal how he has

viewed himself over the centuries: his art, his music,

his literature, ranging from social and political

concepts to poetry and drama.

ENG 212 (3) Humanities for English and Mass

Communication Majors. A continuation of ENG 211.

ENG 213 (3) Professional Writing. A course designed

for those students of varied academic backgrounds

and occupational interests whose jobs or careers will,

oralreadydo,requirespecicwritingskills.Since

many of the types of writing are not taught in basic

compositioncourses,thiscourseoersstudents

opportunities to enhance these particular skills, thereby

providing them with on the job experience that

would not ordinarily be gained in regular composition

coursesoeredatJacksonStateUniversity.

ENG 216 (3) Survey of the Elements of Fiction. A

one semester course dealing with the elements of

ctionwithspecicemphasisontheanalysisof

the elements.

ENG 218 (3) Advanced Composition. This course is

designed to help students master the basic forms of

writing appropriate to each level of discourse.

ENG 219 (3) Classical Mythology. A course designed

to gain knowledge of Greek and Roman myths and

what they symbolize in the contemporary world.

ENG 222 (3) World Literature II. Aone-semester

survey of literary masterpieces representative of the

Enlightenment, Romantic, Realist, and Modernist

traditions. The course is designed to serve as a

direct although optional continuation of ENG 205.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 274

ENG 223 (3) Practical Rhetoric. Practical Rhetoric

isacourseineectivewritingthedisciplines.While

the course reinforces the writing skills students

have already learned, it is concentrated largely on

learningtoapplythemodesofdiscourse-exposition,

description, narration, and persuasion–to issues,

problems, and concerns related to one’s discipline.

Attention is also given to writing summaries,

syntheses,andcritiques.

ENG 228 (3) English Word Power. Building English

vocabulary from a knowledge of Latin and Greek roots.

ENG 303 (3) Grammar and Composition. A study

of the structural, functional, and rhetorical aspects of

composition. Linguistic concepts will be discussed.

Articles on applied linguistics will be reviewed, and

language will be presented from an objective structural

point of view.

ENG 313 (3) Seminar on Learning Strategies. A

course designed to improve student’s performance

on standardized tests.

ENG 315 (3) Women in Literature. Women in Literature

is a study of various portraits and delineations in

literature showing both problems and progress of

women. Male and female authors will be studied

with particular emphasis given to a study of works

byfemalewriters.Thecourseismulti-ethnicand

multi-culturalinitsapproach.Itisopentoallstudents

as an elective.

ENG 316 (3) Adolescent and Young Adult Literature.

The course is designed to give students an overview of

books and related materials suitable for adolescent

and young adult readers. This course will investigate

various issues in adolescent and young adult literature

theory,teachingresources,andeectivepedagogy.

ENG 319, 320 (3) (3) Survey of English Literature.

Atwo-semestercoursedesignedtoacquaintthe

student with the masterpieces of English Literature

and with the various intellectual and literary

movements(ENG319–BeowulftoPope;ENG320–

Johnson to contemporary writers).

ENG 321 (3) Survey of American Literature (1600-

1865).Prerequisites:ENG205,EnglishOption.A

general survey of American Literature and the

Literary and intellectual movements from Colonial

days to the Civil War. Writers from Smith to

Whitman are studied.

ENG 322 (3) Survey of Recent American Literature

(1865 to present). A survey of American Literature

from the Civil War to the present.

ENG 330 (3) Syntax. The study of principles by

which words are combined to form grammatical

sentences. Discussions of constituent structure,

transformation, grammatical category, and lexicon.

ENG 331 (3) Introduction to Linguistics. An

introduction to major linguistic theories, including

thetransformational-generativetheory.Illustrations

will be drawn from modern languages with their

phonological, syntactic, and semantic components.

ENG 332 (3) The English Language. The origins and

development of the English language, with stress on

the problem of change. The relationship of English

orthography to pronunciation will be discussed.

ENG 335, 336 (3) (3) Creative Writing. A laboratory

of imaginative writing emphasizing composition for

students interested and talented in creative writing.

Hours and credits to be arranged by instructor.

ENG 401 (3) Language Arts in Elementary School.

Allphasesofaneectivelanguageartsprogramin

the elementary school curriculum are examined.

ENG 402 (3) Language Arts in Secondary Schools.

This course examines exploratory and systematic

approaches to teaching the language arts in the high

school in order to give prospective teachers alternate

approaches to teaching language arts.

ENG 403 (3) Linguistics and the Teaching of English.

Thiscourseisdesignedtoequipstudentswitha

general background of linguistic theory and orientate

themtothemosteectivemethodsforteachingthe

expressive arts.

ENG 404 (3) Richard Wright: Art and Protest in

Twentieth Century Black Prose and Fiction. A study

of the major works of Richard Wright, his career

as a bridge between the Harlem Renaissance and

theBlackArtsMovement,andasamajorgurein

literary criticism and art as protest.

ENG 405 (3) Margaret Walker: Art and Protest in

Twentieth Century Black Poetry and Fiction. A

study of the major works of Margaret Walker, her

career as a bridge between the Harlem Renaissance

andtheBlackArtsMovement,andasamajorgure

in literary criticism, humanism, and feminism.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 275

ENG 415 (3) The English Novel. The development of

the novel from the works of Richardson to the present.

ENG 416 (3) The American Novel. Puritan, Romantic,

Naturalistic, and Realistic traditions in the American

novel from its origin to the present.

ENG 418, 419 (3) (3) Survey of Literature Black

Authors. Atwo-semestercoursethattreatsselected

works by African American authors.

ENG 420 (3) Survey of Literature Black Authors. A

study of English Literature up to 1500. Beowulf, Sir

Gawain and the Green Knight, and The Pearl will be

read in translation. The works of Malory and Chaucer

will be read in the original Middle English.

ENG 421 (3) Chaucer. This course centers on

Chaucer’s Literary achievement and merit and on

treatment of the Prologue to the Canterbury Tales,

selected Tales, and selections from his shorter works.

ENG 422 (3) Renaissance Literature. English

Literature from 1500 to 1649, excluding the works of

Shakespeare and Milton.

ENG 423, 429 (3) (3) Comedies and Tragedies

of Shakespeare. A study of the major comedies,

histories, and tragedies. Tragedies and comedies

alternatepersemester.Comedies–Summer;

Tragedies–Fall. Students can earn a total of six (6)

hours of credit. (See ENG 429.)

ENG 424 (3) Milton. The major poetry and selected

prose within the context of the historical and literary

background of the period.

ENG 425 (3) Restoration and Neo-Classic Literature.

A study of English Literature from 1660 to 1798

emphasizing the historical, rational, critical, and

philosophical trends.

ENG 426 (3) The English Romantic Movement.

Primarily the works of Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge,

Byron, Shelley, and Keats as they express the literary

trends of the age.

ENG 427 (3) Dramatic Literature of England (1581-

1640). A study of the drama of the period, exclusive

of Shakespeare.

ENG 428 (3) The Victorian Period. An intensive

survey of literature of the period, especially of the

poets and essayists.

ENG 429 (3) Tragedies of Shakespeare. Study of

the major tragedies, including historical tragedies

of Shakespeare. Tragedies and comedies alternate

persession:Comedies–Summer;Tragedies–Fall.

Students can earn a total of six (6) hours of credit.

(See ENG 423.)

ENG 430 (3) Classical and World Literature.

Studies in translation of outstanding literary models

throughout the world.

ENG 431 (3) Modern and Contemporary World

Literature. The study of worldwide literature and

literary trends in relationship to social aspects of

today’s world.

ENG 432 (3) American Renaissance Literature.

Selected works of Emerson, Thoreau, Hawthorne,

Melville, Poe, Whitman, and Dickinson.

ENG 433 (3) American Drama. The development of

American theatrical writing since the First World War.

ENG 434 (3) Twentieth-Century American Fiction.

Major writers of the period.

ENG 435 (3) Twentieth-Century American Poetry.

The study of contemporary American poets.

ENG 436 (3) Principles of Literary Criticism. The

study of basic principles of literary evaluation in

the light of major critical theories from Plato to

Deconstruction.

ENG 440 (3) Independent Study (Honors Course).

Intense reading and writing of a long investigative

paperinaspecicareaofAmericanorEnglish

Literature under the direction of a specialist in that

area, by permission of department head.

ENG 445 (3) Sociolinguistics. This course intends

to promote awareness of various language patterns

in the oral and written language of individuals from

multi-ethnicbackgrounds.

ENG 452 (3) Comparative Literature. Comparative

studies of great authors, genres, and periods.

ENG 495 (3) Senior Seminar in English. A research

course designed to have majors think through what

they have learned in their discipline, to share their

knowledge with one another and the faculty, and to

expandtheirknowledgeoftheeldbothindepth

and breadth.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 276

PRE-ENGINEERING

Department of Technology

OFFICE: J. Y. Woodard Building

ETD 361 (4) Statics. Prerequisite:MATH112.Force

systems,momentsofforce,couples,equilibrium,

moments of area, load diagrams, graphic and

analytical methods.

ETD 362 (4) Material Mechanics.Prerequisites:ETD

361, and MATH 232. Stress, strain, elastic constants,

deection,indeterminantloading,torsion,bending,

instability and fatigue.

ETD 366 (4) Pre-Engineering Statics.Prerequisite:

MATH 231. Concurrent force systems, moments of

force,couples,equilibrium,momentsofarea,and

load diagrams.

ETD 367 (4) Pre-Engineering Material Mechanics.

Prerequisites:ETD366,andMATH232.Stress,strain,

elasticconstants,deection,indeterminantloading,

torsion, bending, instability.

ETD 368 (4) Pre-Engineering Dynamics.

Prerequisites:ETD366,andMATH232.Kinematics

and Kinetics of rigid body motion, graphic and

analytic solutions, linkages, gears, cams.

FINANCE AND GENERAL BUSINESS

Department of Economics, Finance and

General Business

OFFICE: College of Business Building

Finance

FIN 317 (3) Principles of Insurance. Prerequisite:

Juniorclassication.Thiscoursecoversthetheory

of insurance and risks shifting, and current insurance

practices. We also examine personal and business

insurancecoverage,andthesignicanceorvarious

insurance related contract clauses. (F, S)

FIN 320 (3) Business Finance. Prerequisite:ACC

212.Thiscourseacquaintsstudentswithbusiness

organizationalforms,nancialstatementanalysis,

capital budgeting, time value of money, international

nance,andethics.(F,S,Sum)

FIN 443 (3) Financial Management. Prerequisites:

FIN 320. This course is a study of capital budgeting,

risk analysis and valuation, cost of capital, leasing,

reorganization, capital structure, and dividend policy.

(F, S)

FIN 446 (3) Commercial Banking.Prerequisites:FIN

320. This course considers the theory of commercial

banking’saectonthemoneysupplyandnational

income. Emphasis is placed on the concept of asset

management, the relationship of asset management

toliquidityandprotability,andcommercialbanking

and the nation’s credit structure. (F, S)

FIN 447W (3) Investments. Prerequisite:FIN320.

This course covers alternative investment analysis,

securities markets, valuation of securities, capital market

theory, and aggregate stock market analysis. (F, S)

FIN 450 (3) Financial Institutions. Prerequisite:FIN

320.Thiscourseisastudyofnancialinstitutions

and markets. Students will be exposed to historical

factorsthatledtothedevelopmentofmajornancial

institutionsandtheimpactoflegislationonnancial

institutions. The importance of intermediation will be

stressed along with the theory of interest rates, and

regulatory issues. (F, S)

FIN 451 (3) Portfolio Theory. Prerequisite:FIN447.

This course is a study of the theory underlying the

management of portfolios consisting of securities

and other assets, the measurement of risk and

return, utility analysis, the construction of portfolios,

and the evaluation of portfolio performance,

internationaldiversication,andthelegalandethical

responsibilitiesofnancialplanners.(F,S)

FIN 452 (3) International Finance. Prerequisite:FIN

320.Thiscourseconsidersnancialdecisionmaking

involving the transfer of funds across national boundaries.

Amulti-dimensionalapproachisusedinexamining

terms of trade, the international monetary system,

foreignexchangemarkets,internationalnancial

marketsandportfoliodiversication,importand

exportnancing,theoryofcomparativeadvantage,

and global issues. (F)

General Business

GB 201 (3) Introduction to the Legal Aspects of

Business. This course provides an overview of

the legal foundations of American society, and its

court system. Emphasis is placed on examining

the application of laws to the business community,

the legal structure and operation of business

organizations,andtheaectofgovernment

regulations on business activity. Business ethics is

also covered. (F, S, Sum)

GB 302 (3) Business Law. Prerequisite:GB201.This

courseisanin-depthreviewofthelawofcontracts,

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 277

i.e., formation, operation, discharge, and legal and

equitableremedies.ItexaminesArticles2,3,4,

and 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code (UCC):

Sales Contracts, Negotiable Instruments, Bank/

Customer Relations and Electronic Funds Transfers.

It also covers a review of individual and business

organizations bankruptcy relief. (F, S, Sum)

GB 318 (3) Principles of Real Estate. This course

surveys the rights and duties involved with real

property ownership. The class is divided into three

components: fundamental concepts of property

rightsandthelaw;principlesofrealestateand

business practices involved in real estate transactions

andnance;andthird,theprofessionaldutiesand

responsibilities of the real estate brokerage profession. (F, S)

GB 350 (3) Real Estate Sales. This course covers the

theoretical and practical guidelines in selling real estate

through advertising, personal contact and sales

techniques.Acombinationoftheoryandpractical

application are used to enhance the student’s ability

to successfully compete in real estate sales without

alongperiodofon-the-jobtraining.(D)

GB 418 (3) Introduction to Commercial/Industrial

Real Estate.Prerequisite:FIN318.Thiscourseis

designedtoacquaintthestudentwithalltypes

of commercial and industrial real estate from raw,

undevelopedlandtomulti-storyocebuildings.

Theeectofzoningandotherregulations,utilities,

location and function are analyzed along with design

andaestheticqualities.(D)

GB 440 (3) Business Research.Prerequisite:ECO

359. This course considers research design and

methodologies applicable to business problems. The

class also focuses on the analytical and mathematical

foundation to methodologies covered. Use of

statisticalsoftwareisrequired.(D)

GB 448 (3) The Inuence of Government on Business.

Prerequisite:GB301.Thiscoursefocusestherelation-

shipbetweenthegovernmentalsectorandnon-

governmental sectors of the economy. Topics

covered typically pertain to the legal environment,

legislation, and/or regulations governing business

organizations. (D)

GB 453 (3) Real Estate Appraisal. This course

examines the nature of real property value and the

functions and methods of estimating value with

emphasis on residential market value, and covers the

Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practices. (D)

GB 455 (3) Real Estate Property Management. This

course involves practical training for real estate

salespersons, brokers and others in the management

ofincome-producingrealpropertyinorganizations,

leases, contracts, merchandising, tenant selection,

relations with owners and tenants, collections

maintenance, accounting ethics, and legal and

professional relationships. (D)

GB 456 (3) Real Estate Brokerage Management.

This course covers the organizing, planning, and

runningofarealestateoce(sales)andisdesigned

forthepersonwhowantstoopenhis/herownoce

or become a real estate sales manager. Human

relationships and organizational theory involved

withmotivationaltechniquesareexamined.(D)

GB 457 (3) Real Estate Law. This course is a study

of the principles of laws governing real estate

includingacquisitions,encumbrances,transferrights

and obligations of parties and state and federal

regulations thereof. (D)

GB 458 (3) Real Estate Financing. This course is

a study of the institutions involved in real estate

nancing;andtheproceduresandtechniques

requisitetotheanalysisofrisksinvolvedinnancing

real estate transactions, and an examination of the

terminologyandinstrumentsusedinnancingand

taxing real property. (D)

GB 460 (3) Co-op/Independent Study. Prerequisite:

Junior standing and the permission of the department

chair. This course is designed for the student who

desires work experience to relate to his conceptual

background in business theories or for the student

who wishes to research a topic that is not currently

beingoeredinthecurriculum.(D)

GB 461 (3) Co-op/Independent Study. Prerequisite:

GB 460, senior standing, and the permission of the

departmentchair.Thiscourseisafollow-uptoGB

460 for the student who desires additional work

experience or for the student who wishes to research

asecondtopicthatisnotcurrentlybeingoeredin

the curriculum. (D)

FOREIGN LANGUAGES

Department of English and Modern Foreign Languages

OFFICE: Dollye M. E. Robinson Building

FLG 455 (3-6) Travel/Study Course in Languages

and Culture. Supervised travel to a foreign country

prepared for with the completion of an independent

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 278

study reading list. The student will enroll in this

coursethesemesterbeforethetwo-weekperiod

scheduled for the trip, and at that time the student

will be given a reading list from which he/she will

prepare for an examination. A total of six credits will

be received for passing the examination and taking

thetrip;threecreditsforpassingtheexamination.

FLG 460 (1-6) Special Studies in Modern Foreign

Languages. A course designed to adapt to almost

any problem posed by a student whose needs

cannotbelledbytheexistingarrangement

of course titles and credit hours. Subjects can

include study of language, literature, or culture with

emphasis on either oral, reading, or written aspects.

Senior standing preferred.

FR 252 (1) French for Scientists/Technologies.

(Mini-course).Condensedstudyoflinguistic

structures. Exercises and reading of selections

in:mechanical,electrical,andcivilengineering;

chemistry,biology;physics;health-relatedsciences.

Designed principally for the community.

FR 254 (1) French for Business Careers.(Mini-course).

Vocabulary, phraseology and sentence structure of

businessorganization;transactions;moneyandlegal

matters;businessletters;inquiryandinformation;

application and references. Exercises and readings.

Designed principally for the community.

SP 250W (1) Spanish for Travelers.(Mini-course).A

course tailored to the needs of those Mississippians

who plan to travel to Spain and/or Latin America.

Emphasis will be given to expressions and

vocabulary necessary for passing through customs,

registering in a hotel, ordering meals, and asking

directions. Designed for the community.

SP 254W (1) Spanish for Businessmen. Toacquaint

businessmenwiththevocabulary,oceprocedures,

andcustomsoftheSpanish-speakingbusinessworld.

Proper pronunciation will be stressed to facilitate

communication. Designed for the community.

SP 256W (1) Spanish for Industry. This course is

designedtoacquaintthetrainedtechnologistwith

the possible uses of the many technical manuals

available in Spanish. Stress will be placed on

developing facility in the use of these manuals

to promote communication with industrialists

andtechnologistsoftheSpanish-speakingworld.

Designed for the community.

SP 258W (1) Spanish for Health-related Professions.

Toacquainttheprofessionalintheareasrelatedto

health with various manuals available to communicate

withtheSpanish-speakingpatient.Properpronunciation

of the materials in these manuals will be stressed

so that communication with the patient will not be

impeded. Designed for the community.

CHINESE

Department of English and Modern Foreign Languages

OFFICE: Dollye M. E. Robinson Building

CH 101, 102 (3) (3) Elementary Mandarin Chinese.

An introduction to the essentials of the language.

Training in the four skills of listening, speaking,

reading, and writing in the Mandarin Chinese

language. May not be taken by native speakers.

CH 201(3) Intermediate Chinese.Prerequisites:

CH101and102.Thiscourseadoptsmulti-learning

approaches to lead students to further their study

of Chinese in the basic language skills of listening,

speaking, reading, and composition. It goes beyond

the basic grammar rules and exposes students to

more authentic cultural contexts by assisting them in

achieving successful communication (i.e., Skype with

native Chinese language partners). May not be taken

by native speakers.

CH 202 (3) Intermediate Chinese.Prerequisites:CH

101,102,201,orequivalent.ContinuationofCH201.

May not be taken by native speakers.

FRENCH

Department of English and Modern Foreign Languages

OFFICE: Dollye M. E. Robinson Building

FR 101, 102 (3) (3) Elementary French. An

introduction to French. Essentials of the language.

Training in the four skills of listening, speaking,

reading, and writing in the French language. May not

be taken by native speakers.

FR 201 (3) Intermediate French.Prerequisites:FR

101,102orequivalent.Reviewofessentials.Reading

of appropriate texts and analysis and discussion

emphasizing content and grammar. Conducted mainly

in French. May not be taken by native speakers. May

be used to satisfy 3rd or 4th semester departmental

requirement.

FR 202 (3) Intermediate French. Prerequisites:FR

101,102,201orequivalent.ContinuationofFR201.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 279

May not be taken by native speakers. May be used

tosatisfythe4thsemesterdepartmentalrequirement.

FR 213 (3) French Phonetic and Reading. Prerequisites:

Intermediateoption,FR201orequivalent.Scientic

study of the sounds and pronunciation of the French

language using the International Phonetics Alphabet

(IPA) as a foundation.

FR 230, 231 (3) (3) French Civilization Studies.

Emphasis on French history, philosophy, sociology,

politics, cultural and social institutions, and, to a

limited degree, literature. Taught in English and open

to the general study body.

FR 311 (3) Survey of French Literature.

Prerequisites:FR201and202.Ageneraloutline

course in the history of French literature from the

Middle Ages to the end of the 18th Century.

FR 312 (3) Survey of French Literature.

Prerequisites:FR201and202.Ageneraloutline

course in the history of French literature form the

beginning of the 19th Century to the present.

FR 321 (3) Composition and Conversation.

Prerequisites:Any6hoursofIntermediateoptions

orequivalent.Exercisesinspeaking,comprehension,

and composition. May not be taken by native speakers.

FR 322 (3) Composition and Conversation.

Prerequisite:FR321.AcontinuationofFR321.May

not be taken by native speakers.

FR 401 (3) Methods of Teaching Modern Foreign

Languages. A course designed to treat the principles,

problems and materials involved in the teaching of

French and other foreign languages on the secondary

level.Requiredofforeignlanguagemajorswith

senior standing who follow teaching program.

FR 421, 422 (3) (3) Advanced Topics for Conversation.

Prerequisite:FR321,322orequivalent.Intensive

practice in oral French using topics of culture,

civilization,politics,andeconomicsoftheFrench-

speaking world. May not be taken by native speakers.

FR 425, 426 (3) (3) French Structural Review I and II.

Prerequisites:Any6hoursofintermediateoptions.

Development of written skills through grammatical

andstylisticdrills;guidedandoriginalcompositions.

Individual corrections.

FR 430, 431 (3) (3) Advanced French Civilizational

Studies.Prerequisites:FR230and231.Advanced

studies of the political, cultural, social, literary, and

philosophical background of French Civilization.

TaughtinFrenchwithemphasisonin-depthstudy

and research. Course countries may be adapted to

student needs and interests.

FR 441 (3) Medieval and Renaissance French Literature.

Prerequisites:FR230and231.Studyoftheorigins

of French literature, from courtly romances through

lyric poetry, culminating with an examination of the

humanistic literature of the French Renaissance.

Discussions, reports, tests, papers.

FR 443 (3) Seventeenth-Century French Literature.

Prerequisites:FR230and231.Anexaminationof

artisticandsocialwritings,ofbaroqueandclassical

literaryguressuchasComeille,Moliere,Racine,La

Fontaine, Descartes, Pascal, Mme de LaFayetts, La

Bruyere, and La Rochefoucauld. Discussions, reports,

tests, papers.

FR 444 (3) The Classic Theater. Prerequisites:FR

230 and 231. A study of representative plays of

Corneille, Racine, and Moliere. Discussions, reports,

tests, papers.

FR 445 (3) Eighteenth-Century French Literature.

Prerequisites:FR230and231.Representativeworks

ofMontesquieu,Voltaire,Diderot,andRousseau.

Discussions, reports, tests, papers.

FR 447 (3) Nineteenth-Century French Literature.

Prerequisites:FR230and231.Selectedworksofprose,

poetry,anddramafromthewritersofthersthalfof

the 19th Century. Discussions, reports, tests, papers.

FR 448 (3) Nineteenth-Century French Literature.

Prerequisites:FR230and231.Selectedworksofpoetry

and drama from the writers of the second half of the

19th Century. Discussions, reports, tests, papers.

FR 449 (3) Twentieth-Century French Literature.

Prerequisites:FR230and231.Astudyofthewriters

and dominant literary currents from 1900 to the 1950s.

Discussions, reports, tests, papers.

FR 450 (3) Twentieth-Century French Literature.

Prerequisites:FR230and231.Acontinuationof

FR 449, covering literary works during and after the

1950s. Discussions, reports, tests, papers.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 280

FR 451 (3) The Negritude Literary Movement.

Prerequisites:Any6hoursofIntermediateoptions.

An introductory seminar on Black Authors of French

ExpressionfromFrench-speakingAfrica,Haiti,the

Antillean Islands and the Malagasy Republic. Discussions,

reports, tests, papers.

FR 452 (3) The Novel in Afro-French Literature.

Prerequisites:Any6hoursofIntermediateoptions.

An examination of novels written in French by Black

authors from Africa, Haiti, the Antillean Islands, and

the Malagasy Republic. Discussions, reports, test, papers.

FR 454 (3) Poetry in Afro-French Literature.

Prerequisites:Any6hoursofIntermediateoptions.

An examination of the poetry written in French by

Black authors from Africa, Haiti, the Antillean Islands,

and the Malagasy Republic. Discussions, reports,

test, papers.

FR 464, 465 (3) (3) Honors Course in French.

Prerequisites:Departmentalapprovalanda3.00

average in French. Topics vary yearly, depending on

needs and desires of students.

FR 480 (3) Independent Study. Prerequisite:

Departmental approval. Special reading assignments,

investigativepaper,orresearchprojectinaspecic

area of French literature, philosophy or culture directed

by a specialist in that area.

FR 499 (3) Senior Seminar.Prerequisites:

Departmental approval and senior status. The

primary purpose of this course is to interrelate all

areascoveredinFrenchduringtherstthreeyears

of study of the language, literature and culture.

GEOGRAPHY

Department of History and Philosophy

OFFICE: Dollye M. E. Robinson Building, Room #358

GEOG 103 (3) Introduction to Physical Geography.

Knowledgeofbasicconceptsandtechniquesin

studying the physical features of the earth.

GEOG 105 (3) Introduction to Cultural Geography.

Knowledge of the basic concepts characterizing

each culture with emphasis on past population and

globalproblems;patternsandspatialaspectsof

fertilityandmortality;migration;socialcustomers

onthelandscape;andurbanpatterns.Studentsare

requiredtodotwoculturaleldbasedprojects.

GEOG 209 (3) World Regional Geography. Study

ofthedierentgeographicalregionsoftheworld

consistingofearlysettlement;peopleandeconomic

development;physicalenvironment;resources;

andfuture.Thisclassisalecture-lab.Studentsare

requiredtodolabactivitiesinclass,thelibrary,and

communityeldbasedaswell.

GEOG 210 (3) Economic Geography. Analysis of the

interrelationship of economics and geography, with

emphasis on international economic activity.

GEOG 211 (3) Population Geography. Analysis of

population trends and the geographical conditions

necessary to support certain types of populations.

GEOG 212 (3) Transportation Geography. Analysis

of the role of geography in the volume and types of

transportation characteristics of certain areas.

GEOG 224 (3) Aerial Photo Interpretation. An

introductiontothetechniquesofinterpretingdata

from aerial photographs and other remotely sensed

media of geographic information.

GEOG 251 (3) Climatology. An introductory study of

the characteristics and causes of climatic conditions

and changes.

GEOG 315 (3) Conservation of Natural Resources.

Exploration of ways to conserve natural resources as

well as the need for such.

GEOG 321 (3) Field Methods in Geography. Acquaintance

withtechniquesutilizedbygeographersineldstudy.

GEOG 322 (3) Social Geography. The study of the

geographicfactorsandcharacteristicsthataect

the spatial distribution of various social groups with

emphasis on North America.

GEOG 323 93) Introduction to Geographic Research.

Introduction to the essential methods and processes

involved in geographic research.

GEOG 324 (3) Introduction to Cartography.

Introduction to the essential methods and processes

involved in geographic research.

GEOG 325 (3) Political Geography. Analysis of the

interrelationship of politics and geography, with emphasis

onpoliticalnation-states,asaectedbygeography.

GEOG 326 (3) Urban Geography. Examination of the

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 281

role that geography plays in helping one understand

the nature and development of urban areas.

GEOG 391 (3) Geography of Anglo America. Study

ofthecharacteristicsofAnglo-Americaandits

geographic development.

GEOG 396 (3) Geography of the South. Study of

the physical and political characteristics of the South.

GEOG 421 (3) Remote Sensing Applications. Deals

withtechniquesformeasuringtheearth’sphysical,

biological, and cultural resources from a few feet to

thousands of miles.

GEOG 425 (3) Geography of Africa. Study of the

human, biotic, and physical elements of Africa.

GEOG 433 (3) Geography of Latin America.

Examination of the geographical characteristics of

Latin America.

GEOG 449 (3) Geography of Asia. Exploration of

the continent of Asia as a geographical region.

GEOG 452 (3) History and Development of

Geographical Thought. Traces the development

of geographical thought and the discipline from

Ancient Egypt to the present.

GENERAL STUDIES

Division of Undergraduate Studies

OFFICE: Charles F. Moore Building, 1st Floor

GNST 100 Learning Skills Lab. This course is designed

for students enrolled in the Summer Developmental

Program. Emphasis is placed on English, math and

reading skills along with study skills and other academic

and social activities at the university.

GNST 101 Academic Support I. This course is

designed to assist conditionally admitted, as well as

other volunteer students with their freshman courses.

The goal of this course is to provide individualized

support for “marginally” prepared students in regular

academic credit courses.

GNST 102 Academic Support II. This course is the

secondpartoftheyear-longacademicprogram

whichisdesignedtocontinuetooerindividualized

support for “marginally” prepared students in regular

academic credit courses. Emphasis is placed on study

skills, learning to learn strategies and lifelong skills.

GNST 103 (1) First-Year Writing Seminar. This seminar

focuses on the academic strategies, resource

knowledge, and social networking necessary

for freshmen to make a successful transition to

college life., this course is taken in conjunction

with Intermediate English 002. In this course,

students practice processes appropriate for college

writing and reading, identifying rhetorical contexts

(audiences and purposes) common in academic

discourse and writing about personal experiences as

well as academic readings. By writing and revising

severalessays,studentsrenetheirpre-writing,

drafting and revising strategies to produce focused

and detailed papers.

GNST 104 (1) First-Year Reading Seminar. This

seminar focuses on topics and strategies in reading

comprehensiondesignedforrst-timefreshmenon

the university level. The seminar in reading plays

a central role in the development of the learning

communitiesandmeetstherequirementsofthe

FreshmanFirst-YearProgram.Theseminaris

designed to assist students in enhancing various

intellectualskillsnecessaryforasuccessfulrst-year

program at Jackson State University.

GNST 105 (1) First-Year Mathematics Seminar. This

seminar is designed to show the undergraduate

community at Jackson State University some

fascinating and exciting sides of mathematics. The

seminar is taught by faculty members and support

stawhohaveaninterestinfreshmaneducation.

The seminar does not follow a structured classroom

format, but it will provide an opportunity for students

to become involved in experiences that broaden the

subject of mathematics.

GNST 200 (2) Learning to Learn. This course is

designed to give students a chance to put failure

in perspective and take charge of their future. It

will assist students in determining what obstacles

are interfering with their learning, in overcoming

theirproblemsandingainingself-condenceand

selfdetermination. (For students on probation.)

GERMAN

Department of English and Modern Foreign Languages

OFFICE: Dollye M. E. Robinson Building

GR 101, 102 (3) (3) Elementary German. An

introduction to German. Essentials of the language.

Training in the four skills of listening, speaking, reading,

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 282

and writing in the German language. May not be

taken by native speakers.

GR 201 (3) Intermediate German. Prerequisites:GR

101,102orequivalent.Reviewofessentials.Reading

of appropriate texts and analysis and discussion

emphasizing content and grammar. Conducted mainly

in German. May not be taken by native speakers. May

be used to satisfy 3rd or 4th semester departmental

requirement.

GR 202 (3) Intermediate German. Prerequisites:GR

101,102,201,orequivalent.ContinuationofGR201.

May not be taken by native speakers. May be used to

satisfy4thsemesterdepartmentalrequirement.

GR 203 (3) Scientic German. Prerequisites:GR101,

102,orequivalent.Openonlytostudentsconcentrating

or preparing to concentrate in one of the natural

sciences.SelectedreadingsinscienticGerman

designed to develop a technical vocabulary facility for

reading materials in various sciences. May satisfy

3hoursofaNaturalSciencedepartmentalrequirement.

GR 204 (3) Intermediate German Conversation.

Prerequisites:GR101,102orequivalent.Emphasis

on the spoken aspects of German. May not be taken

by native speakers. May be used to satisfy 3rd or 4th

semesterdepartmentalrequirements.

GR 205 (3) Intermediate German: Culture and

Civilization.Prerequisites:GR101,102orequivalent.

Emphasis on cultural highlights of Germany. Readings,

discussions, slides, media presentations. May not be

taken by native speakers. May be used to satisfy 3rd

or4thsemesterdepartmentalrequirements.

GUIDANCE AND COUNSELING

Department of School, Community and

Rehabilitation Counseling

OFFICE: Joseph H. Jackson Building

GUID 100 (2) Concepts for Success in College. A

coursedesignedtoassistfreshmenintheiradjust-

ment to college life and in exploring career options.

COUN 315 (3) Human Growth and Development.

Thiscourseisdesignedtoprovidepre-service

education majors with a broad overview of

processes,patterns,andinuencesonhuman

development and learning from birth through

adolescence. Special emphasis will be placed

on(1)cognitive,social-emotionalandphysical

development during the early childhood, middle

childhoodandadolescentyears;and(2)culturaland

ecologicalinuencesonthedevelopingchildsuchas

the family, the school, and the peer group. Particular

emphasis will be placed on the role of learning

throughout the developmental process. (F, S, Sum)

HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATION

Department of Health Policy and Management

OFFICE: Jackson Medical Mall

HCA 300 (3) Healthcare Administration Practicum.

Therstinaseriesoftwothatallowsstudents

to apply learned theories and concepts in a work

situation. Sites to be considered for placement

willinclude,butnotlimitedtohospitals,long-term

care facilities, ambulatory centers, managed care

organizations, mental health centers, community

health centers, medical group practice, health

insurance companies, rehabilitation centers, and

government health agencies.

HCA 301 (3) Introduction to Healthcare Organizations.

An overview of the healthcare delivery systems

in the United States. It is designed to familiarize

beginning healthcare administration students with

social, political, economic, demographic, cultural,

nancial,andtechnologicalforcesthatshapethe

organization, structure, and operation of the United

States healthcare system.

HCA 303 (3) Medical and Administrative Terminology.

This course is designed to study the basic and

administrative medical language skills and essential

concepts of management science applied in

healthcare organizations.

HCA 310 (3) Health Economics and Payer Systems.

Thiscourseisdesignedtoacquaintstudentswiththe

applicationofmicro-economicstothehealthsector.

Topics covered will include concepts and measures

of health, markets for medical and hospital care,

healthinsurance,nancingofhealthcare,demands

forhealthcare,physiciansupply,costeciency,cost

eectiveness,andcostbenetanalysis.

HCA 311 (3) Public Health and Epidemiology. This

course is concerned with the modern organization,

philosophy and objectives of public health policies

and practices. This course examines methods,

information, and determinants of health status

involved in applications of epidemiology to control

the health problems of community populations.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 283

HCA 320 (3) Healthcare services Management. This

course introduces students to modern management

concepts,tools,andtechniquesinhealthcareadmin-

istration, and to practical applications of management

theory in health services organizations. Topics covered

will include: (a) the ethical, legal and technological

aspectsofhealthcareadministration;(b)motivational

theoriesandleadershipandmanagerialstyles;(c)

strategicplanningandmarketing;(d)problem-solving,

decision-making,andconictresolutionstrategies;

(e)organizationalcommunication;(f)humanresources

management;and(g)laborrelations.

HCA 334 (3) Organization and Personal Health

Behavior. This course studies human health behavior

from the interrelated perspective of individuals who

need and seek medical attention and the professionals

who provide these services in healthcare settings.

The patient focus concerns the social determinants

of health status and personal management of risks

aectingit,whileprofessionalconsiderationsexamine

the behavioral roles and relationships that contribute

to managing organizational performance, culture,

conict,designandchange.

HCA 340 (3) Healthcare Administration of Ambulatory

Services. This course examines the organizational

characteristicsandmanagementrequirementsof

the diverse range of ambulatory healthcare setting,

including emergency departments, primary care centers,

attachedandfree-standingoutpatientserviceunits,

physicianocepractices,andothersuchnon-inpatient

diagnostics, surgical, and rehabilitation facilities. Of

special interest is the exploration of both general and

distinct administrative competencies and practices

that are essential for professional managers of these

ambulatory-basedservices.

HCA 352 (3) Human Resource Management in

Healthcare. Human resources are the most valuable

elements of any organization, especially in the

healthcare industry. It is management’s responsibility

to implement and coordinate a total human

resource system–composed of work force planning,

recruitment and selection, placement, and retention–

to ensure that the health service organization is

properlystaed.

HCA 365 (3) Hospital Acute Care Administration.

Major teaching hospitals (academic medical centers),

short-termgeneralcommunityhospitals,community

hospitals,long-termcarehospitals,rehabilitation

hospitals, military and Veteran Administration

hospitals, psychiatric hospitals, and women and

children’s hospitals, are all licensed as institutions

oeringacutemedicalcare.Amongthesevarious

typesoffacilitiesarevastdierencesintheir

characteristicsandthedierentneedsofpeople

served. This course explores these various

institutional distinctions of organizational design,

service goals, and professional cultures.

HCA 380 (3) Statistics for Health Services. This

course studies basic biomedical public health and

administrativestatisticalmeasurementtechniquesto

testhypotheses,conrmcorrelationsandinterpret

health information for management, clinical, and

organization decision purposes.

HCA 381 (3) Long-term and Mental Healthcare

Administration. This course is designed to provide

studentswithabasicoverviewofthelong-termcare

continuum, including nursing homes, mental health

systems,andnon-instructionalalternativessuchas

home health agencies, adult day care centers, and

retirementhomes.Thelong-termcareneedsofthe

elderly and the mentally ill concomitantly with the

public policy responses to their needs will be examined.

HCA 384 (3) Healthcare Policy and Politics. This

course is an overview of healthcare policy in the

United States. It is designed along four major

themes:(1)ahistoricalandsocio-politicalanalysis

oftherelationshipofgovernmentandhealth;(2)

an exploration of health policy and the political

structure;(3)anexaminationoftheroleofinterest

groupsandpublicopinioninhealthpolicy;and(4)

health policy and the political process.

HCA 400 (3) Healthcare Administration Internship.

Thesecondinatwo-sequenceseriesofadministrative

interships for healthcare administration students.

The course is designed to allow students to apply

learned theories and concepts in a work situation.

Placement sites will include, but not be limited to,

hospitals,long-termcarefacilities,ambulatorycare

centers, managed care organizations, mental health

centers, community health centers, medical group

practice, health insurance companies, rehabilitation

centers, and public health agencies.

HCA 402 (3) Healthcare Planning and Marketing.

This course is designed to provide students with an

overview of the strategic planning processes used by

healthcare organizations. Methods and practices of

determiningmarketdemandsandresourcerequire-

ments for health services development are explained.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 284

HCA 410 (3) Integrated Seminar for Strategic

Management.Prerequisite:Allothercourses.

A senior culminating seminar provides a

comprehensive “capstone” or integrative study

for students concluding the HCA curriculum. It is

intended to draw upon all dimensions of course

work to review and apply the learning derived from

previous studies towards solutions and reforms

incontemporaryhealthissues,policyquestions,

professional practices and administrative challenges.

Case and literature studies, guest seminar leaders,

internship reports and experiences, and individual

studentproblem-solvingapplicationsprovidethe

focus of weekly topics investigated.

HCA 420 (3) Administrative Law and Ethics in

Healthcare. This course is an exploration of the legal

issues and professional management ethics related

to providers and consumers of health services.

Emphasis is placed on application of legal doctrines

in the healthcare settings and the administrative

implications of health related legislation and programs.

Study topics include negligence, liability, medical

malpractice, labor law, informed consent, and related

patient care protective rights.

HCA 431 (3) Health Professional Career Development

Seminar. This is a professional development course

designed to socialize and familiarize the student with

thehistoricalbackgroundandtrendsintheeldof

healthcare administration. The social, political, economic,

andtechnologicalfactorsinuencingthedevelopment

and growth of the healthcare administration profession

will be explored. Additionally, students will be introduced

to the job search process and the process of applying

for admission to professional schools. Students will

learn how to: (a) write a cover letter and resume,

(b) write a job search plan, ( c) apply interviewing

techniques,(d)dressprofessionally,and(e)develop

networking skills.

HCA 440 (3) Health Management Information Systems.

The analysis, design and installation of management

of information systems in healthcare organizations

are studied, including their application to data processing,

inventory control, resource allocations, space utilization,

workowandjobdesignandanalysis,qualityimprove-

ment, reengineering, and change management.

HCA 450 (3) Financial Management of Health

Services. This course teaches students the

fundamentalconceptsandprinciplesofnancial

medical services in health businesses. Topics include

nancialmanagementsystems,breakevenanalysis,

cost-benetratios,rate-setting,workingcapital,cash

ow,andasset-budgetplanningfornancialcontrol.

HCA 470 (3) Healthcare Research and Evaluation.

This is an introductory examination of the theories,

methods and approaches in research and evaluation

of healthcare problems. Students are taught how to

designscienticinvestigationsofproblemsaecting

personal health status and the organizations providing

health services. The classroom learning concludes

with student applications of research designs and

proposals to formulate selected health problems.

HCA 480 (3) Applied Research/Management Project.

Prerequisite:Allothercourses.Studentsconclude

their curricular studies by independently designed

and implementing either research or administrative

projects that address positive advances for health

serviceproblemsthroughscienticmanagement

solutions.Theresearchoptionusessmall-scalestudiesof

specicorganizationalorpersonalhealthproblems.

The management project similarly expects students

to design and complete an operational problem

or change in some healthcare setting by applying

administrativepractices.Eachprojectoptionrequires

aproposalandnalreportapprovedbythefaculty

advisors that students select for supervision.

HCA 482 (3) Managed Care and Integrated Systems.

Thiscourseoersstudentsadescriptivesurvey

and assessment of the trends, concepts, policies

and practices in the managed care industry (MCO).

Emphasisisonhowadministrativepersonnelfulllthe

MCO mission and dynamic development. Students

reviewthedierentmodelsofthesenetworksand

organizations together with the impact of regulation,

subscriber rights, risk management, physician

relationships, and other challenges to manager care.

National healthcare reform via private markets and

MCO’s versus public system interventions is also

considered within the vexing dilemma of benchmark

social change in American health policy.

HCA 498 (3) Contemporary Issues in Health Care

Administration. This course is designed to teach the

participants ways to abstract research journals on

issues prevalent to the course. It focuses on areas

of Healthcare Agencies that contribute to the

Academic growth of the students. A variety of

readingsarerequiredandoralpresentationgivento

improve their communication skills. Visitations to

these agencies are highly recommended.

HCA 499 (3) Independent Study. This course

is intended to provide to students, especially

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 285

graduatingseniors,theopportunitytoacquirean

in-depthandspecializedknowledgeofoneormore

of the myriad issues in the healthcare system. It calls

for an individualized and independent investigation

and study of a healthcare or public health issue or

problem. Under the guidance of an instructor of

similar interest in the issue problem, the student

develops and implements a conceptual framework

that undergirds the study. Pedagogy is expressed

through the use and application of management

science theories.

HEALTH

Department of Health, Physical Education

and Recreation

OFFICE: T. B. Ellis Physical Education Complex

HE 101 (3) Concepts of Health. This course is

designed to give students a basic knowledge in the

areas of drugs, alcohol, sexually transmitted diseases,

ecology, chronic diseases, nutrition and physical

tnessenablingthemtomakewisedecisions

concerning their life and health. (F, S, Sum)

HE 102 (3) Concepts of Health for Teachers. This

course is designed to give prospective health

teachers a comprehensive body of knowledge in the

areas of mental and emotional health, alcohol and

drugs,nutrition,physicaltness,infectiousdiseases,

chronic diseases, STD’s and AIDS. (F, S, Sum)

HE 113 (3) First Aid. Designedtoacquaintstudents

with the skills needed to provide immediate aid to

personswhosuersuddeninjuryorillness.This

course also services as a preparatory course for

certicationasaninstructor.(F,S,Sum)

HE 122 (3) Foundations of Health. This course

is designed to provide an understanding of the

historical background, principles, philosophy and

contemporaryproblemsintheeldofhealth.(S)

HE 206 (3) Organization and Administration of

School and Community Health. This course is

designed to provide information on the organizational

structures of the various community health and

related agencies and the public school system.

Emphasis is placed on the functions of each entity

and how they coordinate activities with other

agencies and the public schools. (F, S)

HE 208 (3) Epidemiology of Diseases. This course

isasurveyofselectedcommunicableandnon-

communicablediseasesofman.Anin-depthstudy

ofpathogenicandnon-pathogenicdiseasetheories

will be examined as well as sign symptoms of these

selected conditions. (F, S)

HE 311 (3) First Aid, Prevention, and Care of Injuries.

This course provides for an integrated interpretation

of the principles of anatomy, physiology and

kinesiology as related to the prevention and care of

injuries. (F, S)

HE 333 (3) Methods and Materials in Teaching Health.

Thiscourseprovidesforinstructioninthesignicant

aspects related to integration and coordination of

healthmethods,materialsandtechniquesofteaching

health. (F, S)

HE 399, 399H (Honors) (3) Human Sexuality.

This course provides the student with a basic

orientation to the varied dimensions of sexuality.

This orientation includes information on historical

perspectives on sexual customs and behavior,

methods in sex research, anatomy and physiology of

the reproductive systems, reproduction, birth control,

STDs, and emphasis on sexual responsibility. (F, S)

HE 401 (3) Consumer Health and Safety (A–

Elementary Schools, B–Secondary Schools). This

course is designed to integrate the research of

eectiveteachingandlearningwiththeoryand

practice.Studentswillengageinmicro-teachingand

will be expected to demonstrate mastery of fourteen

competencies measured by the Mississippi Teacher

Assessment Instrument. Students will also be

introduced to classroom management strategies for

eectiveclassroomdisciplineandteachingroutines.

Theclinicalpracticewillbeaeldbasedactivity.

HE 402 (12) Clinical Internship in Student Training

(A–Elementary Schools, B–Secondary Schools). This

course is a continuation of the practical learning

experiences engaged in during the 401 course, but

ino-campusschoolandcommunitysituationsfor

two twelve weeks where opportunity is given to the

student teacher to test theories of teaching and

learning, to initiate ideas with children. With

guidance and supervision, the student teacher is

also given the opportunity to develop the ability,

initiative and responsibility for planning, guiding and

evaluating the total program of the children with

whom he/she is working.

HE 404 (2) Family Living Education. This course is

designedtoprovidebasicinformationinthephysio-

socio-culturalaspectsofsexeducationandfamily

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 286

living. Critical issues in sex will be vied including sex

asitaectstheBlackAmerican.(F)

HE 495 (3) Problems and Issues in Health. This

course is an investigation of special health problems

with emphasis on possible prevention of such problems.

Directed individual study of selected problems in

drug abuse, alcoholism, venereal disease, cancer and

heart disease will be conducted. (F)

HE 498 (3) Introduction to Alcohol and Drug Education.

This course provides an overview of the world of drugs–

drugabuse,drugdependence,drug-usingbehavior,

andexaminingtheuse,eects,andpotentialfor

abuse of the major psychoactive drugs. (F, Sum)

HISTORY

Department of History and Philosophy

OFFICE: Dollye M. E. Robinson Building

HIST 101 (3) History of Civilization I. A global survey

and study of the histories of major geographical

regions and populations between humans’ prehistory

beginnings and their civilizational, societal, and

cultural developments by the 15th century. Additionally,

the course provides and promotes student learning

outcomes that include content literacy about the

human historical experience and the honing of

specicskillsets–i.e.,readingcomprehension,critical,

andanalyticalthinkingaswellaseectivewritten

and oral communication.

HIST 102 (3) History of Civilization II. A global survey

and study of the histories of population groups,

their regional geographics and their civilizational

and cultural developments from the 15th and the

21st century. The course emphasizes both content

literacy and enrichment as well as the honing of skill

sets, especially students’ reading comprehension,

analytical and critical thinking, problem solving and

eectiveoralandwrittencommunication.

HIST 111 (3) History of Civilization I. The course is

specicallydesignedforfreshmenhistorymajors

to begin their subject literacy in prehistory, early

civilizational, ancient, and medieval history. Provided

to majors as well is the opportunity to realize

prociencyintherequiredacademicskillsofthe

discipline,especiallytherequisitecompetenciesin

research,criticalandanalyticalthinkingandeective

written and verbal communication.

HIST 112 (3) History of Civilization II. A study

of global regions, populations and cultures

commencing with the 15th century technological

advances in European maritime travel and

reconnaissance, the resulting foreign exploration,

colonization, revolutions, and rise in nation states, the

emergent economic and military alliances, the world

wars, the Cold War, the decolonization of Africa and

Asia,andtheemergenceofthepost-colonialworld

in the latter 20th and beginning of the 21st century.

The designed course of study is for freshmen history

majorsaordingthemcontinuedhistoricalliteracy

and the further honing of the skill

setsofresearch,procientwritten,andverbalexpression

as well as critical, creative, and analytical thinking.

HIST 201 (3) United States History I. A survey

of American society from the Colonial period to

Reconstruction that emphasizes its political, cultural,

social, and economic developments.

HIST 202 (3) United States History II. A survey

of American society since Reconstruction that

emphasizes its political, cultural, social, and economic

developments.

HIST 205 (3) Topics in History. A study of historical

problems and issues in American, African, Latin

American, Asian, and European History using

comparative analysis to promote intense topical

reading, research, and critical writing exercises.

HIST 211 (3) Survey of Europe I. A study of the

origins of European institutions and the rise of the

nation state from the Middle Ages to 1715.

HIST 212 (3) Survey of Europe II. A study of

Europeannationalcultures,conicts,imperialism,

and industrialization.

HIST 300 (3) Oral History Methodology. An

introduction to the application of oral history

techniquesandmethodology.

HIST 301 (3) Advanced Projects in Oral History.

Prerequisite:HIST300.Designedtoengage

studentsineldprojectsonandocampuswhile

usingthetechniques,methodology,andmachinery

of oral history.

HIST 302 (3) Local History. Surveyoftechniquesand

methodology of researching and writing local history.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 287

HIST 308 (3) American Military History. Survey

of the American war experience from the colonial

period to the Vietnam War.

HIST 310X (3) The Twentieth Century World

(Honors). An honor’s seminar examining the history

of the world from 1900 to the present concentrating

on imperialism and resistance to it.

HIST 311 (3) Ancient History. A study of the society

of Greece, Rome, and the Middle East to 476 A.D.

HIST 317 (3) History of England I. A survey from the

Celts to the Glorious Revolution concentrating on the

evolution of English government form kingship to

constitutional monarchy.

HIST 318 (3) History of England II. A survey form

1688 to the present, tracing development from an

aristocratic to a democratic form of government.

HIST 320 (3) colonial United States to 1763. A detailed

study of the colonial structure emphasizing the nature

of government, politics, economics, and culture.

HIST 321 (3) American Revolution and the Federalist

Period. A detailed study of the forces which produced

thestruggleforindependenceandthesubsequent

political, economic, social, cultural, and military

structures in the United States.

HIST 322 (3) The Age of Jeerson and Jackson.

A detailed study of society with emphasis on

the awakening of American national life and the

problems that accompanied it. Investigates the

search for social order and justice focusing on

the slavery controversy, reform movements, social

experiments, etc.

HIST 323 (3) Civil War and Reconstruction.

Provides for the study of America between 1861

and 1877 with emphasis on the cause(s) of the

Civil War, the emancipation of slaves, their transition

from slavery to freedom, and the interpretations

of Reconstruction.

HIST 325 (3) History of Mississippi. A survey of the

political, economic, social, and cultural development

of Mississippi with special emphasis on late

nineteenth and twentieth centuries.

HIST 327 (3) History of Latin America I. A study

ofthepre-Columbiannatives,theSpanishand

Portuguesecolonialadministration,itseectonthe

native population, and the independence movement.

HIST 328 (3) History of Latin America II. A study

of the independent Latin American countries

with emphasis on culture, politics, and economic

problems, particularly in contemporary society.

HIST 329 (3) History of the Caribbean. A study of

the economic, political, social, and cultural life, of the

people of the Caribbean area and their relationship

with the United States.

HIST 330 (3) Indians in North America. An

examination of the various Indian cultures of the

UnitedStates,andthestudyofIndian-Whiterelations.

HIST 331 (3) Renaissance and Reformation. The

antecedents and development of the Renaissance

in Italy, its spread into the rest of Europe, and the

resultant revolution in religious and political thought.

HIST 334 (3) Eighteenth Century Europe, 1715-

1815. A study of the social, political, economic, and

ideologicalmovementsandtheirconictduringthe

French Revolution.

HIST 335 (3) Nineteenth Century Europe. A study

of reaction, middle class revolution, industrialization

and social adjustment to economic change and

urbanization.

HIST 344 (3) Historiography. Designed to study

the problems encountered in studying, interpreting

and writing history. Majors will also be introduced

to schools and theories of historical interpretation in

American, Asian, European, and African historiography.

HIST 345 (3) Seminar in Public Institutions: A

Reection of American Society. Research and study

at designated public or private institutions. Students

must provide travel funds.

HIST 346 (3) South Asia. A general study of the

history of South Asian countries to the present.

HIST 352 (3) China I. In-depthstudyofthehistory

of some important Chinese dynasties to 1644.

HIST 353 (3) China II. In-depthstudyofChinasince

the seventeenth century.

HIST 354 (3) Southeast Asia. A general description

of the history of Southeast Asia to the present, then

of the individual countries playing a role in world

politics, including analysis of the Vietnam War.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 288

HIST 360 (3) Blacks in American History I. An

analysis and interpretation of the involvement of

Black people in the economic, social, political, and

cultural developments of the United States to 1877.

HIST 361 (3) Blacks in American History II. A

continuation of HIST 360 from 1877 to the present.

HIST 370 (3) Historical Archaeology. Introduction

to archaeology with an emphasis on historical and

material culture.

HIST 372 (3) Survey of Arts and Architecture.

Survey of American art and architecture with an

emphasis on the evolution of the American house.

HIST 380 (3) History of the Frontier. Designed to

study the westward movement of the United States.

Emphasis will be placed on the relationship of the

movement to political, economic, and land policies

and on relations with the Native American population.

HIST 381 (3) History of the Old South. A survey of

southern society from the Colonial period through

theCivilWar.Theuniquesoutherncharacterand

institutions are explored.

HIST 382 (3) History of the New South. A survey of

the development of economic, cultural, political and

social institutions in the South since Reconstruction.

An analysis is made of the forces that have shaped the

livesofsouthernersinthepost-Reconstructionera.

HIST 383 (3) Women in America. Designed to

examine the role of women in the development of

America. Emphasis will be on reform, resistance

to their movements, their role in politics and their

impact on society.

HIST 385 (3) Black Women in Southern Culture. A

seminar which examines the roles of Black women in

the development of Southern and American Culture.

Emphasis will be on problems encountered, reforms,

roles in politics, the work force, religion and their

general impact on society.

HIST 402 (3) History of the Middle East. The rise of

Islam and its expansion to 1900.

HIST 403 (3) Contemporary Middle East. 1900 to

Present. Dissolution of the Ottoman Empire, rise

ofZionismandArabNationalism,theconictof

Palestine, the establishment of the state of Israel in

1948, the Egyptian Revolution.

HIST 405 (3) African History I. A critical study based

on selected readings of North and West Africa from the

earliest beginning to current times with primary emphasis

on the impact of Islam and the Atlantic slave trade.

HIST 406 (3) African History II. A critical study based

on selected reading of Southern Africa covering the

landbetweentheCongoandZambeziRiverstothe

southern tip of the continent. The course will emphasize

the Bantu migration, the ethnic and cultural diversity

of the region, the impact of European colonialism, and

thecurrentstateofaairsintheregion,especially

theinuencesoftheRepublicofSouthAfrica.

HIST 407 (3) African History III. A critical study

based on selected readings of East Africa from

SomaliatotheZambeziandalllandsfeaturingthe

Great Rift Valley. The course will emphasize the

birthplace of early man in this region, the ethnic and

cultural diversity of the area, the Arab and European

inuenceinEastAfrica,andpost-independence

developments in the region.

HIST 410 (3) Constitutional History of the United

States I. A historical study of the origin and

development of political parties as agencies of

popular government, the growth of the judicial

system, nationalism and states rights, leading

constitutional problems to the Compromise of 1877.

HIST 411 (3) Constitutional History of the United

States II. An analysis of major developments in

American constitutional history from the Civil War

to the present. Special attention is devoted to the

expansion of national government powers.

HIST 412 (3) European Imperialism. An analysis

and interpretation of the circumstances that enabled

Europeans and their descendants to explore, settle,

conquer,control,anddominatetwo-thirdsofthe

world’s peoples.

HIST 414 (3) History of Russia I. A survey of Russian

history from her most ancient kingdoms through the

imperial period of the early twentieth century.

HIST 415 (3) History of Russia II. A critical study

of modern day Russia beginning with the Bolshevik

Revolution and the formation of the Union of Soviet

Socialist Republics. Emphasis is placed on the

socialist model of revolution as a competitor of the

democratic model in world politics.

HIST 417 (3) Emergence of Modern America, 1875-

1917. An analysis of American society emphasizing

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 289

political, economic, and social changes between the

end of Reconstruction and our entry into World War I.

HIST 418 (3) War, Depression, and Recovery, 1917-

1941. An analysis of American history during World

War I, the turbulent 1920’s, the Great Depression, and

the New Deal Years.

HIST 419 (3) Contemporary United States, 1941

to the Present. A study of the social, political, and

economic history of the United States.

HIST 420 (3) English Legal and Constitutional

History. A study of the origin and development of

the common law and parliamentary government.

HIST 424 (3) French Revolution and Napoleon. A

study of the causes, nature and course of the French

Revolution and its impact on Europe.

HIST 430 (3) Diplomatic History of the United States.

Survey of American foreign policy since the Colonial

Period including a review of current issues.

HIST 440 (3) The History of World War II. The course

will survey the events of the war from its origins in

the policy of appeasement through the dropping

of the atomic bomb. The resulting shifts in global

power caused by the war will be addressed as well.

HIST 441 (3) Twentieth Century Europe, 1900-1939.

Astudyoftheworldwars,theimpactoftherst

world war, and the revolutionary movements which

produced nazism, fascism and appeasement.

HIST 442 (3) Twentieth Century Europe, 1939 to

Present. A study of the second world war, European

recovery, the victory of socialist governments, and

the development of the common market.

HIST 447 (3) Research Seminar. Prerequisite:HIST

344. For senior History majors with emphasis on

completion of a major historical research paper.

HIST 448 (1 - 6) Independent Study and/or Directed

Readings.Prerequisite:Consentofinstructor.Intensive

study in research materials or reading directed toward

aspeciedtopicorproject.

HIST 449 (3) Black Americans in the South. A study

of the development of the Black Southerners culturally

and institutionally between the Civil War and 1915.

HIST 450 (3) Black Political and Social History.

A seminar which critically analyzes black social

and political leaders, their philosophies, roles, and

strategies employed o resolve societal problems

facing African Americans.

HIST 452 (3) Introduction to Public Historical Studies.

Introductiontotheareas,issues,techniques,literature

and current dcraft of public and applied history.

HIST 460 (3) History of Science and Society I. Study

ofscientictheories,experimentations,andpersonalities

from an historical perspective with an emphasis on

theinuenceofscienceonsocietyandculture.

HIST 460 (3) History of Science and Society II.

Studyofscientictheories,experimentations,and

personalities from an historical perspective with an

emphasisontheinuenceofscienceonsocietyand

culture.

HIST 470 (3) Restoration Technology. Introduction

tothetechniquesandmethodologyofhistoric

restoration of material culture.

HIST 473 (3) Introduction to Museums. Survey of

the history of American museums and principles of

museum management.

HIST 476 (3) Archives and Records Management.

Survey of the principles of archive and resource

management with an emphasis on material culture.

HIST 479 (3) Computer Science for History

Programming. Introduction to the use of computer

programmingandquantitativetechniquesin

historical research.

HIST 482 (3) Introduction to the History of City and

Regional Planning. History of selected features of

the physical environment of urban America with an

emphasis on the processes of design and change in

cities and urban regions.

HIST 498 (3) Historic Preservation Methodology.

Introduction to the principles of historic preservation

with an emphasis on the preservation movement in

the United States and some attention to preservation

methodology.

HIST 499 (3) History Internship. History majors

relatetheiracademiceducationtoon-the-job

training situations in public and private programs,

organizations, and agencies.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 290

TECHNOLOGY

Department of Technology

OFFICE: J. Y. Woodard Building

IT 100 (1) Introduction to Industrial Technology.

Asurveyofthetechnologyeldasitrelatesto

the academic background and opportunities for

industrial technology graduates. (F, S)

IT 300 (3) Internship/Industrial Experience.

Prerequisite:Juniorstandingorapprovalofacademic

advisor. This course provides a supervised practical

work experience with an approved industrial

enterprise, coordinated by employer, faculty, and

student. (F, S, Sum)

IT 490 (3) Capstone Course.Prerequisite:Senior

standing. This course is designed to give student

experience in real work applications through project

in business and industry that will encompass all the

dierentsubjectareascoveredinanarearelatedto

the student’s concentration. (F, S)

ITC 205 (3) Materials, Construction Procedures, and

Practices. A study of the materials, building codes,

techniquesandproceduresemployedinbuilding

construction. (F, S, D)

ITC 317 (3) Estimating and Scheduling. Prerequisite:

ITC 205. The methods of preparing labor and

materialquantityestimates.(F,S,D)

ITC 319 (3) Structural Design. Structural design

procedures with concrete reinforced concrete and

steel. (F, D)

ITC 324 (3) Site Planning and Development. The

inuenceofclimate,geographytopography,and

geology on the design of a building site and the

dierentusesofthetransitinsquaringupforms.

(F, D)

ITC 400 (3) Technical Seminar.Prerequisite:Senior

standing.Aninter-departmentalcoursewhere

application of technical and occupational skills and

knowledge are emphasized. Experience in using a

varietyoftechniquesatvariouslevelsandareasof

supervisionbothonandocampus.(F,S)

ITC 410 (3) Contracts, Specications and Law.

Prerequisite:ITC205.Thepreparationofcontract

specicationsandconditionswhichformthe

contractual relationship between owner and builder.

(F, S)

ITD 114 (3) Computer-Aided Drafting. Thefunda-

mentals of planning and drawing, orthographic

projections, graphical and technical analysis,

visualization, delineation and communication of

specialproblems.Computer-aideddrafting(CAD)will

be used as a tool to solve the various problems. (F, S)

ITD 203 (3) Advanced Computer-Aided Drafting.

Prerequisite:ITD114.Instructionincludesdrafting

and design aids in AUTOCAD and MICROCAD with

emphasis on architectural and engineering drafting. (S)

ITD 204 (3) Architectural Design. Prerequisite:

ITD 114. The principles and practices of designing,

planning, drawing residential plans, and writing

Specications.(F,S)

ITD 316 (3) Electrical and Electronic Design.

Prerequisite:ITD114.Astudyofthetypesofelectrical

and electronic drawings and their uses. Topics include:

building, wiring diagrams, electronics wiring diagrams,

pictorial drawings, graphs and charts. (F, S)

ITD 319 (3) Graphical Analysis and Design.

Prerequisite:ITD114.Theanalysisofgraphical

techniques,proceduresanddevicesusedfor

measurement and computation in the solution of

mathematical problems and the presentations of

facts for the design of consumer products. (S)

ITD 326 (3) Descriptive Geometry. Prerequisite:

ITD 114. The fundamental theories underlying the

description in geometrical terms of the shape, size,

space, location and space relationship of geometrical

magnitudes. (F, S, D)

ITD 327 (3) Machine Drawing and Design.

Prerequisite:ITD203.Patterndrafting,machine

drawing and design tolerance and fabrication

drawings. (F, S)

ITD 335 (3) Architectural Detail Design.

Prerequisite:ITD204.Researchcarriedoutbythe

student in major areas of drafting. Presentation of

ideas in the form of drawings, models, and other

media as needed. (F)

ITD 356 (3) Structural Drafting. Prerequisite:ITD

204. Instruction in basic principles and procedures

of structural features such as building bridges, and

highway construction, and structural steel. (F, S)

ITD 405 (3) Building Control and Systems. Basic

skillsandtechniquesofpiedrafting,includingpipe

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 291

tting,valve,symbols,andschematicdrawing

problems. (F)

ITD 409 (3) Map Drafting. An introductory course to the

techniquesofmapcompilationandmanyusages.(S)

ITD 411 (3) Engineering Drafting. Prerequisite:

ITD 114. A study of the engineering profession and

specialized areas of engineering drafting. (F, D)

ITE 111 (3) Basic Electronics. Prerequisite:MATH111.

An introductory study of laws, theorems, concepts,

and principles of electricity and electronics. (F, S)

ITEL 111 (1) Freshman Lab I. A laboratory course

whichcoversthebasicelectricquantities,Ohms

law, power, resistors, series and parallel circuits,

current and voltage divider, voltage and current

sources, power measurement, internal resistance and

maximum power transfer. (F, S)

ITE 112 (3) Intermediate Electronics. Prerequisite:ITE111.

A study of DC/AC current, resistance, magnetism,

inductance, capacitance, transformers, etc. (F, S)

ITEL 112 (1) Intermediate Electronics Lab.

Prerequisite:ITEL111.Alaboratorycoursewhich

covers network analysis, measurement of DC and AC

current and voltage, power in AC circuits, resonance,

RL circuits, RC circuits, and RLC circuits. (F, S)

ITE 221 (3) Device and Circuits.Prerequisite:ITE111

&112.Currentowindopedsemiconductors,PN

junctions,bipolarjunctiontransistors,andsingle-

staedampliers.Emphasisisplacedoncurrent

control with PN Junction, and on recognition of

andcharacteristicofthethreebasicamplier

congurations.(F)

ITEL 221 (1) Device and Circuits Lab.Prerequisite:

ITE 111 & 112. A laboratory course which studies

oscilloscope operation, oscilloscope voltage

calibrationandfrequencymeasurements,characteristics

of an inductance, characteristics of a series RC circuits,

RCtimeconstants,characteristicsofacapacitor,character-

istics of a series RLC circuit, RF signal generator,

parallel resonant circuit, diodes, and characteristics

ofampliers.(F)

ITE 338 (3) Digital Logic. Prerequisite:ITE111&112.A

studyofsinglesourcetransistorbiasing,dierential

amplier,diode-resistorgate,ip-ops,logicAND

gate of AND & OR gates,, binary number encoders

anddecoders,R-s,T-Dipops,ripplecounters,

programming a ripple counter, etc. (S)

ITEL 338 (1) Digital Logic Lab.Prerequisite:ITE111

& 112. A laboratory course which covers logic OR

gate, logic NOT, AND gate, integrated circuit gates,

half-addercircuitfull-addercircuit,colpitt:Oscillator,

and Kamaugh map, and triggered monostable

multivigrator. (S)

ITE 438 (3) PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER

(PLC) Prerequisite:ITE338orInstructor’s

Permission. This course provides practical experience

on PLC’s through its operation, programming, and

uses in the control of production, manufacturing,

industrial, and other processes. (F).

ITE 449 (3) Network Theories.Prerequisite:ITE

338. A study of electric networks and analysis of the

behavior of networks in terms of natural modes, or

thenaturalfrequenciesofresponseduetoarbitrary

excitation. (F, S)

ITEL 449 (1) Network Lab. Prerequisite:ITEL338.

This course provides practical instruction on

the networks connection and trouble shooting.

Students will be introduced to telecommunications

cabling technology and learn the systems

used for distribution of data, voice, and video

communications.Thiscoursewillcoveridentication

and application of appropriate connectors, cable

types, safety concerns, and testing of systems. (F, S)

ITE 450 (3) Analog Communication System.

Prerequisites:ITE221,MATH221.Studyofcomplete

communications systems selected from broadcast

radio, broadcast television, closed circuit television

orradar,AM,FMandphase-shiftmodulationand

demodulationtechniques.(S)

ITE 452 (3) Fiber Optics & Communication.

Prerequisites:ITE221,338andMATH221.This

course prepares students to understand the

principlesofberoptics,practicalexperienceonthe

troubleshootingoftheber-opticcommunication

networks and systems, system components,

applicationsofberopticsindataandnetwork

communication systems. (F, S).

ITE 465 (3) Microprocessor and Application.

Prerequisites:ITE221,338.Logicalorganization

ofsingle-chipmicroprocessors,theirtimingand

interfacerequirements.Applicationsinthecontrolof

external devices. (F)

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 292

ITE 466 (3) Microprocessor Troubleshooting.

Prerequisites:ITE221,338.Thiscourseisdesigned

for senior standing students to study professional

techniquesinmicroprocessortroubleshooting.

Students will learn how to write sample programs for

use in troubleshooting, troubleshoot bus, processor,

and I/O failures by analyzing signals, and design

testable microcomputer. (S)

ITE 475 (3) Microprocessor Software/Hardware

Interfacing.Prerequisites:ITE221,338.Thiscourse

is designed for senior standing students with an

overview of microcomputer systems in software,

hardware and interface. Basic microcomputer

hardware design at chip level, software programming

at the machine language level, and interface to

sensors, actuators, and external devices will be

introduced. (S)

ITE 476 (3) Real Time System Design. Prerequisites:

ITE 221, ITE 338, ITE 465, CSC 215. The topics of this

courseincludethegeneralconceptsofreal-time

systems,designandimplementationtechniques

andspecicexamples.Theinstructionisdivided

intothreeparts.Therstintroducesthegeneral

conceptsofreal-timesystems,thedesignand

implementation process, with emphasis on the

techniquesusefulforreal-timeapplications.The

thirdpartisadetailedexaminationofspecicsystem

organization and their appropriate implementation

techniques.(S)

ITEM 301 (3) Principles of Emergency Management.

The course introduces basic theory of emergency

management.Itidentiestherolesoffederal,

state, local government and community in case

of emergency. The course also discusses diaster

prevention, mitigation, recovery, technology support,

and litigation issues.

ITEM 302 (3) Introduction to Incident Command

System. This course covers the emergency

management practices used by responders

during an emergency situation. The structure and

responsibilities of the Incident Command System,

the management of facilities, and typing of resources

are covered in this class. The National Incident

Management System (NIMS) principles are also

included in this course.

ITEM 303 (3) Community Emergency Response

Team. This course provides students with the

skillsrequiredbyFederalEmergencyManagement

Agency (FEMA) to serve as a Community (Citizen)

Emergency Response Team (CERT) member within

theirsociety.Studentswillalsoberequiredto

complete Community Emergency Response Team

training, which will provide them with basic skills

needed for immediate response in the aftermath

of disasters. By working together, CERT members

can assist in saving lives and protecting property by

usingthebasictechniqueslearnedfromthiscourse.

ITEM 304 (3) Internship.Prerequisities:ITEM301,

302, or approval by instructor. The internship is

designed primarily for students who have had little

exposuretotheeldofemergencymanagement.

Studentswillndtheirplacement(withtheassistance

and approval of the instructor) at national laboraties

orDHS’sfundedCOElaboratoriestogainhands-on

practicalexperiencewithapublic,private,ornon-

protorganizationthathassignicantemergency

management responsibilities.

ITEM 401 (3) Application of Emergency Management

Computer Technology. The purpose of this course is

todevelopanin-depthunderstandingandpractical

knowledgeofthemostfrequentlyusedsoftware

suchasWISER,HAZUS,andCAMEO,whichwere

coursewillenablestudentstoeectivelyusea

computer in an emergency. The students can

apply this skill to analyze, predict, and prevent an

emergency incident.

ITEM 402 (3) Basic GIS and Remote Sensing. This

courseintroducesthetheoryandtechniquesof

Geographic Information System (GIS) and remote

sensing and their application to environmental

analysis. Topics include the concepts of remote

sensing, characteristics of spectromagnetic waves,

types of remotely sensed data, sensor types, the

theoryofphotogrammetrictechniques,anddigital

imageanalysisforacquisitionofgeographical

information. Several lab activities involve the

following learning the basics of ERDAS imagine,

dataacquisitionthroughinternetsearchforsatellite

images, importing datasets, band characteristics, and

visual presentation.

ITEM 403 (3) Disaster Management. The course

explores important functions to be performed before,

during,andafterdisasterstrikes.Italsoidentiesthe

strategies, tools, challenges, and concerns relevant

to the emergency manager and others involved

in disaster management. The theoretical basis of

emergency management will be the central focus

of the course, but practical knowledge, skills and

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 293

abilities relating to planning will also be addressed

throughout the semester. Students are expected to

think critically about controversial issues and policies

pertaining to the emergency and disaster arenas.

ITEM 404 (3) Special Project. This course

includes the following emergency management

concepts: program planning and management,

nancialplanningandmanagement,managing

information, managing people and time, personality

types, leadership styles, followership styles,

decision-makingskills,team-buildingskillsand

groupdynamics,community-buildingskills,

intergovernmental relationships, negotiating skills,

communication skills, emergency management

ethics, and professionalism.

ITHM 300 (3) Principles of Hazardous Materials

Management.Prerequisite:CHEM141.Anintroductory

survey course for the hazardous materials management

program.Providesrmfoundationonbasichazardous

materials management principles. Topics include

denitionsofhazardousmaterials,regulatoryoverview,

technology for storage and disposing hazardous

materials,airandwaterqualityIssuesIndustrial

hygiene and hazardous waster management. (F)

ITHM 301 (3). Regulatory Framework for Toxic and

Hazardous Substances.Prerequisites:ITHM300,

CHEM 141. A study of legislation and regulations

surrounding hazardous materials and toxic waste. A

study of major legislative/regulatory areas which include:

RCRA, TSCA, OSHA, HMTA, CERCLA, and EPA. (S)

ITHM 302 (3) Technologies for Storage, Treatment

and Disposal of Hazardous Materials.Prerequisites:

ITHM 300, CHEM 141. A study of basic principles

of hazardous waste management. Methods of

treatment and disposal. A comprehensive look at the

technologies and related issues in hazardous waste

management. (S)

ITHM 402 (3) Industrial Hygiene. Prerequisites:ITHM

300, CHEM 141. An overview of occupational health

hazards, their recognition, evaluation, and control.

Emphasis on how industries are regulated and how

occupational health standards are promulgated. (F, S)

ITHM 405 (3) Risk Assessment in Hazardous

Materials Management. Prerequisites:ITHM300,

CHEM 141. Examines the risk assessment process

and its application in various situations, ranging from

setting hazardous facilities to regulation and control

of toxic substances in the environment. Risk analysis

methods and their interaction with social economic

and political factors. (F, S)

ITMA 105 (3). Industrial Safety and Management.

Designed to emphasize the importance of safety in

an industrial community. (F, S)

ITMA 325 (3) Industrial Psychology.Prerequisite:

PSY201.Designedtoacquaintstudentswiththe

study of human behavior as it relates to production

of goods and services of our society. A study

of psychology as it relates to the employees of

American industries. (F, S)

ITMA 328 (3) American Industry. This course

presents practical and successful strategies for

implementing the new system, procedures, practices,

andculturalattitudesessentialforbecomingworld-

class competitive. (S)

ITMA 410 (3) First-Line Supervision and Foremanship.

A management development course for business,

industrial, and institutional supervisors. The topics

coveredincludemotivation,leadership,decision-

making and supervisory skills. (F, S)

ITMA 411 (3) Production and Inventory Management.

Dealsprimarilywithinventoryclassications,inventory

control, optimum inventory, and feature trends in

inventory management. (F, S)

ITMA 420 (3) Labor and Industrial Relations.

Prerequisite:ITMA325.Discussionsofwho

individuals, groups, and organizations in unions,

management, and government act as they do in

industrial relations with emphasis on psychological

and sociological factors. (S)

ITMA 423 (3) Motion and Time Study.Prerequisite:

MNGT 250 (school of business). Methods, materials,

tools,andequipmentofindustryforpurposesof

improvement and standardization. (F)

ITMA 424 (3) Quality Control. Prerequisite:MNGT

250 (school of business). The problem associated

withimprovingdesign,specications,andcontrolof

productquality.(S)

ITMA 425 (3). Plant Layout and Material Handling.

Prerequisite:ITD114.Thefundamentaltheories,practices,

andmethodsforthedesignofmanufacturingfacilities;

materialshandlingequipmentandservices.(S)

ITMF 206 (3) Introduction to Manufacturing Processes.

An introductory study of manufacturing processes.

It includes lectures, discussions, labs, and educational

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 294

tours to local manufacturing industries. (F)

ITMF 339 (3) Materials Testing.Prerequisite:ITMF206.

Principles of tensile, compressive, hardness and impact

testing of metals and other engineering materials. (F)

ITMF 340 (3) Hydraulics and Fluid Systems.

Prerequisites:ITMF206and207.Thiscourseinvolves

the study of the principles and applications of hydraulics

and pneumatics in manufacturing, and the design,

constructionandmaintenanceofuidpowersystems.(S)

ITMF 410 (3) CNC-Robotics.Prerequisites:ITD114,

203. To study the basic principles of computer

numerical control and robotics, and to develop

competencies in the use of microcomputer hardware

and software in programming for manufacturing

applications. (F)

ITMF 420 (3) Advanced Manufacturing Technology.

Prerequisites:ITD114,203,ITMF340,206.This

courseinvolvesthestudyofthetechniquesusedto

control and program machines tools and robots, and

the basic principles of computer aided design and

computer aided manufacturing (CAD/CAM). (S)

ITMF 425 (3) Robotics. This course prepares

studentstounderstandtheprinciplesandtechniques

of control systems and programming languages

related to robots, programmable controllers, and

automated systems used for transportation control.

Mechanical,electrical,anduidcontrolsystemsused

for automated control will be emphasized. (F)

ITMF 430 (3) Factory Automation.Prerequisites:

ITMF 410, ITE 438. This course prepares students

tounderstandtheprinciplesandtechniquesinthe

application of automation and control technologies,

manufacturing systems, and manufacturing support

systems. (F, S, D)

ITR 320 (3) Introduction to Robotics I. Introductory

material covering the construction of simple robotics

mechanisms, building blocks of a robot, circuit diagrams

for constructing a robot, relationship of sensors, actuators,

and interfacing the robot, concepts of robots. Creating

avehiclethatiscomputercontrolled,entry-levelrobotics

programsusingtheNXT-Glanguage,VB,&RobotC.

ITR 321 (3) Introduction to Robotics II. Model t5he

motionofrobot,robotsensingtechniques,andsimple

robot control functions. Interfacing various types

of peripheral devices, basic mechanical, electrical

and electronic components used for operating the

behavior of a robot. Troubleshoot a robot program

for a successful maintenance program, design a

machinetoperformspecictasks.

LIBRARY SCIENCE

Department of Educational Leadership

OFFICE: Joseph H. Jackson Building

LS 101 (1) Introduction to Library Resources. An

introduction to the organization and use of the

University Library, and to the use of selected

reference materials. (F)

LS 231 (3) Utilization of Audio-Visual Materials. This

course includes the study of principles involved in

theselectionandutilizationofmajortypesofaudio-

visual materials. (F, S)

LS 234 (3) Preparation of Inexpensive Instructional

Materials. The purpose of this course is to give the

student experience in developing a basic pattern for the

preparation of a wide variety of visual materials. (F, S)

LS 301 (3) Literature for Children. A survey of library

mediaappropriateforchildrenatthepre-schoolthrough

the primary grades with emphasis on selection and

use. (NOTE: LS 301 is the same as LA 301 and EDCI

308). (F, S)

LS 404 (3) Principles of Media Selection. Principles

ofmaterialselection;policiesgoverningthebuilding

andmaintenanceofcollections;evaluationofselection

media;reviewsandothersourcesofinformationof

thebooktrade;andproblemsofcensorship.(F,D)

LS 405 (3) Cataloging and Classication. Basic principles

ofclassication,andcatalogingemphasizingtheuse

oftheDeweyDecimalClassicationSystem.Sear’s

ListofSubjectHeadings,andAnglo-American

Cataloging Rules. (S, D)

LS 407 (3) Literature for Adolescents. Reading

and appraisal of literature appropriate to the needs,

interests and abilities, of adolescents. Includes the

selection and evaluation of materials and methods

for stimulating their use. (S)

LS 408 (3) Basic Reference Sources. An introduction

toreferencetechniques,andtothebasicreference

works common to all types of libraries. (D)

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 295

LS 409 (3) Multi-Media Resources. A study of the

functionsandcharacteristicsofnon-bookmedia

includingacquisitions,organizationalprocedures,

andeectiveuse.(D)

LS 425 (3) Administration of School Media Centers.

Includes the study of administrative problems and

proceduresofthemulti-medialibraryinrelationto

modern philosophies and the prevailing standards of

school media service. (D)

LS 426 (3) Organization of School Media Center.

Emphasis is placed upon the organizational

procedures and problems related to the selection,

acquisition,preparation,useandmaintenanceof

materials in the school media service. (D)

LS 429 (3) Library Practice. Upon completion

of at least 18 semester hours in Library Science,

students will spend three hours daily in an approved

school media center or library to satisfy the practice

component of the program. (D)

LS 435 (3) Individualized Instructional Systems. A

surveyofrationale,techniques,andtheavailable

software for individualized instructional programs,

includinganassessmentoftheeectivenessofindivid-

ualized systems in achieving educational goals. (D)

LS 460 (1 - 6) Special Topics in Library Science.

Specialtopicswhichmaybetreatedmoreeectively

ininstitutes,workshops,ormini-coursesthanas

regularcourseswillbeoered.Foreachdierent

programoered,adistinguishingalphabetwillbe

addedtothenumber,e.g.,LS460-C.(NOTE:LS231

and 234 are the same as EDFL 231 and 234. (D)

LSED 423 (3) Computers in Education. This course

isdesignedtocovertheory,techniques,andpractices

ofusingcomputersandcomputer-assistedinstruction

(CAI) in education. No previous background in

computers and programming is assumed. (F, S, Sum)

LSED 431 (3) Instructional Television and Film

Production. Introduction to the uses and limitations

ofinstructionaltelevision,lms,andvideo.Simple

productionpractice;theintegratedofvideoprojects

into school, library, and training applications. (D)

LSED 460 (1 - 6) Special Topics in Educational

Technology. Special topics which may be treated

moreeectivelyininstitutes,workshops,ormini-

coursesthanasregularcourseswillbeoered,a

distinguishing alphabet will be added to the number,

e.g.,LSED460-C.(D)

DEVELOPMENTAL MATH

Division of Undergraduate Studies

OFFICE: Charles F. Moore Building, 1st Floor

MATH 001 (3) Developmental Mathematics. This

course is designed to improve the students’ mastery

of the fundamental operations of arithmetic, including

whole numbers, fractions, decimals, mixed numbers

and percentages. Emphasis is placed on number

manipulation and applications relating to process.

MATH 004 (3) Intermediate Algebra. This course

coverstheRealNumbersystem,linearequationsand

inequalities,graphingandlinearsystems,exponents

and polynomials, factoring, rational expressions,

rootsandradicals,morequadraticequations,andall

applications.

MATHEMATICS

Department of Mathematics

OFFICE: Just Hall of Science Building

MATH 111 (3) College Algebra. Prerequisite:MATH

004withagradeof“C”orbetterortheequivalent

and Test Standing. The function concepts, solving

quadraticequations,graphingthequadraticfunction,

inequalities,absolutevalue,absoluteinequalities,

Fundamentals theorem of Algebra, roots, factors,

systemsofequationsandmatrices,mathinduction

and Binomial Theorem, arithmetic and geometric

progressions, logarithms, complex numbers, partial

fractions, and applications of all topics.

MATH 112 (3) Plane Trigonometry.Prerequisite:

MATH 111 with a grade of “C” or better. Right and

obliquetriangularsolutions,identities,trigonometric

equations,systemsofangularmeasurements,and

applications.

MATH 118 (5) College Algebra and Trigonometry.

Prerequisite:TestStanding,MATH004orequivalent.

Polynomialequations,exponentsandradicals,logarithms,

quadraticequations,inequalities,complexnumbers,

permutations and combinations, probability, determinants,

simultaneouslinearequations,induction,binomial

theorem, progressions and series, triangular solutions,

identities,trigonometricequations,systemsofangular

measurement applications.

MATH 215 (3) Mathematics of Finance.Prerequisite:

Department approval. Simple and compound interest,

simpleandcompounddiscount,annuities,amort-

ization, sinking funds, valuation of bonds, depreciation,

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 296

life annuities, life insurance and reserves.

MATH 217 (3) Introduction Finite Mathematics

(Education).Prerequisite:MATH111.Introductory

ideas for students of education, compound

statements, sets and subsets, partitions and

counting, elementary probability theory.

MATH 221 (3) Calculus Industrial or Business.

Prerequisite:MATH111.Functions,limits,continuity,

dierentiation,applications,basicanalyticgeometry,

algebraic, exponential and logarithmic functions,

integration,applications,seriesandsequences,

improperintegral.Specicapplications.

MATH 226 (3) Concepts and Structures of

Mathematics I. Prerequisite:MATH111withagrade

of “C” or better. Study of various numeration

systems, rational and real numbers, fraction and

decimal algorithms, ratios, percentages, consumer

mathematics,introductiontoproblem-solvingand

logic, use of patterns and Venn diagrams.

MATH 227 (3) Concepts and Structures of

Mathematics II. Prerequisite:MATH226.Statistical

graphs, measures of central tendencies, variations, odds

and probability, conditional probabilities, expected

values, use and abuse of statistics. Introduction to

geometry and concepts of measurements.

MATH 231 (4) Calculus I with Laboratory.

Prerequisite:MATH112orMATH118.Functions,

limits,continuity,dierentiation,limitingforms,

applications, properties of continuous functions,

analytic geometry and integration. The Laboratory

component is designed to reinforce the lecture

componentwithactivitiesrequiringtheuseof

technology in the form of computers with selective

software and graphing utilities.

MATH 232 (4) Calculus II with Laboratory.

Prerequisite:MATH231.Applicationsofthedenite

integral, logarithmic exponential and inverse

trigonometricfunctions.Techniquesandfurther

applicationofthedeniteintegral,parametric

equationsandpolarcoordinates.Thelaboratory

component is designed to reinforce the lecture

componentwithactivitiesrequiringtheuseof

technology in the form of computers with selective

software and graphing utilities.

MATH 233 (4) Calculus III with Laboratory.

Prerequisite:MATH232.Innitesequencesand

series,dierentialcalculusoffunctionsofseveral

variables, multiple integrals. The laboratory

component is designed to reinforce the lecture

componentwithactivitiesrequiringtheuseof

technology in the form of computers with selective

software and graphing utilities.

MATH 234 (3) Proofs and Mathematical Writing.

Prerequisite:MATH231.Thiscourseincludestopics

in introduction and basic terminology: statement,

denition,theorem,lemma,corollary,argument,

contraposition, hypothesis and conclusion of a

theorem,somebasictechniquesusedinprovinga

theorem of the form “A implies B”, direct proof, proof

by contrapoisition, special kinds of theorem: “if and

onlyif”orequivalencetheorems,conterexamples,

mathematical induction, existence theorems,

uniquenesstheorems,equalityofsets,non-equality

of sets, introduction to elementary group theory,

equalityofnumbers,compositestatements,limitsof

functions,continuousfunctions,dierentiabilityof

functionsofonevariable(usingepsilondenition).

MATH 251 (3) Finite Mathematics.Prerequisite:

MATH 111 or Department approval. Compound

statements, sets and functions, probability theory,

elementarylinearalgebra,convexsets,niteMarkov

chains, continuous probability theory.

MATH 271 (3) Elementary Statistics. Prerequisite:

MATH112.Introduction,frequencydistributions,

location measures, variation, symmetry, skewness,

peakedness, index numbers, probability, theoretical

distributions, sampling, estimation, tests of

hypotheses,non-parametrictests,linearregression,

coecientofcorrelation,timeseriesanalysts.

MATH 301 (3) Elementary School Mathematics.

Prerequisite:MATH111.Countingandnumerical

concepts,problemsolving,equipment,achievement,

examinations, present issues.

MATH 302 (3) Junior High School Mathematics.

Prerequisite:Departmentapproval.Aimsand

problemsofteaching,techniquesofteaching,

arousing and maintaining interest, aids and trends,

tests and measurements, organization and treatment

of subject matter, organization and duties of

teachers of junior high competence.

MATH 303W (3) Introductory Set Theory and

Logic. Prerequisite:MATH231,withagradeof“C”or

better.Setsandrelations,naturalnumbersequence,

extension of natural number to reals, logic, informal

axiomatics, Boolean algebra, interval and set theory,

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 297

algebraictheories,rstordertheories.

MATH 306 (3) Elementary Concepts of Geometry.

Prerequisite:Departmentapproval.Basicnotionsof

lines, angles, triangles, circles and proofs. Stress is

placed on synthetic methodology and reasoning.

MATH 307 (3) Probability and Statistics for

Engineers.Prerequisite:MATH232.Introduction

toconceptsofprobabilityandstatisticsrequiredto

solveproblemsinvariousdisciplines;mathematical

basis for probability and statistics includes axioms of

probability, continuous sampling distributions, and

discreteprobability,hypothesistesting,condence

intervals, probability estimations for risk assessment,

data processing and statistical inference, statistical

techniquesofdataanalysis,simpleandmultiple

regressionmodeldevelopment;stochasticprocesses,

emphasis is on the application of probability, statistics

and reliability to rational decision making, data analysis

and model estimation in engineering context.

MATH 311W (3) Abstract Algebra I. Prerequisite:

MATH 303. Basic concepts of modern algebra,

preliminaries, elementary ideas of groups, rings,

integraldomainsandelds.

MATH 315 (3) Senior High Mathematics.Prerequisite:

Departmentapproval.Aimsandproblemstechniques,

arousing and maintaining interest, aids and trends,

testsandmeasurements,traditionalandnon-traditional

courses, operations, number systems, professional

duties, supervision and improvement of instruction,

geometry.

MATH 321W (3) Introduction to Modern Geometry.

Prerequisite:MATH232.Euclidean,non-Euclidean,

projectiveandanegeometricswithemphasison

the appropriate postulates and the postulational

method. Transformation theory.

MATH 331 (3) Linear Algebra and Matrix Theory.

Prerequisite:MATH303.Atheoreticalstudyof

equations,matrices,vectorspaces,innerproduct

spaceslineartransformationsbilinearandquadratic

forms, and eigenvalues.

MATH 332 (3) Linear Algebra and Matrix Theory

with Applications. Prerequisite:MATH331.

Numerical methods of linear algebra, Fourier Series,

vector and tensor analysis, orthogonality, unitary,

normal, and Hermetian operators, applications to

dierentialequations,physicsandengineering,

specialtheoryandinnitedimensionallinearspaces.

MATH 335 (3) Logic. Prerequisite:MATH303.

Symbolic logic, statement calculus, monies, axiomatic

treatments,predicatecalculus,equality,relationsand

functions, cardinals and ordinals, counting, the axiom

of choice.

MATH 341 (3) Introduction to Number Theory.

Prerequisite:MATH233.Multiplicativityand

divisibility, congruences, arithmetic functions, primes,

quadraticresidues,addibility,generatingfunctions,

partitions, geometric number theory, ruler and

compass constructions, and special topics.

MATH 351 (3) Advanced Calculus. Prerequisite:

MATH 233. Sets and functions, continuity,

integration,convergence,dierentiation,and

applicationstogeometryandanalysis,dierential

geometry, and vector calculus.

MATH 355 (3) Probability and Statistics I.

Prerequisite:MATH233.Randomvariables,

conditional probability and stochastic independence,

special distributions.

MATH 356 (3) Probability and Statistics II.

Prerequisite:MATH355.Estimations,orderstatistics,

limiting distributions, statistical hypotheses, variance,

normal distribution theory, point and interval

estimation, sampling, regression and correlation.

MATH 368 (3) Ordinary Dierential Equations.

Prerequisite:MATH233.Introductiontodierential

equations,rst-orderdierentialequations,higher-

orderdierentialequations,seriessolutionsoflinear

equations,theLaplacetransformandsystemsof

linearrst-orderdierentialequations.

MATH 369 (3) Introduction to Dynamical Systems.

Prerequisite:MATH368.Introduction,linearsystems,

xedpoints,Lyapunovfunction,Lyapunov’smethod,

periodicityandchaos,thePoincare-Bendixontheorem,

the Hoph bifunction, fractals and Cantor set.

MATH 371 (3) Vector and Tenor Analysis. Prerequisite:

MATH233.Algebraofvectors,dierentialvector

calculus,dierentialgeometry,integration,staticand

dynamic applications, tensor analysis. Riemannian

geometry, applications of tensor analysis.

MATH 381 (3) Protective Geometry. Prerequisite:

MATH233.Basicnotions,trianglesandquadrangles,

duality principle, fundamental theorem and theorem

ofPapus,Desarguesiangures,projectives,polarities,

conics,niteplanes,parallelism,coordinates.(Ageneral

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 298

sequenceofsyntheticandanalyticprojectivegeometry.)

MATH 385 (3) Numerical Analysis.Prerequisite:

MATH 233. Summation of series, evaluation of

expressions,equationsolvability,systemsoflinear

equations,interpolation,numericalintegration

anddierentiation,ordinarydierentialequations,

matrix algebra, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, partial

dierentialequations.

MATH 401W (3) Methods of Teaching Math - Elem/

Middle School. Prerequisite:Departmentalapproval.

A study of recent curricular changes of interest to

the prospective teacher, special problems including

lessons and teachable units will be emphasized in

three major areas: teaching the number system,

teaching algebraic principles, and teaching geometry

in the grades.

MATH 402W (3) Methods of Teaching Math -

Secondary School.Prerequisite:Department

approval. Materials and sources of value to

prospective teachers of high school, middle school

and junior high school mathematics, reports, current

articles,state-adoptedtextbooks,yearbooksand

histories, special problems in teaching geometry

and algebra.

MATH 403S (3) Seminar in Mathematics.

Prerequisite:Departmentapproval.Theprovisions

to the student of an opportunity to discuss pertinent

trends and ideas in mathematics, and to evaluate the

experience he has had through study and practice

during his previous years of training in mathematics.

MATH 404 (3) Number Theory and Crytography.

Prerequisite:MATH331ordepartmentapproval.

Topicsinelementarynumbertheory,niteelds,

andquadraticresidues.Cryptographypublickey,

primality and factoring, elliptic curves.

MATH 411 (3) Abstract Algebra II. Prerequisite:

MATH 311. Groups rings, integral domains, modules,

vectorspaces,elds,lineartransformations,special

topicsingroup,ring,andeldtheory.

MATH 415 (3) Partial Dierential Equations I.

Prerequisite:MATH368.Heatequations,Laplace’s

equation,Fourierseries,waveequation,Strum-

Liouville eigenvalue problems, nonhomogeneous

problems,methodofGreen’sfunctions,innite

domain problems and the methods of characteristics

forwaveequations.

MATH 416 (3) Partial Dierential Equations II.

Prerequisite:MATH415.Firstorderpartialdierential

equationsandapplications,multidimensionalpartial

dierentialequations,existenceanduniqueness,

methodsofvariations,nitedierenceandnite

element numerical methods, use of MatLab in solving

partialdierentialequations.

MATH 421 (3) Modern Geometry III. Prerequisite:

MATH 321. Modern elementary geometry,

transformations, constructions, projective geometry,

non-Euclideangeometries,foundations,analyticity,

groups, complex numbers and limit operations,

dierentialgeometry,combinatorialtopology,

n-dimensionalgeometryandabstractspaces.

MATH 425 (3) Secondary Math Topics I.

Prerequisite:Departmentapproval.Forcesshaping

today’s mathematics programs, teaching for special

outcomes, classroom applications.

MATH 430 (3) Mathematical Modeling. Prerequisite:

MATH 221 or 231. Discrete models, graphs, digraphs,

games,Markovchains,recursion,dierential

equations,probabilityandstatistics,linearalgebra,

strange attractors, basic applications, computer

graphics, optimization, experimental modeling,

dimensional analysis and similitude, dynamic

systems(chaotic),modeltting,controlsystem,and

applications using advanced mathematics.

MATH 431 (3) Real Analysis I.Prerequisite:MATH

233. Real number system, basics, numerical

sequencesandseries,continuity,dierentiation,

Reimann-Stieltjesintegral,sequencesandseries

of functions, special series, functions of several

variables, the Lebesgue theory.

MATH 435 (3) The Teaching of Mathematics.

Prerequisite:Departmentapproval.Theoryof

arithmetical meanings, learning and rational, applied

meanings, current trends.

MATH 437 (3) Fourier Series. Prerequisite:MATH

368. Linear spaces, orthogonal functions. Fourier

series. Legendre polynomials and Bessel functions,

applications.

MATH 441 (3) Complex Analysis I. Prerequisite:

MATH 233. Complex numbers and representations,

pointsets,sequences,functions,analyticfunctions

of one complex variable, elementary functions,

integration, power series, calculus of residues,

conformal representation, applications.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 299

MATH 447 (3) Sampling Methods I. Prerequisite:

MATH 271 or MATH 356. Simple random sampling,

sampling for proportions and percentages,

estimationofsamplesize,stratiedrandom

sampling, ratio estimates.

MATH 451 (3) General Topology I. Prerequisite:

MATH 303. Elementary set theory, ordinals and

cardinals, topological spaces, cartesian products,

connectedness, special topologies, separation

and covering axioms, metric spaces, convergence,

compactness, function spaces, compete spaces,

elementary homotopy and homology theory.

MATH 455 (3) Experimental Design I. Prerequisite:

MATH 447. Completely randomize design,

randomize block designs, factorial experiments, split

plot design, confounding.

MATH 461 (3) Mathematical Statistics I.

Prerequisite:MATH356.Randomvariablesand

probability distributions, statistical inference,

estimation, testing of hypotheses, analysis of

variance,leastsquares.

MATH 466W (3) Operation Research. Prerequisite:

MATH 355. Learning programming, network analysis,

PERT-CPM,dynamicprogramming,queuingtheory

and decision analysis.

MATH 471 (3) Approximation and Interpolation I.

Prerequisite:MATH385.Preliminaries,interpolation,

remaindertheory,convergencetheorems,innite

interpolation,uniform,bestandleastsquareapprox-

imations, spaces, polynomials and functions, closure

and completeness, expansion theorems, degree of

approximation, approximation of linear functions.

MATH 485 (3) Number Theory III.Prerequisite:

MATH 341. Congruencies, representation of numbers

by decomposable forms, divisibility, local methods,

analytic methods, algebraic topics.

MATH 491 (3) History of Mathematics Education

I. Prerequisite:Departmentapproval.Introduction,

mathematics in schools, forces and issues related

toElementaryandEarlyChildhoodEducation(K-6,

7-12),educationofteachersofmathematics,school

mathematics in Canada, future outlook.

MATH 493 (3) History in Math Classroom I.

Prerequisite:Departmentapproval.Historical

development of numbers and numerals, computation,

geometry, algebra, trigonometry, calculus, modern

mathematics.

MASS COMMUNICATIONS

Department of Mass Communications

OFFICE: 100 Mississippi e-Center

1230 Raymond Road, Jackson, MS

W = Writing Intensive

S = Service Learning Component

MC 150 (3) (S) Urban Media Literacy. Designed to

teach students to critically examine media industries

and the messages they produce and disseminate.

The course gives particular focus to media images of

urban life. The course also explores the underlying

power relationships in media, the construction of

mediamessages,andtheinuencesofthoseimages

on urban culture and media audiences.

MC 200 (3) Introduction to Mass Communications.

Prerequisites:ENG104,105orENG111,and112.

Survey of the development and operation of print

and electronic media. An overview of the basic

theoretical perspectives of the media and a synopsis

of the various mass communications professions.

This course also introduces to practitioners in the

eldofmasscommunications.

MC 201 (3) (W) Introduction to Media Writing.

Prerequisites:ENG104,105or111,and112,andMC

200recommended.Acquaintsstudentstothe

variousformsofwritingrequiredinthejournalism

and mass communications professions. Students

work in laboratory settings utilizing current

computer systems and software.

MC 301 (3) (W) Introduction to News Reporting.

Prerequisites:MC200,andMC201.Helpsstudents

learn how to develop meaningful new story ideas,

conduct thorough interviews, report accurately, and

write news stories that adhere to Associated Press style.

MC 303 (3) (W) Radio-TV Newswriting. Prerequisites:

MC 200 and MC 201. Developing and writing scripts,

rewriting wire service materials for broadcast

journalism. Students will also use CNN news source

video and scripts. The course is coordinated with

closed-circuitcampuschannelJSU22.

MC 305 (3) (W) Copy Editing.Prerequisites:MC

200, MC 201, and MC 301. Editing of stories, writing

headlines, developing skills for the use of desktop

publishing, and print media design and layout.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 300

MC 306 (3) (W) Advance Copy Editing.

Prerequisites:MC200,MC201,MC301,andMC305.

Anadvanced,computer-assistedcourseincopy

editing, page layout, and graphics for newspapers

and magazines.

MC 307 (3) Photojournalism. Prerequisites:MC

200 and MC 201. Introduction to the principles and

techniquesofphotojournalism.Courseinvolves

the study and practice of using still photography to

cover news, feature stories, sports, and social and

cultural issues for publication. Students will learn the

fundamentals of photography, and will be introduced

to digital imaging, photo editing, page layout design,

and multimedia journalism. The course also covers

the history of photojournalism and documentary

photography, as well as the ethical and legal issues

relatedtotheeld.

MC 310 (3) Media Design and Production I.

Prerequisites:MC200andMC201.Introductionto

thedigitalaudioandvideoproductiontechniques

withinstudioandeldenvironments.Skillstobe

covered include camera operation, audio and visual

editing, set and message design, planning, directing

and managing productions.

MC 315 (3) Digital Editing. Prerequisites:MC200,

MC 201, and MC 310. Students will develop skills in

editing video and sound for multimedia productions.

Thisisanadvancedcourseemphasizingnon-linear

video editing, audio editing, motion graphics, and

DVD development using the Final Cut Pro Suite, Adobe

AfterEects,DVDStudioProand/orothersoftware.

MC 320 (3) (W) Online Journalism.Prerequisites:

MC 200, MC 201, and MC 301. Students are exposed

totheuniqueskillsetsneededforonlinenews

storytelling that often integrate a rich repertoire of

headlines, text, pictures, audio, video, slideshows,

animation, and/or interactive features on a news website.

MC 323 (3) (S) Media Design and Production II.

Prerequisites:MC200,MC201,andMC310.This

course is a continuation of MC 310 whereby students

studyandgainhands-onexperiencesinthe

practical aspects of media design and production.

Studentswrite,design,direct,andproducequality

productions.Studentsapplyandreneskillsin

bothmulti-camerastudioandeldproductions.

The course is coordinated with JSU’s TV 23 and its

program productions.

MC 330 (3) Introduction to Integrated Marketing

Communications. Prerequisites:MC200and

MC 201. An overview of integrated marketing

communications (IMC) and the ways in which IMC is

usedinstrategicmarketingcommunicationeorts.

The course also explores: 1) concepts, theories,

principles,andprocessesofIMCplanning;2)how

all elements of the promotional mix (advertising,

personal selling, public relations, direct marketing,

and sales promotion) can work together to

achieveoverallmarketingobjectives;3)howtouse

coordinated messages in convergent media and

non-mediaplatformstobuildandsustainconsumer

interest and product message response, and the

use of lectures and industry case studies to provide

analytical and competency skills in the design and

integration of theories, concepts and principles of

IMC campaigns.

MC 336 (3) Advertising Copy Layout and Design.

Prerequisites:MC200,MC201,MC330orconsent

of instructor. An overview of the origin and

developmentofadvertisingandpublicrelations;

howarmorinstitutionrelatestoitsaudienceand

develops campaigns. An overview of the skills and

strategies involved in print, TV, and radio advertising

withspecicfocusonvisualizinglayouts,conceiving

radio and TV commercials, target marketing, conducting

an ad campaign, and understanding legel and ethical

constraints. The role of the advertising agencies and

other marketing organizations, and changes in ethnic

and minority advertising will also be examined.

MC 400 (3) (W) Media Law.Prerequisites:MC200,

MC 201, and three (3) courses in the concentration.

A study of the laws governing print and electronic

media. The course explores the evolution of media

laws in areas such as First Amendment rights and

protection, slander, libel, and rights to privacy. The

course will familiarize students with the function and

rulingsofthecourtsandoftheFederalCommuni-

cations Commission.

MC 401 (3) (W) Research Methods in Mass

Communications.Prerequisites:MC200,MC201and

three (3) concentration courses. Analysis of research

in mass communications, including survey research,

content analysis, basic statistics, rating research, and

focus group methodology.

MC 402 (3) (W) Advanced Reporting. Prerequisites:

MC 200, MC 201, and MC 301. An extensive course in

news writing that emphasizes investigative reporting.

Contemporary issues, events, and problems are given

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 301

major attention. Students will also access various

databases.

MC 404 (3) (W) Feature Writing. Prerequisites:

MC200,MC201,andMC301.Thiscourserequires

substantial research for the writing of feature length

articles. The market for features is analyzed and

selling strategies are pursued.

MC 405 (3) (W) Media Ethics. Prerequisites:MC

200, MC 201 and MC 400. Course examining the

ethical aspects of communications media. It also

explores various ethical theories and perspectives,

while introducing students to models of moral

reasoningforethicaldecision-making.Students

complete case studies in ethics.

MC 406 (3) (W, S) Seminar in Urban Aairs Report.

Prerequisites:MC200,MC201,andMC301.This

course prepares the student to work the various

beatsofanurbanaairsreporter.

MC 409 (3) (W, S) Multimedia Reporting.

Prerequisites:MC200,MC201,MC303,MC310,and

MC 320 suggested. Prepares students for the news

work of multimedia newsgathering. Students enter

the course with basic news writing and reporting skills

andwillapply“cross-platform”reportingtechniques

in developing story ideas that take advantage of the

interactivity,non-linear,user-drivenenvironmentof

the Internet.

MC 411 (3) (W) Scriptwriting. Prerequisites:MC200

andMC201.Coursewillemphasizewritingction

scriptsanddevelopingnarrative-basedmedia.It

will provide a detailed study and application of

scriptwriting for television dramas and narrative

lms.Itwillalsoprovideskillsindirectingand

producingnarrativemediafortelevisionandlm.

MC 423 (3) Advertising Media and Selection.

Prerequisites:MC200,MC201,MC330orconsent

ofinstructor.Acquaintstudentswithadvanced

concepts in marketing strategies and marketing

objectiveswithspecicemphasisonthesuccessful

selection of the appropriate media to use when

initiating an ad campaign, the use of market surveys

to test the success of the add campaign, and

application of these skills in the actual simulation of a

model ad campaign.

MC 425 (3) (W, S) Advertising and Marketing.

Prerequisites:MC200,MC201,MC330,orconsent

ofinstructor.Acquaintthestudentwiththe

psychology of advertising sales along with the basic

techniquesandproceduresinvolvedinsellingcopy

tothevariousmedia.Developsskillsspecically

related to actual sales. The student must learn the

business aspects of planning the sale, processing

thesale,andevaluatingtheeectivenessofthe

transaction in regard to the increase or decrease in

sales of the said product.

MC 426 (3) (W) Broadcast Documentary.

Prerequisites:MC200,MC201,MC303,MC310,MC

323, and MC 409 suggested. Writing, producing, and

taping radio and television documentaries. Exposes

students to a variety of documentaries that serve as

style and content models for student projects.

MC 430 (3) Management of New Technologies.

Prerequisites:MC200,MC201,andthree(3)

concentration courses. Examines the practical

management of media properties with emphasis on new

and emerging technologies. This course discusses

management style and the evolution of those styles.

MC 432 (3) International Journalism.Prerequisites:

MC 200, MC 201, and MC 402. A comparative study

ofprintandelectronicjournalismintheworldmedia;

inuenceandgovernmentrestraintsuponmedia,and

other international problems.

MC 440 (3) Media Programming.Prerequisites:MC

200, MC 201, and MC 310. This course introduces

students to the fundamental concepts and strategies

of media programming. This course will include

discussionsofradio,television,andcableprogramm-

ing methodology. It will emphasize the television

stationsasabusiness;exposingstudentstoconcerns

of distribution, scheduling, designing formats, and

targeting audiences. This course will be coordinated

withtheclosed-circuitcampuschannelJSU22.

MC 450 (3) (S) Special Projects in Mass

Communications.Prerequisite:MC200,MC201

and two (2) courses in the concentration. Students

develop and complete projects related to the

concentration areas. This project may take the form

of a research paper or a production.

MC 452 (3) (W) Sales Promotions Management.

Prerequisites:MC200,MC201,andMC330.This

course introduces students to the concepts, theories,

and principles of sales promotions. Major emphasis

isonhowtoplanandusepromotionaltechniques

includingjointpromotions,pricepromotions,andon-

the-shelfpromotions;howtodevelopandimplement

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 302

integratedmarketingcommunicationstrategy;and

how to achieve and maintain creative comparative

advantage in sales promotions strategy and

execution. The course also examines current trends

inandredeningtheroleofsalespromotions.

MC 470 (3) (W, S) Writing for Public Relations.

Prerequisites:MC200,MC201andMC330.Helps

students learn how to write and develop a portfolio

of specialized public relations material such as press

releases, public service announcements, brochures,

newsletters, letters, memos, reports, media kits,

and speeches.

MC 471 (3) (W, S) Public Relations Practice.

Prerequisites:MC200,MC201,MC330,andMC470.

Help students learn how to create a public relations

campaignusingthecase-studyapproach.

MC 472 (3) Corporate Communications.

Prerequisites:MC200,MC201,MC470,andMC471.

Emphasis is on the way in which corporations and

business communicate with internal and external

publics to transmit mediated messages.

MC 473 (3) (W, S) Advertising Campaigns.

Prerequisites:MC200,MC201,MC330,andMC423.

Developing the IMC campaign from concept through

development,production,andnalevaluation.

MC 475 (3) Special Topics: Public Relations strategy.

Prerequisites:MC200,MC201,andtwo(2)coursesin

the concentration. This course will deal with various

topics in Multimedia Journalism, Integrated Marketing

Communications, and Media Production on a rotating

basis. The course is designed to explore current,

relevanttopicsintheeldofmasscommunications.

MC 486 (3) Practicumin Mass Communications.

Prerequisite:MC200,MC201,andtwo(2)courses

in the concentration. Students will apply skills and

theories learned in the classroom and gain practical

workexperienceatanon-campusmediaoutlet.

MC 489 (3) Internship in Mass Communications.

Prerequisites:MC200,MC201,three(3)courses

in the concentration, and a minimum 2.50 GPA.

Students may also be eligible for an Internship based

on the decision of the Internship Review Board.

Internship is open to advanced students in each

concentration on the basis of written application

submitted one semester in advance. Students apply

skills and theories learned in the classroom to gain

realworldon-the-jobexperienceatano-campus

site. Internships are with television and radio stations,

newspaper, public relations, and advertising agencies,

mediaandonlineorganizations,andalsowithbusin-

esses,non-protgroups,andgovernmentagencies.

METEOROLOGY

Department of Physics, Atmospheric and

General Science

OFFICE: Just Hall of Science Building

MET 199-499 (4) Seminar in Atmospheric Science.

Various topics will be discussed and presented

by students, faculty, and visitors. All meteorology

majors are expected to enroll in the appropriate

course numbers as assigned by their advisors.

MET 200 (3) Introduction to Meteorology.Non-

mathematical treatment of the fundamentals of

meteorology,eectsofweatherandclimateonman

and his activities.

MET 202 (3) Meteorological Measurements.

Prerequisite:MET200.Theory,techniquesanduse

of conventional meteorological instruments.

MET 209 (1) Introduction to Professional Meteorology.

Pre-orCo-requisite:MET200.Aseminarcoursein

which a variety of professional specialties within the

area of the atmospheric sciences will be explored by

the students. Wherever possible, visiting professionals

will be invited to present materials about their specialty

in the meteorology curriculum.

MET 303 (3) Measurements and Observations.

Prerequisite:MET200.Practicalexperiences

in weather observing, gathering and coding

meteorological data.

MET 311 (3) General Meteorology.Pre-orCo-requisite:

MATH231.Terrestrialenergybudget;generalcirculation;

atmospheric motion, fronts and cyclones, mesoscale

dynamics, application to weather forecasting and

modications.

MET 321 (3) Atmospheric Thermodynamics.

Prerequisite:MET311.Thermodynamicpropertiesof

theatmosphere,hydrostaticequilibriumandstability.

MET 341 (3) Dynamic Meteorology. Prerequisites:

MET 311, 321, and MATH 232. Physical and Mathematical

models of atmospheric motion are developed from

thebasicequationsofmotion.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 303

MET 411 (3) Physical Meteorology. Prerequisites:

MET 311, and 321. Transmission of electromagnetic

andsoundwavesintheatmosphere;thephysicsof

cloudsandprecipitation;electricalpropertiesofthe

atmosphere.

MET 422 (3) Introduction to Synoptic Meteorology.

Prerequisites:MET311,and341.Compositionof

andphysicalprocessesintheatmosphere;weather

elementsandtheirspatialdistribution;airmasses,

fronts, and weather forecasting.

MET 423 (3) Synoptic Meteorology Laboratory.

Prerequisite:MET422.Techniquesofanalyzing

typicalweathersituations;practiceweather

forecasting. (F, S)

MET 472 (1 - 3) Research Methods in Meteorology.

Prerequisite:Consentofdepartment.Special

problems in meteorology based on research or

literature survey terminating with a comprehensive

written report. (D)

MET 487 (3) Physical and Dynamic Climatology.

Prerequisites:MET341,and411.Physicalprinciples

underlyingthevariationsandchangesinclimate;

climatecontrols–elementsofmicroclimatology;

interpretation of selected regional climates. (D)

MET 492 (1 - 3) Seminar in Meteorology.

Prerequisite:Consentofdepartment.Meetingsfor

presentation and discussion of topics in meteorology

bystamembersandstudentsofrecent

contributions published in current periodicals and of

original research. (D)

MANAGEMENT

Department of Management and Marketing

OFFICE: College of Business Building

MNGT 330 (3) Management to Organizations. A

foundation course in management focusing on the

principle functions and practices of management.

Coursefocusesonmostofthesub-disciplinesof

management. (F, S, Sum)

MNGT 333 (3) Quantitative Business Analysis.

Prerequisites:MNGT330andECO357.Thiscourse

isdesignedtointroducestudentstothequantitative

approaches to management. Use of management

sciencetechniques–forecasting,decisionmaking,

inventory management, linear programming, network

models and simulation–is emphasized to solve

problems in all functional areas of business. (F, S)

MNGT 350 (3) Business Computer Applications. An

introduction to computers as a tool for information

processingandhands-onexperiencewiththePC

utilizing business application of word processing

and presentation software. Business Computer

Applications will emphasize database management

applicationsaswellastheuseofelectronicspread-

sheets as practical tools for solving problems. (F, S, Sum)

MNGT 353 (3) Production and Operations Management.

Prerequisite:MNGT333.Thiscourseintroduces

concepts related to production and operations

management.Specically,thecoursecovers

product and service design, location, planning,

process selection and capacity planning, facilities

layout,designofworksystems,materialrequirement

planning,just-in-timesystems,scheduling,and

product management. (S)

MNGT 416 (3) Organizational Behavior.

Prerequisites:MNGT330andjuniorclassication.

Organization theory and investigation of the impact

that individuals, groups, and structure have on

behavior within organizations. (F)

MNGT 452 (3) Human Resource/Personnel

Management. Prerequisites:MNGT330andjunior

classication.Theadministrationofthehuman

resource in organizations, including recruitment,

selection, placement, training, motivation,

performance appraisal, and compensation.

Discussion of laws pertinent to managing personnel

in organizations. (F)

MNGT 458W (3) Strategic Management.

Prerequisites:ACC212,MNGT330,ECO212,FNGB

320,MKT351,andseniorclassication.Expressed

and implied guides to behavior and action within the

framework of the business organization including

managerial implementation of policies and the

appropriate enforcement of those guidelines. (F, S, Sum)

MNGT 460 (3) Management Information Systems.

Prerequisite:MNGT350.Coverstheinformation

systemdevelopmentlifecycle.Useofdataow

diagramsandstructurecharts;databasedesign,

and program development. Utilizes a relational

database management system to illustrate system

developmenttechniques.(F)

MNGT 462 (3) International Business. Prerequisite:

MNGT 330. A study of the problems facing business

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 304

organizations in the international setting. (S)

MNGT 468 (3) Collective Bargaining. Prerequisites:

MNGT330andseniorclassication.Thestudyof

labor movements, strikes, and arbitration of strikes

and labor disputes. An historical perspective tied in

with contemporary labor issues. (S)

MNGT 472 (3) Managerial Leadership.Prerequisites:

MNGT330andseniorclassication.Thiscourse

focusesontheinuencingfunctionofmanagement

and draws heavily on behavioral science research

andtheories;howtomotivate,help,guide,and

coachemployeesformaximumperformance;howto

handleconictsituations;andhowtoeectivelylead

a multicultural workforce will be explored. (S)

MNGT 482W (3) Business Ethics. Prerequisites:

MNGT330,andFNGB201.In-depthexaminationof

the impact of business ethics on corporate decision

making. The course will focus on the relationship

between ethics and corporate governance. Students

will examine ethical dilemmas in the workplace and

the actions of corporations. (S)

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS

Department of Management and Marketing

OFFICE: College of Business Building

MIS 320 (3) Introduction to Software Design. This

course is designed to the concepts of modern

software design. Students will develop skills in the

design of algorithms. Based on common business

information processing problems, students will learn

todevelopsoftwareusingstructuredtechniques.

Real life problems will be used to enhance the

student’s ability to solve business problems. (F)

MIS 325 (3) Introduction to Data Communication.

Prerequisites:MATH111andMIS250C.Thiscourse

covers the following topics in data communications:

transmission sources, transmission receivers, and

transmission mediums through which digitized

data, voice, and images are transmitted within

and between computer systems. The course will

provide students with a detailed literacy overview

of hardware, software, communication protocols,

facilities, carriers, regulations and management

information systems as related to the transfer of

digitized information. Computer simulation projects

will be conducted. (F)

MIS 377 (3) Structured Programming (Visual Basic).

Prerequisites:MATH111,andMIS320.Datavalidation,

multilevelcontrolbreakprocessing,sequentialupdate,

internal sort, and table handling are covered in detail.

Programming development focuses on program structure,

program logic, program style, and the programming

process.One-leveltablesandmultiple-leveltables

arecoveredextensively.Processingwithsequential

lesandindexedsequentialarecoveredextensively.

Processingwithsequentiallesandindexedlesare

discussed. Structured programming and modular

programmingtechniqueswillbestressedtodevelop

programming skills that will allow students to build

workablebusiness-orientedCOBOLprograms.(F)

MIS 417 (3) Systems Simulation and Information

Processing.Prerequisites:MATH111,221,and

MIS 320. The course objectives are to familiarize

students with modeling and introduce simulation

languagestosupportthemodels.Real-lifeexamples

and a considerable amount of business fundamentals

will be discussed and explored. Simulation

languagesincludeGPSS,SIMSCRIPT,andGPLAN;

their use of these systems in business problem

solving will be emphasized. Program development

using simulation language is emphasized. (F)

MIS 427 (3) System Analysis and Design. Prerequisites:

MATH 111, 221, MNGT 250C, and MIS 320. A systematic

approachtoproblemformulationandsolving,intro-

duction of systems development life cycle, use of

prototyping tools, and utilization of case tools

emphasized. Students will gain experience in using

dataowdiagramingtoolsintheanalysisphase.

A practical dimension will be emphasized through

real-worldsystemsanalysisanddesignprojectbased

upon business processes. (S)

MIS 450 (3) Information Structures.Prerequisites:

MATH 111, 221, MNGT 250, and MIS 320. This course

is designed to introduce students to the concepts

of modern data structures. Students will develop

skills in the design of data structures, using common

business information processing problems. Students

will learn to develop data types using software with

structuredtechniques.Reallifeproblemswillbeused

to enhance the student’s ability to solve business

problems. Using Pascal or algol W, fundamental

data structures and algorithms for manipulating data

within them are discussed in class. (S)

MIS 455 (3) Operating Systems.Prerequisites:MATH

111, MIS 320 and 460. Introduction to components of

operating systems and features of operating systems

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 305

(OS) used to implement information systems. Coverage

includesnucleus,memorymanager,lemanager,I/O

systems, bath subsystems, command line interpreter,

and system generation. Several OS are considered. (S)

MIS 460 (3) Management Information System.

Prerequisite:MNGT350.Thiscoursecoversthe

information system development life cycle. Use of

dataowdiagramsandstructurecharts,database

design, and program development. The course

utilizes a relational database management system to

illustratesystemdevelopmenttechniques.(F)

MIS 472W (3) Seminar in Management Information

Systems.Prerequisites:MATH111,221,MIS320

and 427. Investigation of topics of current interest

in computer based management information

systems.Articialintelligence,decisionsupport

systems, and object oriented systems development

are introduced. Seminar course with lectures, will

explore the theoretical aspects of management

information systems to develop understanding of

these technologies. Theory will be reinforced with

discussion of articles from literature and student

analysis of cases. (S)

MIS 477 (3) Advanced Structured Programming.

Prerequisites:MATH111,MIS320,377,and450.

Advanced structured ANSI COBOL subprogram,

reportwriter,indexedsequentialprocessing,and

relativeleprocessingarecoveredinthiscourse.

This course is a continuation of MIS 377–Structured

COBOL Programming. The main objective is further

developmentofprogrammingandproblem-solving

skills with particular emphasis on some of the more

advancedtopicsinbusinessleprocessing.(S)

MARKETING

Department of Management and Marketing

OFFICE: College of Business Building

MKT 351 (3) Marketing Management. Prerequisite:

ECO 211. Analytical survey of problems encountered

by business people in distributing goods and services

tomarkets.Takesamarketing-managementapproach

in solving problems related to product planning,

channels of distribution, pricing/advertising, and

personal selling. Emphasizes role of consumers in the

marketing process. (F, S, Sum)

MKT 432 (3) Advertising. Prerequisite:MKT351.

Advertising as a communications tool in marketing

management. Develop an understanding of the role

of advertising under diverse marketing conditions.

Emphasis will focus on problems of integrated advertising

strategyintherm’smarketingprogrampertaining

tomedia-selection,budgeting,productionandlayout,

andmeasurementofeectiveness.Attentionwill

also be given to the social and economic aspects of

advertising. (F, S)

MKT 436 (3) Retail Management. Prerequisite:MKT351.

Protplanningandbusinesscontrol;buying,stockcontrol,

pricing,promotion;storelocation/layoutorganization,

policies,systems;coordinationofstoreactivities.(F)

MKT 438 (3) Marketing Research. Prerequisites:

MKT351,ECO357and358,orequivalentstatistics

courses. Study of the role of research in marketing

decision-making,theresearchprocess,including

research designs, measurements, data analysis and

interpretation. (F)

MKT 440 (3) Consumer Behavior. Prerequisite:

MKT 351. Survey of noteworthy contributions of

the behavioral sciences to the understanding and

prediction of consumer behavior. Contributions of

variousresearchtechniquesinthesocialsciencesto

the understanding of consumer purchasing and

decision making processes, with particular attention

toformalandinformalinuencepatterns.Application

of concepts to management of advertising, personal

selling, pricing, and channels of distribution. (F)

MKT 446 (3) Marketing to Organizations.

Prerequisite:MKT351.Majoractivitiesinvolvedin

marketing of industrial goods. Analysis of industrial

marketstructures;habitsandmotivesofindustrial

purchasers;typesofindustrialproducts;pricing

problems;distributionchannels.Problemsinselling

to agencies of government. (S)

MKT 448 (3) Marketing Channels.Prerequisite:

MKT 351. This course deals with the development

of channels / functional and behavioral dimensions,

environmentalforces,power,conict,and

communication within the channels. Current and

future trends in the development and management

of channels are also treated. (S)

MKT 450 (3) Personal Selling. Prerequisites:MKT

351andsenorclassication.PersonalSellingwill

recognize that today’s salesperson faces a skeptical,

well educated and sophisticated buyer, and that the

professional sales person must be far more than a

mere purveyor of goods and services. Professional

sellingwillattempttoharmonizetechniquesand

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 306

strategies with personality development, so that

sales students might move toward their full potential

in selling. (F)

MKT 462W (3) Marketing Policies and Strategies.

Prerequisites:MKT351andnine(9)hoursofadd-

itionalmarketingcourses,andseniorclassication.

Detailed consideration of process of formulating and

implementing marketing policies. Major emphasis on

markets, distribution channels, and product analysis.

Problem approach utilized to develop student’s

analytical ability and to integrate all major areas of

marketing. (S)

MKT 466 (3) International Marketing.Prerequisite:

MKT 351. Institutions, functions, policies, and practices

in international marketing. Relates marketing activities

to market and marketing environment. (S)

MKT 468 (3) Services Marketing. Prerequisites:MKT

351,juniororseniorclassication.Ananalysisofthe

benetsoeredtocustomersandthecoststhat

they will incur in return. A study of the problems

associated with the marketing of services and an

exploration of alternative strategies to resolve the

problemsandimproveservicemarketingeectiveness.(S)

MILITARY SCIENCE

Department of Military Science

OFFICE: Old Faculty Apartment Building

MS 101 (1) Fundamentals of Leadership and

Management I. Co-requisite:MS103.Introductionto

ocershipwithemphasisonmilitarycustomsand

traditions, time management, stress management, and

physicaltness.Introductiontoprinciplesofleadership

with emphasis on character and competence, values

and ethics, and values of the U.S. Army.

MS 102 (1) Fundamentals of Leadership and

Management II. Co-requisite:MS104.Buildsupon

leadership principles emphasizing oral and written

communications,theproblem-solvingprocess,goal

setting, active listening, assertiveness skills, counseling

methods and nutrition. Builds upon principles of

ocershipwithemphasisonlifetheU.S.Army.

MS 103 (1) Leadership Lab.

MS 104 (1) Leadership Lab.

MS 201 (2) Individual Leadership Studies.Co-requisite:

MS 203. Building on leadership principles with

emphasis on communication, personal development,

physicalwell-being,teambuilding,problemsolving,

and reasoning. Introduction to the ROTC Distance

Learning Enhancement Skills Training Program with

special emphasis on math, English, and reading skills.

MS 201 (3) Individual Leadership Studies

(CompressionCourse).Co-requisite:MS203.May

substitute for MS 101 and 201 by compressing them

together. Course is designed for sophomore student

who have not had previous military science classes,

basic training, or high school JROTC.

MS 202 (2) Leadership and Teamwork. Co-requisite:

MS 204. Building of leadership principles with

emphasis on communication, personal development,

physicalwell-being,teambuilding,problemsolving,

and reasoning. Continued development of oral and

written communication skills.

MS 202 (3) Leadership and Teamwork (Compression

Course).Co-requisite:MS204.Maysubstitutefor

MS 102 and 202 by compressing them together.

Course is designed for sophomore student who

have not had previous military science classes, basic

training, or high school JROTC.

MS 203 (1) Leadership Lab.

MS 204 (1) Leadership Lab.

MS 300 (2) Leadership Training Camp. Prerequisites:

Students most have minimum of 2 years of college

remaining.ROTCBasicCampisasix-weeksummer

training and evaluation class conducted on an active

Army base. Students learn fundamental military

skills and develop the ability to lead others. Students

earn approximately $761 while learning fundamental

leadership skills with hundreds of other college

students from universities throughout the United

States and Puerto Rico. This is a substitute course

forMS100and200levelcourses.Qualiesstudents

for MS 300 level courses.

MS 301 (3) Advanced Leadership and Management I.

Co-requisite:MS303.IntroductiontotheLeadership

Development Program and Self Assessment. Builds

upon leadership principles with emphasis on physical

tness,wellness,nutrition,andtrainingateam.Develops

ocershipfocusingontactics,theprinciplesofwar,

andoensiveanddefensiveoperationsutilizingtactical

analysiscasestudies.Developsocershipwithemphasis

on the problem solving process utilizing the Troop

LeadingProcedures,ocerduties,theroleand

organization of the Army values, spiritual needs,

consideration of others, and ethical decision making.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 307

Qualiedcadetsmayreceiveupto$3,600stipend

annually.Courseincludesmandatoryeldtraining

exercises.

MS 303 (1) Leadership Lab.

MS 304 (1) Leadership Lab.

MS 400 (3) Leadership Development and Assessment

Camp.Prerequisites:MS301and302.LDACisa

six-weeksummertrainingandevaluationclass

conducted on an Active Army base. Cadets must

attend LDAC during the summer upon completion of

MS 302. Students are placed in leadership positions

and evaluated on their ability to plan, direct, and

execute tasks while operating in challenging and

stressfulenvironments.Studentwillearnapprox-

imately $800 for attendance at LDAC.

MS 401 (3) Seminar in Leadership and Management I.

Co-requisite:MS403.Preparescadetfor

commissioning as Second Lieutenant in the U.S.

Army by focusing on career choices, life in the

Army,trainingtheforce,mission-essentialtasklist

development, training execution and assessment,

active listening and feedback, personal and

developmental counseling, stress management, social

exchange theory, expectancy theory, organizational

systems and culture, and organizational change

culminating in a leadership simulation practical

exercise.Qualiedcadetsmayreceiveupto$4,000

stipendannually.Courseincludesmandatoryeld

training exercises.

MS 402 (3) Seminar in Leadership and Management

II. Co-requisite:MS404.Comprehensivesenior

leadership project that focuses on values and

ethics emphasizing assessment, establishment, and

improvement of the ethical climate, the foundation,

regulations, and codes of military law, and the

law of war, the tactical, operational, and strategic

levels of war, military operations other than war,

personnel administration, maintenance and supply

management,nancialplanning,counseling

practicum, leadership lessons and developing a

LeadershipVision.Qualiedcadetsmayreceive

up to $4,000 stipend annually. Course includes

mandatoryeldtrainingexercises.

MS 403 (1) Leadership Lab.

MS 404 (1) Leadership Lab.

MUSIC

Department of Music

OFFICE: Frederick D. Hall Music Center

Music Theory:

MUS 011 (2) Introduction to Music Theory. Special

study for students who plan to major in music and

do not meet standards for MUS 111. Designed to

strengthen basic musicianship areas as needed.

MUS 111 (2) Music Theory. Prerequisite:Theory

Placement Examination. Functional study of basic

music theory including notation, rhythm, scales,

modes, intervals, sightsinging, diction, partwriting,

composition and performance style practices,

and development of basic aural skills. Laboratory

experiencerequired.

MUSY 111 (1) Sight Singing and Ear Training.

Development of basic skills in music reading and

auralperception.Laboratoryexperiencerequired.

MUSY 112 (1) Sight Singing and Ear Training.

Prerequisite:MUSY111.Continuationofthe

development of basic skills in music reading and

auralperception.Laboratoryexperiencerequired.

MUS 112 (2) Music Theory.Prerequisite:MUS

111. Continuation of MUS 111 with emphasis on

the application of common elements of music to

rhythmic, melodic and harmonic diction, three

and four part writing, aural and visual analysis.

Laboratoryexperiencerequired.

MUS 113 (2) Music Theory. Prerequisite:MUS112.

Elective course in basic musicianship designed

to provide additional study in stylistic analysis of

diatonic structures and experimentation with four

voice homophonic writing.

MUS 201 (3) Fundamentals of Music. Study of the

basic elements of music needed by Elementary and

SpecialEducationmajorsasaprerequisitetoMUS203.

Electiveforothernon-musicmajors.

MUS 211 (2) Music Theory. Prerequisite:MUS112.

More advanced study in basic musicianship including

alteredchords,modulationtonear-relatedkeys,

partwriting, development of aural skills, stylistic

analysisandcompositionaltechniques.Laboratory

experiencerequired.

MUSY 211 (1) Sight Singing and Ear Training.

Prerequisite:MUS112.Moreadvancedstudiesinthe

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 308

development of music reading and aural perception

skills.Laboratoryexperiencerequired.

MUSY 212 (1) Sight Singing and Ear Training.

Prerequisite:MUS211.Moreadvancedstudiesinthe

development of music reading and aural perception

skills.Laboratoryexperiencerequired.

MUS 212 (2) Music Theory. Prerequisite:MUS211.

Advanced study in basic musicianship including

ninth, eleventh and thirteenth chords, modulation

to distant keys, and continued development of aural

skills,stylisticanalysisandcompositionaltechniques.

Laboratoryexperiencerequired.

MUS 213 (2) Music Theory.Prerequisite:MUS212.

Electivewithemphasisontwentiethcenturytechniques.

MUS 226 (3) Introduction to Music Technology.

A survey of computer hardware, software, and

other electronic devices as they relate to computer

generated music. Topics include computer basics,

MIDIsequencing,musicnotation,databasebuilding,

and internet resources for musicians.

MUS 311 (3) Form and Analysis.Prerequisite:MUS

212. Analysis of forms and styles representative of

works from the Renaissance period to the present.

MUS 411 (2) Vocal Arranging. Prerequisite:MUS311

orequivalent.Arrangingandadaptingscoresfor

small and unusual groups of vocal combinations.

MUSY 411 (2) Instrumental Arranging. Prerequisites:

MUS311,and331-332.Fundamentaltechniques

of arranging and transcribing music for varied

instrumental ensembles.

MUS 412 (3) Orchestration. Prerequisites:MUS311,

332, and 222. Practical study in the art of scoring

for various sections of the orchestra, singly and in

combination. Elective.

MUS 437 (3) Seminar in Church Music. The course

will enable participants (1) to become aware of

how to intelligently use instruments in the worship

service;(2)tounderstandandbeabletoplana

comprehensivechurchmusicprogram;(3)tounder-

stand when to use the hymn, anthem, spiritual, response

orgospelselectioninworship;and(4)tobecome

cognizantofappropriatematerialsandtechniques

for use in developing choirs of varying age groups.

MUS 451 (3) Counterpoint. Prerequisite:MUS311.

Study of model, eighteenth century and contemporary

counterpointwithexperiencesinwriting.Required

for Bachelor of Music students, elective for others.

MUS 452, 453 (3) (3) Composition I and II.Prerequisite:

MUS 311. Exploration and understanding methods by

which music is composed, study of traditional musical

styles, experiences in improvisation and manipulating

common elements in traditional and nontraditional

ways.Originalcompositionsrequired.Elective.

MUS 461 (2) Special Studies in Theory I.Prerequisite:

Consent of instructor. Creative or research projects

in music theory on an individual basis. Elective.

MUS 462 (3) Special Studies in Theory II.

Prerequisite:Consentofinstructor.Moreadvanced

creative or research projects in music theory on an

individual basis. Elective.

Music History and Literature:

MUS 205 (3) Music Appreciation. Study of music

designed to provide the general student with

knowledge and understanding of the history,

structure, and style of various types of music

literature and development of listening skills.

MUS 206 (3) Elementary School Music

Appreciation. Prerequisite:Mus203.Student

of classical, romantic, and contemporary music

with emphasis on its use in elementary schools.

For Elementary and Special Education majors

concentrating in music, elective for others.

MUS 217 (1) Jazz History. Study of the development

of jazz from its African origins to its present status as

an organized art form, contributions of selected jazz.

MUS 219 (1) Jazz Vocal Techniques II. Student

of organ literature, style analysis, historical and

practical organ design. Comparison of electronic,

computerized and pipe organs.

MUS 319 (3) Chamber Music. Prerequisite:MUS322.

Study of the historical background, literature, media,

forms and styles of ensemble music, including small

group rehearsals for instrumentalists, vocalists, and

pianists.

MUS 321 (3) Music History. Prerequisite:MUS112.A

chronological and comparative study of the historical

development of musical practices, forms and styles

fromAntiquitytotheBaroqueera.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 309

MUS 322 (3) Music History.Prerequisite:MUS321.

Continuation of MUS 321 with emphasis on the

literature, forms, styles and practices of music in the

Baroqueeratothepresenttime.

MUS 323 (3) Music History. Elective course designed

to study the various forms, styles, media and

techniquesutilizedinmusiconthepresenttime.

MUS 350 (3) Roots of Music Springing from Africa.

The study of music from its beginning with emphasis

on African cultures that contributed to its development.

Elective, may be substituted for MUS 205.

MUS 351 (3) Contributions of Black Americans to

Western Music: The Inuence of Africa. Theinuence

of Africa on American music and the contributions of

Black Americans to its development. Elective, may

be substituted for MUS 205.

MUS 352 (3) Folk Music of Black People in the

United States, Latin America, South America and

the Caribbean. The contribution of Black People to

the development of Folk Music. Elective.

MUS 431 (3) Symphonic Literature. Prerequisite:

MUS 322. Study of symphonic literature of various

periods with emphasis on listening, score reading,

style and analysis, historical practices and

procedures, and technical problems of performance.

MUS 432 (3) Keyboard Literature I. Prerequisite:

MUS 322. Study of literature for keyboard

instruments from earliest periods to the present.

Performance, listening sessions and discussion of

aesthetic value, structure and style.

MUS 433 (3) Song Literature. Prerequisite:

MUS 322. A chronological survey of song

literature with emphasis on principal types, forms,

composers,stylisticfeatures,trendsandinuencesin

representative style periods.

MUS 434 (3) Keyboard Literature II. Prerequisite:

MUS 432. Concentrated study of selected topics in

keyboard literature. Correlation of art, music and

literature;performance,listeninganddiscussionof

aesthetic values, structure and style.

MUS 435 (3) Song Literature II. Prerequisite:MUSV

433. An advanced survey of literature for solo

voice(s) from the English Lutenists to literature of

the 21st century. A study of interpretation both

practical and within historical context and program

building are included, along with a review of song

studytechniques.

Music Education:

MUS 104, 105 (1) (1) Voice Class. Artistic singling,

diction, phrasing, breath support and control,

methods and materials applicable to elementary

schoolstudentsingrade1-6.Elementaryand

Special Education majors only.

MUS 117 (1) Voice Class. Essential elements of artistic

singing,includingeectivemethodsofbreath

control, formation and color of vowels, resonance,

phrasing,diction,anddevelopmentofeective

singingtechniques.

MUS 118 (1) Voice Class. Voicediagnosis;consideration

of the fundamentals of vocal production as related

toeachindividual;studyofbreathcontrol,resonance

anddiction;applicationoffundamentalstosong

material. Elective.

MUS 203 (3) Music for Children. Prerequisite:MUS

201. Study of philosophy, aims, appropriate musical

experiences,materialsandmethods;applicationof

skillsandtechniquesofteachingmusictoelementary

school children. For prospective elementary school

teachers.

MUS 221, 222 (1) (1) String Class. The study of

application of fundamentals of playing and teaching

string instruments including correct tone production,

bowingtechniquesandcareoftheinstruments.

Laboratoryexperiencerequired.

MUS 223 (1) String Class. Prerequisite:MUS222or

equivalent.Moreadvancedstudyandapplicationof

essentialplayingandteachingtechniquesforstring

instruments. Elective.

MUS 230, 231 (1) (1) Jazz/Commercial Keyboard

Skills.Prerequisite:MUSD115.Basicjazzkeyboard

skills. Keyboard realization of jazz harmony with

typical idiomatic voicing.

MUS 301 (3) Music in the Elementary School.

Prerequisites:MUS201and203.Historical,

philosophical, psychological, social and aesthetic

foundations of music for children. Emphasis on

eectiveorganizationandimplementationofmusical

experiences for children.

MUS 302 (3) Music in the Elementary School.

Prerequisites:MUS212,andPRAXISI.Philosophy,

aims,andprinciplesofmusicteachingandlearning;

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 310

content,methodsandmaterialsformusicteaching;

creative approaches to the development of musical

concepts in elementary school children.

MUS 303 (3) Music in the Secondary School.

Prerequisite:MUS302.Philosophy,basicconcepts

and principles of music teaching and learning in the

secondaryschool.Emphasisoncontent,techniques

andmaterialsforeectiveprogrambuildingand

implementation.

MUS 304 (3) Recreation Music. An introduction to

innovative ways in which music may be applied to

recreation and leisure. For Elementary and Special

Education majors concentrating in music. Elective

for others.

MUS 333 (2) Conducting. Prerequisite:Junior

standing or consent of instructor. Elements and

techniquesofconducting;stylisticinterpretation;

choral,bandandorchestralscorereading;rehearsal

techniques,individualpracticeinconducting

performance groups.

MUS 334 (2) Conducting. Prerequisite:MUS333.

More advanced study in the fundamentals of

conducting both choral and instrumental groups.

Elective.

MUS 337 (1) Brasswind Class. Prerequisite:Junior

standing or consent of instructor. Study of the

origin and development of brasswind instruments

and development of fundamental performance

prociencyononeormorebrassinstruments.

MUS 338 (1) Woodwind Class. Study of the origin

and development of woodwind instruments and

developmentoffundamentalprociencyononeor

more woodwind instruments.

MUS 339 (1) Percussion Class. Study of the origin

and development of percussion instruments

and development of fundamental performance

prociencyonbasicpercussioninstruments.

MUS 341 (3) Advanced String Class. Prerequisite:

MUS 222 or consent of instructor. More advanced

studyofthecontent,methods,techniquesand

materialsusefulforeectiveteachingofstring

instruments in schools, individually and in groups.

Elective.

MUS 407 (3) Instrumental Pedagogy.Prerequisite:

MUS 315. Students will master objectives, methods

and materials applied to instrumental teaching.

This course is designed to teach the student skills

for studio instruction from various stages for the

beginning, intermediate, and advanced student.

MUS 410 (3) Advanced Band Instrument Class.

Prerequisite:MUS332orequivalent.Moreadvanced

studyofthecontent,methods,techniquesandmaterials

usefulforeectiveteachingofbandinstrumentsin

schools, individually or in groups. Elective.

MUS 420 (3) Jazz Pedagogy/Methods.Prerequisite:

MUS311.Techniquesfortheeectiveorganization,

administration and implementation of the jazz

studies program in the school and private studio.

MUS 421 (3) Piano Methods and Materials. Prerequisite:

MUS315.Techniquesneededtounderstandteaching

privatepianoandpianoclasses;pedagogicalmethods,

content and literature. This course combines historical,

theoreticalandeducationalstrategiesintoaneective

teaching method in compliance with music

education standards.

MUSQ 421 (3) Choral Methods and Materials.

Prerequisites:MUS303and315.Techniquesof

organizinganddevelopingchoralgroupsinschools;

study and evaluation of choral methods, content and

literature.

MUSM 421 (3) Instrumental Methods and Materials.

Prerequisites:MUS315.Techniquesoforganizing

anddevelopinginstrumentalgroups;musical

content, pedagogical practices, procedures, methods

and materials for developing bands, orchestras,

ensembles and solo performances.

MUS 422 (3) Church Music. Basic objectives,

organizational procedures, administration, and

literature of modern litugical music. Elective.

MUS 423 (3) Art of Accompanying. Prerequisite:

MUS 215. Practical training for music majors in

coaching and playing choral, vocal, dance and

instrumental accompaniments. Elective.

MUS 425 (3) Administration of School Music.

Study of administrative considerations basic to

essentialfacetsofschoolmusicprograms,K-12,

includingobjectives,organization,stang,nancing,

equipment,facilities,scheduling,publicrelationsand

instruction. Elective.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 311

MUS 426 (3) Voice Pedagogy. Prerequisite:MUS215

or 225. Objectives, methods and materials applied

to vocal teaching. Procedures in voice production,

respiration,phonation,articulation,resonation;voice

classication,quality,diction,supportandcontrol.

Elective.

MUS 427 (3) Music Seminar. Prerequisite:Senior

standing. Integrative analysis, review and assimilation

of basic concepts in the development of musicianship

as related to contemporary needs and uses. Elective.

MUS 428 (3) Applied Piano Recital. This course

studies the development of hymnology from the

early church to the present. Additional attention is

giventothehistoricalperformancepracticeunique

to the respective periods.

MUS 429 (3) The Church and Music Education. A

comprehensive program constructed to enable

the church musician to study materials, methods, and

activitiesandtopresentprogramsspecically

designed to educate the taste of various congregations.

MUS 436 (2) Church Music Workshop. Prerequisite:

MUS 212. Rehearsal procedures, reviewing literature

of the past and present, philosophies of church music,

as well as liturgies will be studied. Planning of a

churchmusicprogramthatisexibleanddynamic,

aswellascontemporary;contemporarytrendswill

be covered.

Supportive Music Courses:

MUS 100 (2) Careers in Music. A study of alternative

careerstoteachingintheeldofmusic.Currentneeds,

future trends, economic considerations, preparation

of courses of study, geographical advantages, special

characteristicsandpreparationrequired.

MUS 207 (3) Keyboard Skill. Prerequisite:MUS212.

Applied experience for music communication skills:

sight-readingscores,improvisation,accompanying,

transposing and ensemble playing. Additional

masterclasslaboratoryrequired.

MUS 408 (3) Piano Pedagogy I. Prerequisite:MUS

325. Designed to teach the student technical skills

needed for piano studio instruction and to examine

teaching materials from various periods for the

beginning, intermediate and advanced piano student.

MUS 409 (3) Piano Pedagogy II. Prerequisite:MUS

408. Practical teaching of beginning intermediate

and advanced pupils in piano. Application of

technical skills and materials studied in MUS 408 and

409 to instruction of piano students.

MUS 498 (2) Independent Study. Prerequisites:MUS

315 or 325. Intensive study of a subject selected in

accordance with student needs, under the direction

ofthefaculty.Writtenreportrequired.

MUS 499 (2) Independent Study. Prerequisite:

Senior standing. Individual program of study in

major area of interest, under the direction of the

faculty. Opportunities to broaden knowledge and

develop further skills in special areas of music.

Basic Applied:

MUS 001, 002 (1) (1) Basic Applied. Private

instruction in the basic concepts of piano, vocal, or

instrumental performance. For students who need

to be strengthened in the fundamental principles and

techniquesoftheirappliedmajor.

Piano:

MUS 101, 102 (1) (1) Basic Keyboard. Beginning class

pianoinstruction.Principalchordsinallkeys;ear

training, rhythm, harmonization and transposition of

melodiessuitableforgradesK-6.

MUS 114, 115 (2) (2) Applied Piano. Prerequisite:

Freshman standing on piano auditions. All major and

minor scales and arpeggios, technical exercises, selections

fromMikrokosmosandselectedrepertoirefromBaroque,

Classical, Romantic and Contemporary periods.

MUSD 114, 115 (1) (1) Applied Secondary Piano.

For all vocal and instrumental students. Emphasis

onscales,chords,sight-reading,improvised

accompaniments to melodies and transposition.

Must be enrolled in MUS 111.

MUSD 116 (1) Applied Secondary Piano. Continued

development of basic keyboard skills in scales,

techniques,sight-reading,andeasyensemble

compositions. Elective.

MUS 214, 215 (2) (2) Applied Piano. Prerequisite:

MUS 115. All scales, 3rds, 6ths, 10ths, dominant 7th

anddiminished7tharpeggios;advancedstudies

includingMikrokosmos;advancedrepertoire

including suites, sonatas and preludes from all major

historical periods.

MUSD 214, 215 (1) (1) Applied Secondary Piano.

Prerequisite:MUSD115.Forvocalandinstrumental

students.Sight-readingandperformanceand

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 312

materials suitable for school and community use.

Harmonizations, transpositions, accompaniments and

moderatelyeasycompositions.Pianoprociency

requiredinMUS215.

MUSD 216 (1) Applied Secondary Piano.

Prerequisite:MUSD215orconsentofinstructor.

Continuation of development of basic keyboard

skillsincludingsight-reading,harmonizationand

transposition of simple melodies. Elective.

MUS 314, 315 (1) (2) Applied Piano. Prerequisite:

MUS215.Advancedtechnicalstudies;detailedstudy

of Bach or Handel Suites, compositions by Schubert,

Chopin, Brahms, Mendelssohn or Liszt and representative

20th century repertoire. Junior recital at 315B level.

MUSD 314 (1) Applied Secondary Piano.

Development of piano skills to enable students to

sight-readmoderatelyeasycompositionsincluding

jazz idioms, emphasis on community songs and

choral accompaniments. Elective.

MUSD 315 (1) Applied Secondary Piano.

Continuation of MUSD 314 with the same types of

materialsonamoderatelydicultlevel.Elective.

MUSD 316 (1) Applied Secondary Piano.

Continuation of MUSD 315 with emphasis on piano

literatureofamoredicultlevel.Elective.

MUS 414 (2) Applied Piano.Prerequisite:MUS

315. Preparation for and presentation of senior

recital.SelectionofcompositionsfromBaroqueto

TwentiethCenturyformingawell-balancedprogram.

MUS 415 (3) Applied Piano. Prerequisite:MUS414.

Advanced piano study beyond the senior recital

level. Elective.

Organ:

MUSO 114, 115 (2) (2) Applied Organ.Prerequisite:

Audition and consent of instructor. Easy to moderately

dicultliteratureofallperiodsandnaturalschools.

Selectedmaterials;TheChurchOrganistbyAndrews

and Riddle, J. S. Bach’s Eight Preludes and Fugues.

The Little Organ Book, hymn playing.

MUSO 214, 215 (2) (2) Applied Organ.Prerequisite:

MUSO 115. Continuation of MUSO 115. More

advanced literature of all periods and further

instruction in hymn playing.

MUSO 314, 315 (2) (2) Applied Organ. Prerequisite:

MUSO215.Advancedliteratureincludingspecic

types of accompaniments. Reduction of orchestral

accompaniments to choral works.

Voice:

MUSV 114, 115 (2) (2) Applied Voice. Prerequisite:

Freshman standing on voice audition. Vocalization

fordevelopmentoftonequality,diction,range,

breathing and correct singing posture. Individualized

basic musicianship and technical studies. Repertoire

Requirements;Eightsongs.Foursongspersemester.

Four Italian and Four English songs from the 17th

and 18th centuries. At least three songs are to be

memorized per semester.

MUSL 114, 115 (1) (1) Applied Secondary Voice.

Prerequisite:Audition.Forstudentsotherthanvoice

majors. Emphasis on the essentials and elements of

artistic singing and reading skills. Songs in English

and Italian.

MUSL 116 (1) Applied Secondary Voice. For students

other than voice majors. Emphasis on the essentials

and elements of artistic singing and music reading

skills.Repertoirerequirements;OnesonginEnglish

and One song in Italian. Both songs are to be memorized.

MUSV 214, 215 (2) (2) Applied Voice. Prerequisite:

MUSV 115. A continuation of basic musicianship and

technicalstudies.Repertoirerequirements.Fivesongs

persemester;twoselectedfromtheOratoriorepertoire,

Two French chanson, Two German lieder, Two

American art songs or sacred songs, Two Operatic

arias. At least four are to be memorized per semester.

MUSL 214, 215 (1) (1) Applied Secondary Voice.

Prerequisite:MUSL115.Continuationofvoice115.

Developmentofsucientvocalskillstoassureeective

use of the voice in demonstrations. Experience in

solo vocal performance. Songs in English and Italian.

MUSL 216 (1) Applied Secondary Voice.

Prerequisite:MUSL116orconsentofconstructor.

More advanced elective course with emphasis on

development of increased technical and technical

skills.Repertoirerequirements:TwoAmericanart

songs or sacred songs and one Italian art song. At

least two songs are to be memorized.

MUSL 314, 315 (1) (1) Applied Secondary Voice.

Prerequisite:Audition.Electivecoursesforcontinued

development of musicianship with the emphasis

on stylistic interpretation through the use of vocal

literature and technical studies. Songs in English,

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 313

Italian, Spanish or French.

MUSV 314, 315 (2) (2) Applied Voice. Prerequisite:

MUSV 215. Continuation of technical studies with

more emphasis on musical style, interpretation and

performancepractice.Repertoirerequirements:

Twelve new songs. Six new songs each semester.

Three American art songs, Three German lieder,

Three French chanson, Two oratorio or cantata

arias,andoneoperaticaria.Atleastvearetobe

memorized per semester. Junior Recital at the 315 level.

MUSL 316 (1) Applied Secondary Voice. Prerequisite:

MUSL 216 or consent of instructor. Continuation

ofvocaltechniqueandinterpretiveskills.More

advancedrepertoire.RepertoireRequirements:Four

songs. Two American art songs or sacred songs, one

operatic aria and one oratorio or cantata aria. At

least three songs are to be memorized.

MUSV 414 (2) Applied Voice. Prerequisite:MUSV

315.Advancedvocaltechniqueandliterature.

Greater emphasis on performance practice and

communicativeskills.Repertoirerequirements:

Twelve new songs. Six new songs per semester.

One song cycle or chamber work. Three French

chanson, Three German lieder, Three American

artsongsorsacredsongs.Atleastvesongsare

to be memorized per semester. Preparation and

presentation of senior recital.

Violin:

MUSN 114, 115 (2) (2) Applied Violin. Prerequisite:

Freshman standing on violin audition. Private

instructionondevelopingfundamentaltechniques

ofviolinplaying.Scales,arpeggios,sight-reading,

technical studies, solo and ensemble literature.

MUSN 214, 215 (2) (2) Applied Violin. Prerequisite:

MUSN115.Applicationoftechniquetoperformance.

Elements of position, tone production, bow

management,ngerplacementcoveringentireand

tonal range in all positions. Standard orchestral bowings,

technical studies, solo and ensemble literature.

MUSN 314, 315 (2) (2) Applied Violin. Prerequisite:

MUSN 215. Continuation of technical studies,

expansion of repertoire and development of

performance skills. Junior recital at 315 level.

MUSN 316 (2) Applied Violin. Prerequisite:

Consent of instructor. Elective course in more

advanceddevelopmentoftechnique,repertoryand

performance skills.

MUSN 414 (2) Applied Violin. Prerequisite:

MUSN 315. Advanced technical study, continued

development of repertoire, stylistic interpretation

and performance skills. Preparation and presentation

of senior recital.

Viola:

MUSA 114, 115 (2) (2) Applied Viola. Prerequisite:

Freshman standing on viola audition. Private

instructionondevelopingfundamentaltechniques

ofviolaplaying.Scales,arpeggios,sight-reading,

technical studies, solo and ensemble literature.

MUSA 214, 215 (2) (2) Applied Viola.Prerequisite:

MUSA115.Applicationoftechniquetoperformance

uptofthpositionwithstandardorchestralbowings;

harmonics,doublestopsandchordsinrstthree

positions.Scales,arpeggios,technicalstudies;solo,

ensemble, orchestral literature.

MUSA 314, 315 (2) (2) Applied Viola. Prerequisite:

MUSA 215. Continuation of technical study,

development of basic musicianship applied to

performance skills. Stylistic interpretation, repertory

development;selectedliteratureinpreparationfor

junior recital at 315 level.

MUSA 316 (2) Applied Viola. Prerequisite:MUSA315

orequivalent.Electivecourseinmoreadvanced

developmentoftechniques,repertoryand

performance skills.

MUSA 414 (2) Applied Viola.Prerequisite:MUSA315

orequivalent.Advancedtechnicalstudy;continued

development of repertoire, stylistic interpretation,

understanding and application of musical concept to

performance skills. Preparation and presentation of

senior recital.

Violoncello:

MUSI 114, 115 (2) (2) Applied Violoncello.

Prerequisite:Freshmanstandingonvioloncello

auditions. Study and review of basic left and right

handtechniques,playingposturesandsound

production.Twooctavescales,arpeggios,double-

stops. Selected studies, etudes and solo pieces.

MUSI 214, 215 (2) (2) Applied Violoncello.

Prerequisite:MUSI115.Continuationofprinciples

studied previous year with emphasis on bowings,

thumb position, scales and arpeggios in three

octaves. Concentration on more challenging studies,

etudes, ensemble and solo materials.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 314

MUSI 314, 315 (2) (2) Applied Violoncello.

Prerequisite:MUSI215.Continuationofprinciples

and materials studied previous year. Scales and

arpeggios,fouroctaves;double-stops,threeoctaves;

advancedtechnicaletudes,problematicalstudies;

selectedstandardsolo-repertoire.Juniorrecital,

315 level.

MUSI 316 (2) Applied Violoncello. Prerequisite:

MUSI 315. Advanced technical study, continued

development of repertory, stylistic interpretation

and application of musical concepts to performance

skills. Elective.

MUSI 414 (2) Applied Violoncello. Prerequisite:

MUSI 315. Advanced technical study, continued

development of repertory, stylistic interpretation

and application of musical concepts to performance

skills. Preparation and presentation of senior recital.

String Bass:

MUSS 114, 115 (2) (2) Applied String Bass.

Prerequisite:Freshmanstandingonstringbass

audition. Study and review of basic left and

righthandtechniques,playingposturesandtone

production. Scales and arpeggios in two octaves.

Selected studies, etudes and short solo pieces.

MUSS 214, 215 (2) (2) Applied String Bass.

Prerequisite:MUS115.Continuationofprinciples

studied previous year, emphasis on bowings and

thumb position. Scales and arpeggios in three

octaves;moreprogressiveetudes,studies,and

selected short solo materials.

MUSS 314, 315 (2) (2) Applied String Bass.

Prerequisite:MUS215.Continuationofprinciplesand

materials studied previous year. Advanced etudes,

problematic exercises, passages from standard

orchestral studies, selected solo works. Junior recital

at 315 level.

MUSS 316 (2) Applied String Bass. Prerequisite:MUS

315orequivalent.Electivecourseinmoreadvanced

developmentofmusicianship,technique,repertory

and performance skills.

MUSS 414 (2) Applied String Bass. Prerequisite:

MUS 315. Advanced technical study, continued

development of repertoire, stylistic interpretation

and application of musical concepts to performance

skills. Preparation and presentation of senior recital.

Bassoon:

MUSB 114, 115 (2) (2) Applied Bassoon. Prerequisite:

Freshman standing on bassoon audition. Basic

musicianship and technical studies including

major, minor and chromatic scales and arpeggios.

Embouchure development, tone production, reed

making. Selected technical and solo material.

MUSB 214, 215 (2) (2) Applied Bassoon.

Prerequisite:MUS115.Continuationofprinciplesand

techniquesstudiedpreviousyearincludingallscales,

intervals, arpeggios, characteristics tone production,

articulations,rhythms,sight-reading,standard

technical, solo and ensemble material, making and

adjusting reeds.

MUSB 314, 315 (1) (2) Applied Bassoon.

Prerequisite:MUS215.Moreadvancedtechnical

study and repertoire development. Scales in thirds,

fourths,andfths,extendedarpeggios,articulatory

studies, range and dynamics development.

Representation solo, ensemble and orchestral

literature. Junior recital, 315 level.

MUSB 414 (3) Applied Bassoon.Prerequisite:MUS

315. Intensive study of bassoon literature, advanced

technique,stylisticinterpretation,andapplicationof

musical concepts to performance skills. Preparation

and presentation of senior recital.

Clarinet:

MUSC 114, 115 (2) (2) Applied Clarinet.Prerequisite:

Freshman standing on clarinet audition. Study of

tone production, proper breath support, embouchure

development, articulations, major and minor scales

andarpeggios.Basicmusicianshipdevelopment;

technical studies and selected solo literature.

MUSC 214, 215 (2) (2) Applied Clarinet.Prerequisite:

MUSC 115. Continuation of basic musicianship

principlesandtechniques.Major,minorand

chromatic scales in third, skill in adjusting clarinet

reeds,sight-readingandtranspositionandvarious

articulations. Selected solo and ensemble material.

MUSC 314, 315 (2) (2) Applied Clarinet.

Prerequisite:MUSC215.Continuationoftechnical

study and repertoire development. More advanced

performance of scales, arpeggios, articulations,

embellishments,sight-readingandtransposition.

Representative solo, ensemble and orchestral

literature. Junior recital, 315 level.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 315

MUSC 414 (2) Applied Clarinet. Prerequisite:

MUSC 315. Advanced technical and repertory study.

Emphasis on stylistic interpretation of solo, ensemble

and orchestral literature from principal historical

periods. Preparation and presentation of senior recital.

Saxophone:

MUSX 114, 115 (2) (2) Applied Saxophone.

Prerequisite:Freshmanstandingonsaxophone

audition. Study of correct tone production,

embouchure development, breath support and

elements of basic musicianship. Major, minor and

chromatic scales and arpeggios, articulations,

technical studies and selected solo materials.

MUSX 214, 215 (2) (2) Applied Saxophone.

Prerequisite:MUSX115.Continuationofbasic

musicianship,techniquesandrepertoire

development. Scales, arpeggios, intervals, tonguing

studies,sight-reading,transpositionstudies.

Representative solo, ensemble and orchestral

literature. Junior recital, 315 level.

MUSX 314, 315 (2) (2) Applied Saxophone.

Prerequisite:MUSX215.Advancedtechnicalstudy,

stylistic interpretation and repertory development.

Moreadvancedscale,arpeggios,articulatory,sight-

reading and transposition studies. Representative

solo, ensemble and orchestral literature. Junior

recital, 315 level.

MUSX 414 (2) Applied Saxophone. Prerequisite:

MUSX315.Advancedtechnicalstudy.Intensive

study of saxophone literature, original and transcribed,

with emphasis on the stylistic interpretation of

standard solo, ensemble and orchestral materials.

Preparation and presentation of senior recital.

Flute:

MUSF 114, 115 (2) (2) Applied Flute.Prerequisite:

Freshmanstandingonuteaudition.Twooctave

majorandminorscalesandarpeggios;development

ofembouchureandtonequality,breathcontroland

varying articulation with emphasis on basic musicianship.

Selected technical studies and solo materials.

MUSF 214, 215 (2) (2) Applied Flute. Prerequisite:

MUSF 115. Continued stress on basic musicianship,

tonequality,technicaldevelopmentandrepertory.

All major, minor and chromatic scales, arpeggios

and embellishments. Standard solo, ensemble and

technicalmaterialprogressingindiculty.

MUSF 314, 315 (2) (2) Applied Flute. Prerequisite:

MUSF 215. Continued technical study, development

ofrepertoire,stylisticinterpretationandperfor-

mance skills. Selected solo, ensemble and orchestral

material from standard repertoire. Junior recital as

315 level.

MUSF 414 (2) Applied Flute.Prerequisite:MUSF

315. Advanced technical study. Special exercises

withemphasisonstylisticinterpretationofawell-

balanced repertoire. Preparation and presentation of

senior recital.

Oboe:

MUSZ 114, 115 (2) (2) Applied Oboe.Prerequisite:

Freshman standing on auditions. Study of basic

musicianship including sales and arpeggios in major

and minor keys, embouchure development, tone

production articulation, making and adjusting reeds.

Selected technical and solo materials.

MUSZ 214, 215 (2) (2) Applied Oboe. Prerequisite:

MUSZ115.Continuationofbasicmusicianship

principles and technical studies. Application of

techniquetoperformanceskills,scales;intervals,

arpeggios, articulations, technical studies, solo

ensemble materials.

MUSZ 314, 315 (2) (2) Applied Oboe.Prerequisite:

MUSZ215.Continuationoftechnicalstudies,

extension of repertoire and development of stylistic

interpretation. Selected solo, ensemble and

orchestral literature from standard repertoire of

principal periods. Junior recital at 315 level.

MUSZ 414 (2) Applied Oboe. Prerequisite:MUSZ

315. Advanced technical study and development of

performance skills with on stylistic interpretation

of balanced repertoire from the principal historical

periods. Preparation and presentation of senior recital.

Trumpet:

MUST 114, 115 (2) (2) Applied Trumpet. Prerequisite:

Freshman standing on trumpet audition. Methods

pertinent to development of good tone production,

proper breath usage, embouchure formation, articulation

and musical interpretation in correlation with basic

elements of musicianship. Selected technical and

solo materials.

MUST 214, 215 (2) (2) Applied Trumpet.

Prerequisite:MUST115.Continuationofthestudy

of basic musicianship, embouchure development,

intervals, scales and study of arpeggios. Articulations,

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 316

transposition and selected technical studies. Standard

orchestral, solo and ensemble literature.

MUST 314, 315 (2) (2) Applied Trumpet.Prerequisite:

MUST 215. Continuation of previous studies. More

intensivestudyofstylisticinterpretation,technique,

transposition, and standard solo, ensemble and

orchestral literature for trumpet from principal

historical periods. Junior recital, 315 level.

MUST 414 (2) Applied Trumpet. Prerequisite:

MUST 315. Advanced technical study and repertory

development. Representative literature from

principal historical periods. Preparation and

presentation of senior recital.

French Horn:

MUSH 114, 115 (2) (2) Applied French Horn.

Prerequisite:FreshmanstandingonFrenchHorn

audition. Methods pertinent to development of

goodtoneproduction,properbreathtechniques,

articulation and musical interpretation in correlation

with music fundamentals. Selected technical and

solo materials.

MUSH 214, 215 (2) (2) Applied French Horn.

Prerequisite:MUSH115.Continuationontonequality,

breath control, two octave major and minor scales

and arpeggios, register expansion, embouchure

buildingandlipexibility.Studyoftransposition,

technical exercises, solo and ensemble materials.

MUSH 314, 315 (2) (2) Applied French Horn.

Prerequisite:MUSH215.Continuationofpreviousstudies

with emphasis on embouchure building, range and

muting studies, trilling exercises, other technical

considerations;transposition,stylisticinterpretation

and repertoire development. Junior recital, 315 level.

MUSH 414 (2) Applied French Horn. Prerequisite:

MUSH 315. Advanced technical and repertoire

development. Standard solo, ensemble and orchestral

literature from principal historical periods. Preparation

and presentation of senior recital.

Trombone:

MUSR 114, 115 (2) (2) Applied Trombone.

Prerequisite:Freshmanlevelontromboneauditions.

Study of tone production, breath support, embouchure

development, one octave major and minor scales

and arpeggios and elements of basic musicianship.

Selected technical studies and solo material.

MUSR 214, 215 (2) (2) Applied Trombone.

Prerequisite:MUSR115.Concentrationonbasic

musicianship, technical studies, stylistic interpretation.

Lipexibilitystudieswithinoneandahalfoctaves,

increased tone, velocity and dynamic range.

Selected technical, solo and ensemble literature.

MUSR 314, 315 (2) (2) Applied Trombone.

Prerequisite:MUSR215.Continuationofprevious

studies;emphasisonstylisticinterpretation,rhythmic

uency,advancedlipandwristexibilityexercises,

phrasing and articulation, clef studies and repertoire

development. Junior recital, 315 level.

MUSR 414 (2) Applied Trombone. Prerequisite:

MUSR 315. Advanced technical study and extended

repertoire development. Intensive study of trombone

solo, ensemble, and technical materials. Preparation

and presentation of senior recital.

Euphonium:

MUSE 114, 115 (2) (2) Applied Euphonium.

Prerequisite:Freshmanlevelonappliedaudition.

Study of tone production, breath support,

embouchure development, and elements of

musicianship. Major, minor scales and arpeggios,

clefstudies,andlipexibilityexercises.Selected

technical studies and solo materials.

MUSE 214, 215 (2) (2) Applied Euphonium.

Prerequisite:MUS115.Continuationofprevious

studies with emphasis on basic musicianship,

repertoire, and technical development. Major,

minor,chromaticscales,arpeggios,sight-reading,

transposition;technicalexercises,soloandensemble

materials and stylistic interpretation.

MUSE 314, 315 (2) (2) Applied Euphonium.

Prerequisite:MUS215.Advancedtechnicalstudyand

repertoire development. Representative literature

for solo and ensemble performance. Junior recital

preparation and presentation at 315 level.

MUSE 414 (2) Applied Euphonium.Prerequisite:

MUS 315. Continuation of advanced technical study

and repertoire development. Intensive study of

selected literature for Euphonium. Preparation and

presentation of senior recital.

Tuba:

MUSU 114, 115 (2) (2) Applied Tuba.Prerequisite:

Freshman level on applied audition. Fundamentals

of good tone production, embouchure development,

playing position, breath support and articulation.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 317

One octave major scales and arpeggios. Basic

elements of musicianship and technical exercises.

Selected studies and solos.

MUSU 214, 215 (2) (2) Applied Tuba. Prerequisite:

MUS 115. Continuation of basic musicianship,

technical development, and solo studies. Lip

exibility,articulationandrhythmicstudies.Major,

minorandchromaticscales,arpeggios,sight-reading,

transposition, selected solo and technical material.

MUSU 314, 315 (2) (2) Applied Tuba. Prerequisite:

MUS 215. Advanced technical study, repertoire

development.Velocityandextendedrangestudies;

two octave major, minor, chromatic scales, stylistic

interpretation;orchestralsolopassages,soloand

ensemble materials. Junior recital, 315 level.

MUSU 414 (2) Applied Tuba.Prerequisite:MUS315.

Advanced technical study, stylistic interpretation

and repertoire development. Intensive study of

representative literature for the tuba. Preparation

and presentation of senior recital.

Percussion:

MUSP 114, 115 (2) (2) Applied Percussion.

Prerequisite:Freshmanlevelonappliedaudition.

Snaredrumandtimpanitechnique.Basicelements

of musicianship applied to tone production, rhythm,

dynamics,sight-reading,tuning,pedaling,intonation,

sticking, rudiments and control. Standard technical

studies and solos.

MUSP 214, 215 (2) (2) Applied Percussion.

Prerequisite:MUS115.Continuationofsnaredrum,

timpani and basic musicianship studies. Study of

xylophone, marimba, bass drum, cymbals, traps and

other mallet instruments. Selected technical solo

and ensemble literature.

MUSP 314, 315 (2) (2) Applied Percussion.

Prerequisite:MUS215.Continuationandexpansion

of prior technical studies, solos and ensemble

literaturetoincludemoreadvancedstudies,multi-

percussiontechniquesandnewnotationalsystem.

Junior recital, 315 level.

MUSP 414 (2) Applied Percussion. Prerequisite:

MUS315.Continueddevelopmentoftechnique

and musicianship with application to expanded

repertoire, stylistic interpretation, preparation and

presentation of senior recital.

MUSIC PERFORMANCE

Piano Performance Concentration:

MUS 124, 125 (3) (3) Applied Major Piano. In-depth

studyofpianoperformancetechniques,includingall

major/minor scales, arpeggios, chord progressions,

and selected etudes. Detailed study o representative

keyboardworksallperiods.Twoone-hourlessons

and nine hours minimum practice weekly. Audition

required.

MUS 224, 225 (3) (3) Applied Major Piano.

Prerequisite:MUS125.Continuedin-depthstudyof

pianoperformancetechniqueincludingallmajor/

minor scales in various rhythms and touches,

diminished 7th and dominant 7th arpeggios, chord

progressions and selected Etudes. Continued

detailed study of representative keyboard works

ofallperiods.Twoone-hourlessonsandninhours

minimumpracticeweekly.Prociencyexamination

at end of Sophomore year.

MUS 324, 325 (3) (3) Applied Major Piano. Prerequisite:

MUS225.Advancedindepthstudyofpianoperfor-

mancetechniquesandadvancedEtudes.Continued

detailed study of representation works of all periods

andpreparationforaJuniorRecital.Twoone-hour

lessons and nine hours minimum practice weekly.

MUS 424 (3) Applied Major Piano.Prerequisite:

MUS 325. Advanced piano literature of varying

forms,styles,idiomsandtechniques.

MUS 428 (3) Applied Piano-Recital. Prerequisite:

MUS424.Advancedkeyboardtechniques,study

of advanced Etudes and preparation of selected

repertory for the Senior Recital. Public presentation

of a Senior Recital.

Voice Performance Concentration:

MUSV 124, 125 (3) (3) Applied Major Voice.

Prerequisite:Freshmanstandingonvoiceaudition.

Vocalizationfordevelopmentoftonequality,diction,

range, breath management, and poetic interpretation

and correct singing posture. Individualized technical

studies.Repertoirerequirement;Fivesongspersemester;

Four English and Four Italian songs of the 17th and

18thcenturies;andTwoTwentiethCenturyAmerican

art songs. At least Four memorized per semester.

MUSV 208 (3) Diction for Singers.Prerequisite:

Music majors only. This course is an introduction

to the phonetic analysis, diction, and pronunciation

skills for Italian, German, French, and English.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 318

MUSV 224, 225 (3) (3) Applied Major Voice.

Prerequisite:MUSV125.Continuationofbasic

musicianship and technical studies. Interpretation

andCharacteranalysis.RepertoireRequirements;

Sixsongspersemester;ThreeFrenchsongs;Three

Germansongs;andThreeTwentiethCentury

American art songs. Two Oratorio arias and One

Operatic aria. At least Five memorized per semester.

SatisfactoryontheSophomoreProciencyisrequired.

MUSV 324, 325 (3) (3) Applied Major Voice.

Prerequisite:MUS225.Continuationofvocal

techniquewithmoreemphasisonmusicalstyleand

interpretation.Repertoirerequirement;Eightsongs

persemester;FourFrenchsongs;FourGerman

songs;FourAmericanartsongs;TwoOratorioor

Cantataarias;andTwoOperaticarias.AtleastSix

memorized per semester. Preparation for junior

recital.JuniorRecitalrequiredatlevel325.

MUSV 424, 428 (3) (3) Applied Major Voice.

Prerequisite:MUSV325.Advancedvocaltechnique

and vocal literature. Greater emphasis on musical

style, interpretation and performance practice.

RepertoireRequirements:Eightsongspersemester;

(Mustincludeonecompletesongcycle);Two

OratorioorCantataArias;TwoOperaticarias;Three

Americanartsongs;ThreeFrenchsongs;Three

German songs. At least Six memorized per semester.

Preparation for senior recital. Senior recital

performancerequiredatlevel428.

Supportive Courses:

Opera Workshop:

MUSV 121, 122 (1) (1) Opera Workshop I. Prerequisite:

Sophomorevoicemajororminor.Oerstalented

singers the opportunity to perform a variety of

opera and operetta music. Students will have the

opportunity to perform in staged opera scenes.

Propervocaltechnique,musicalstylesandactingare

the focal points that will provide young singers with

the essential musical, artistic and vocal skills needed

to begin a career in opera.

MUSV 131, 132 (1) (1) Opera Workshop II.

Prerequisite:Juniorvoicemajororminor.

MUSV 141, 142 (1) (1) Opera Workshop III.

Prerequisite:Seniorvoicemajororminor.

Bassoon Performance:

MUSB 124 (3) Applied Major Bassoon. Entrance by

Audition.In-depthstudyofbassoonperformance

techniques,includingallmajor/minorscales,arpeggios,

and thirds, selected technical studies, etudes and

standardrepertoire.Recitalperformancerequired.

MUSB 125 (3) Applied Major Bassoon. Prerequisite:

MUSB 124. Continuation of MUS 124. Recital

performancerequired.

MUSB 225 (3) Applied Major Bassoon.Prerequisite:

MUSB224.ContinuationofMUS224.Recitalperfor-

mancerequired.SophomoreProciencyrequired.

MUSB 324 (3) Applied Major Bassoon. Prerequisite:

MUSB225.Advancedin-depthstudyofbassoonper-

formancetechniques,technicalstudies,etudes,the

standard repertoire, and the introduction to reed making

and adjustment. Detailed study of representative works

ofallhistoricalperiods.Recitalperformancerequired.

MUSB 325 (3) Applied Major Bassoon.Prerequisite:

MUSB 324. Continuation of MUS 324. Junior Recital

performancerequired.

MUSB 424 (3) Applied Major Bassoon.Prerequisite:

MUSB 325. Advanced study in 20th century bassoon

literatureandbassoontechniques,variousformsand

idioms.Recitalperformancerequired.

MUSB 428 (3) Applied Major Bassoon.Prerequisite:

MUSB 424. Continued advanced study in 20th

centurybassoonliteratureandBassoontechniques,

various forms and idioms. Preparation of selected

repertory for the Senior Recital. Senior Recital

performancerequired.

Clarinet Performance:

MUSC 124 (3) Applied Major Clarinet. Entrance by

Audition.In-depthstudyofclarinetperformance

techniques,includingallmajor/minorscales,arpeggios,

and thirds, selected technical studies, etudes and

standardrepertoire.Recitalperformancerequired.

MUSC 125 (3) Applied Major Clarinet. Prerequisite:

MUSC 124. Continuation of MUS 124. Recital

performancerequired.

MUSC 224 (3) Applied Major Clarinet. Prerequisite:

MUSC125.Continuedin-depthstudyofclarinet

performancetechniques,includingallmajor/minor

scales, diminished 7th and dominant 7th chords,

technical studies, etudes and the standard repertoire.

Recitalperformancerequired.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 319

MUSC 225 (3) Applied Major Clarinet. Prerequisite:

MUSC 224. Continuation of MUS 224. Recital

performancerequired.SophomoreProciencyrequired.

MUSC 324 (3) Applied Major Clarinet. Prerequisite:

MUSC225.Advancedin-depthstudyofclarinet

performancetechniques,technicalstudies,etudes

and the standard repertoire. Detailed study of

representative works of all historical periods. Recital

performancerequired.

MUSC 325 (3) Applied Major Clarinet.Prerequisite:

MUSC 324. Continuation of MUS 324. Junior Recital

performancerequired.

MUSC 424 (3) Applied Major Clarinet.Prerequisite:

MUSC 325. Advanced study in 20th century clarinet

literatureandclarinettechniques,clarinetinA,various

formsandidioms.Recitalperformancerequired.

MUSC 428 (3) Applied Major Clarinet.Prerequisite:

MUSC 424. Continued advanced study in 20th

centuryclarinetliteratureandclarinettechniques,

clarinet in A, various forms and idioms. Preparation

of selected repertory for the Senior Recital. Senior

Recitalperformancerequired.

Euphonium Performance:

MUSE 124 (3) Applied Major Euphonium. Entrance by

Audition.In-depthstudyofeuphoniumperformance

techniques,includingallmajor/minorscales,arpeggios,

and thirds, selected technical studies, etudes and

standardrepertoire.Recitalperformancerequired.

MUSE 125 (3) Applied Major Euphonium.

Prerequisite:MUSE124.ContinuationofMUS124.

Recitalperformancerequired.

MUSE 224 (3) Applied Major Euphonium.

Prerequisite:MUSE125.Continuedin-depthstudy

ofeuphoniumperformancetechniques,includingall

major/minor scales, diminished 7th and dominant 7th

chords, transposition, multiple tonguing, technical

studies, etudes and the standard repertoire. Recital

performancerequired

MUSE 225 (3) Applied Major Euphonium.

Prerequisite:MUSE224.ContinuationofMUSE

224.Recitalperformancerequired.Sophomore

Prociencyrequired.

MUSE 324 (3) Applied Major Euphonium.

Prerequisite:MUSE225.Advancedin-depthstudy

ofeuphoniumperformancetechniques,technical

studies, etudes and the standard repertoire. Detailed

study of representative works of all historical periods.

Recitalperformancerequired.

MUSE 325 (3) Applied Major Euphonium.

Prerequisite:MUSE324.ContinuationofMUS324.

JuniorRecitalperformancerequired.

MUSE 424 (3) Applied Major Euphonium.

Prerequisite:MUSE325.Advancedstudyin20th

century euphonium literature and euphonium

techniques,variousformsandidioms.Recital

performancerequired.

MUSE 428 (3) Applied Major Euphonium.

Prerequisite:MUSE424.Continuedadvancedstudy

in 20th century euphonium literature and euphonium

techniques,variousformsandidioms.Preparation

of selected repertory for the Senior Recital. Senior

Recitalperformancerequired.

Flute Performance:

MUSF 124 (3) Applied Flute Major. Entrance by Audition.

In-depthstudyofuteperformancetechniques,

including all major/minor scales, arpeggios, and

thirds, selected technical studies, etudes and

standardrepertoire.Recitalperformancerequired.

MUSF 125 (3) Applied Major Flute. Prerequisite:

MUSF 124. Continuation of MUSF 124. Recital

performancerequired.

MUSF 224 (3) Applied Major Flute. Prerequisite:

MUSF125.Continuedin-depthstudyofute

performancetechniques,includingallmajor/minor

scales, diminished 7th and dominant 7th chords,

technical studies, etudes and the standard repertoire.

Recitalperformancerequired.

MUSF 225 (3) Applied Major Flute. Prerequisite:

MUSF 224. Continuation of MUSF 224. Recital

performancerequired.SophomoreProciencyrequired.

MUSF 324 (3) Applied Major Flute. Prerequisite:

MUSF225.Advancedin-depthstudyofute

performancetechniques,technicalstudies,etudes

and the standard repertoire. Detailed study of

representative works of all historical periods. Recital

performancerequired.

MUSF 325 (3) Applied Major Flute. Prerequisite:

MUSF 324. Continuation of MUS 324. Junior Recital

performancerequired.

MUSF 424 (3) Applied Major Flute. Prerequisite:

MUSF325.Advancedstudyin20thcenturyute

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 320

literatureandutetechniques,variousformsand

idioms.Recitalperformancerequired.

MUSF 428 (3) Applied Major Flute. Prerequisite:

MUSF 424. Continued advanced study in 20th century

uteliteratureandutetechniques,variousforms

and idioms. Preparation of selected repertory for the

SeniorRecital.SeniorRecitalperformancerequired.

French Horn Performance:

MUSH 124 (3) Applied Major French Horn. Entrance

byAudition.In-depthstudyofFrenchhorn

performancetechniques,includingallmajor/minor

scales, arpeggios, and thirds, selected technical

studies, etudes and standard repertoire. Recital

performancerequired.

MUSH 125 (3) Applied Major French Horn.

Prerequisite:MUSH124.ContinuationofMUS124.

Recitalperformancerequired.

MUSH 224 (3) Applied Major French Horn.

Prerequisite:MUSH125.Continuedin-depthstudyof

Frenchhornperformancetechniques,includingall

major/minor scales, diminished 7th and dominant 7th

chords, transposition, multiple tonguing, technical

studies, etudes and the standard repertoire. Recital

performancerequired.

MUSH 225 (3) Applied Major French Horn.

Prerequisite:MUSH224.ContinuationofMUS

224.Recitalperformancerequired.Sophomore

Prociencyrequired.

MUSH 324 (3) Applied Major French Horn.

Prerequisite:MUSH225.Advancedin-depthstudy

ofFrenchhornperformancetechniques,technical

studies, etudes and the standard repertoire. Detailed

study of representative works of all historical periods.

Recitalperformancerequired.

MUSH 325 (3) Applied Major French Horn.

Prerequisite:MUSH324.ContinuationofMUS324.

JuniorRecitalperformancerequired.

MUSH 424 (3) Applied Major French Horn.

Prerequisite:MUSH325.Advancedstudyin20th

century French horn literature and French horn

techniques,variousformsandidioms.Recital

performancerequired.

MUSH 428 (3) Applied Major French Horn.

Prerequisite:MUSH424.Continuedadvanced

study in 20th century French horn literature and

Frenchhorntechniques,variousformsandidioms.

Preparation of selected repertory for the Senior

Recital.SeniorRecitalperformancerequired.

Oboe Performance:

MUSZ 124 (3) Applied Major Oboe. Entrance by

Audition.In-depthstudyofoboeperformance

techniques,includingallmajor/minorscales,arpeggios,

and thirds, selected technical studies, etudes and

standardrepertoire.Recitalperformancerequired.

MUSZ 125 (3) Applied Major Oboe. Prerequisite:

MUSZ124.ContinuationofMUS124.Recital

performancerequired.

MUSZ 224 (3) Applied Major Oboe.Prerequisite:

MUSZ125.Continuedin-depthstudyofoboe

performancetechniques,includingallmajor/minor

scales, diminished 7th and dominant 7th chords,

technical studies, etudes and the standard repertoire.

Recitalperformancerequired.

MUSZ 225 (3) Applied Major Oboe.Prerequisite:

MUSZ224.ContinuationofMUSZ224.Recitalperfor-

mancerequired.SophomoreProciencyrequired.

MUSZ 324 (3) Applied Major Oboe. Prerequisite:

MUSZ225.Advancedin-depthstudyofoboe

performancetechniques,technicalstudies,etudes,

the standard repertoire, and the introduction to

reed making and adjustment. Detailed study of

representative works of all historical periods. Recital

performancerequired.

MUSZ 325 (3) Applied Major Oboe.Prerequisite:

MUSZ324.ContinuationofMUSZ324.Junior

Recitalperformancerequired.

MUSZ 424 (3) Applied Major Oboe.Prerequisite:

MUSZ325.Advancedstudyin20thcenturyoboe

literatureandoboetechniques,variousformsand

idioms.Recitalperformancerequired.

MUSZ 428 (3) Applied Major Oboe.Prerequisite:

MUSZ424.Continuedadvancedstudyin20thcentury

oboeliteratureandoboetechniques,variousforms

and idioms. Preparation of selected repertory for the

SeniorRecital.SeniorRecitalperformancerequired

Percussion Performance:

MUSP 124 (3) Applied Percussion Major. Entrance

by Audition. Snare drum, xylophone, and timpani

techniques.In-depthstudyofpercussionperformance

techniques,includingallmajor/minorscales,tone

production,rhythm,dynamics,sight-reading,tuning,

pedaling, intonation, sticking, rudiments, arpeggios,

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 321

and thirds, selected technical studies, etudes and

standardrepertoire.Recitalperformancerequired.

MUSP 125 (3) Applied Major Percussion. Prerequisite:

MUSP 124. Continuation of MUS 124. Recital performance

required.

MUSP 224 (3) Applied Major Percussion. Prerequisite:

MUSP 125. Study of xylophone, marimba, bass drum,

cymbals, traps and other mallet instruments. Continued

in-depthstudyofpercussionperformancetechniques,

including all major/minor scales, diminished 7th and

dominant 7th chords, technical studies, etudes and the

standardrepertoire.Recitalperformancerequired.

MUSP 225 (3) Applied Major Percussion. Prerequisite:

MUSP 224. Continuation of MUS 224. Recital performance

required.SophomoreProciencyrequired.

MUSP 324 (3) Applied Major Percussion.

Prerequisite:MUSP225.Continuationofprior

percussion instruments studied with the addition

ofmulti-percussiontechniquesandnewnotational

system.Advancedin-depthstudyofpercussion

performancetechniques,technicalstudies,etudes

and the standard repertoire. Detailed study of

representative works of all historical periods. Recital

performancerequired.

MUSP 325 (3) Applied Major Percussion.

Prerequisite:MUSP324.ContinuationofMUSP324.

JuniorRecitalperformancerequired.

MUSP 424 (3) Applied Major Percussion.

Prerequisite:MUSP325.Advancedstudyin20th

century percussion literature and percussion

techniques,variousformsandidioms.Recital

performancerequired.

MUSP 428 (3) Applied Major Percussion.

Prerequisite:MUSP424.Continuedadvancedstudy

in 20th century percussion literature and percussion

techniques,variousformsandidioms.Preparation

of selected repertory for the Senior Recital. Senior

Recitalperformancerequired.

String Bass Performance:

MUSS 124, 125 (3) (3) Applied Major String Bass.

Entrancebyaudition.In-depthstudyofstringbass

performancetechniques,includingallmajor/minor

scales and arpeggios, selected technical studies, clef

studies, etudes and standard repertoire. Chamber

ensembleandrecitalperformancerequired.

MUSS 224, 225 (3) (3) Applied Major String Bass.

Prerequisite:MUSS125.Continuedin-depthstudy

ofstringbassperformancetechniques,includingall

major/minor scales, diminished 7th and dominant

7th chords, advanced clef studies, multiple tonguing,

technical studies, etudes and standard repertoire.

Chamberensembleandrecitalperformancerequired.

SophomoreProciencyrequired.

MUSS 324, 325 (3) (3) Applied Major String Bass.

Prerequisite:MUSS225andpassingscoreonthe

SophomoreProciency.Advancedin-depthstudy

ofstringbassperformancetechniques,technical

studies, etudes and standard repertoire. Detailed

study of representative works from all historical

periods.MUSS325JuniorRecitalperformancerequired.

MUSS 424 (3) Applied Major String Bass. Prerequisite:

MUSS 325. Advanced study in contemporary string

bassliteratureandcellotechniques.Chamberensemble

andrecitalperformancerequired.

MUSS 428 (3) Applied Major String Bass. Prerequisite:

MUSS 424. Advanced study in contemporary string

bassliteratureandstringbasstechniques.Preparation

of selected repertory for the Senior Recital. MUS 425

SeniorRecitalperformancerequired.

Trombone Performance:

MUSR 124, 125 (3) (3) Applied Major Trombone.

Entrancebyaudition.In-depthstudyoftrombone

performancetechniques,includingallmajor/minor

scales and arpeggios, selected technical studies, clef

studies, etudes and standard repertoire. Chamber

ensembleandrecitalperformancerequired.

MUSR 224, 225 (3) (3) Applied Major Trombone.

Prerequisite:MUSR125.Continuedin-depthstudy

oftromboneperformancetechniques,includingall

major/minor scales, diminished 7th and dominant

7th chords, advanced clef studies, multiple tonguing,

technical studies, etudes and standard repertoire.

Chamberensembleandrecitalperformancerequired.

SophomoreProciencyrequired.

MUSR 324, 325 (3) (3) Applied Major Trombone.

Prerequisite:MUSR225andpassingscoreonthe

SophomoreProciency.Advancedin-depthstudyof

tromboneperformancetechniques,technicalstudies,

etudes and standard repertoire. Detailed study of

representative works from all historical periods.

MUSR325JuniorRecitalperformancerequired.

MUSR 424 (3) Applied Major Trombone.

Prerequisite:MUSR325.Advancedstudyin

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 322

contemporary trombone literature and trombone

techniques,including;altotrombone,improvisation,

and computer assisted performance. Chamber

ensembleandrecitalperformancerequired.

MUSR 428 (3) Applied Major Trombone.

Prerequisite:MUSR424.Advancedstudyin

contemporary trombone literature and trombone

techniques,including;altotrombone,improvisation,

and computer assisted performance. Preparation of

selected repertory for the Senior Recital. MUS 425

SeniorRecitalperformancerequired.

Trumpet Performance:

MUST 124 (3) Applied Major Trumpet. Entrance by

Audition.In-depthstudyoftrumpetperformance

techniques,includingallmajor/minorscales,arpeggios,

and thirds, selected technical studies, etudes and

standardrepertoire.Recitalperformancerequired.

MUST 125 (3) Applied Major Trumpet.Prerequisite:

MUST 124. Continuation of MUST 124. Recital

performancerequired.

MUST 224 (3) Applied Major Trumpet. Prerequisite:

MUST125.Continuedin-depthstudyoftrumpet

performancetechniques,includingallmajor/

minor scales, diminished 7th and dominant 7th

chords, transposition, multiple tonguing, technical

studies, etudes and the standard repertoire. Recital

performancerequired

MUST 225 (3) Applied Major Trumpet. Prerequisite:

MUST224.ContinuationofMUST224.Recitalperfor-

mancerequired.SophomoreProciencyrequired.

MUST 324 (3) Applied Major Trumpet. Prerequisite:

MUST225.Advancedin-depthstudyoftrumpet

performancetechniques,technicalstudies,etudes

and the standard repertoire. Detailed study of

representative works of all historical periods. Recital

performancerequired.

MUST 325 (3) Applied Major Trumpet.Prerequisite:

MUST 324. Continuation of MUST 324. Junior Recital

performancerequired.

MUST 424 (3) Applied Major Trumpet. Prerequisite:

MUST 325. Advanced study in 20th century trumpet

literatureandtrumpettechniques,trumpetinC,various

formsandidioms.Recitalperformancerequired

MUST 428 (3) Applied Major Trumpet.Prerequisite:

MUST 424. Continued advanced study in 20th

centurytrumpetliteratureandtrumpettechniques,

trumpet in C, piccolo trumpet, various forms and

idioms. Preparation of selected repertory for the

SeniorRecital.SeniorRecitalperformancerequired.

Tuba Performance:

MUSU 124 (3) Applied Major Tuba. Entrance by

Audition.In-depthstudyoftubaperformance

techniques,includingallmajor/minorscales,arpeggios,

and thirds, selected technical studies, etudes and

standardrepertoire.Recitalperformancerequired.

MUSU 125 (3) Applied Major Tuba. Prerequisite:

MUSU 124. Continuation of MUSU 124. Recital

performancerequired.

MUSU 224 (3) Applied Major Tuba.Prerequisite:

MUSU125.Continuedin-depthstudyoftuba

performancetechniques,includingallmajor/

minor scales, diminished 7th and dominant 7th

chords, transposition, multiple tonguing, technical

studies, etudes and the standard repertoire. Recital

performancerequired.

MUSU 225 (3) Applied Major Tuba. Prerequisite:

MUSU224.ContinuationofMUSU224.Recitalperfor-

mancerequired.SophomoreProciencyrequired.

MUSU 324 (3) Applied Major Tuba.Prerequisite:

MUSU225.Advancedin-depthstudyoftuba

performancetechniques,technicalstudies,etudes

and the standard repertoire. Detailed study of

representative works of all historical periods. Recital

performancerequired

MUSU 325 (3) Applied Major Tuba. Prerequisite:

MUSU 324. Continuation of MUSU 324. Junior

Recitalperformancerequired.

MUSU 424 (3) Applied Major Tuba. Prerequisite:

MUSU 325. Advanced study in 20th century tuba

literatureandtubatechniques,variousformsand

idioms.Recitalperformancerequired.

MUSU 428 (3) Applied Major Tuba.Prerequisite:

MUSU 424. Continued advanced study in 20th century

tubaliteratureandtubatechniques,variousforms

and idioms. Preparation of selected repertory for the

SeniorRecital.SeniorRecitalperformancerequired

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 323

Violin Performance:

MUSN 124, 125 (3) (3) Applied Major Violin.

Entrancebyaudition.In-depthstudyofViolin-Viola

performancetechniques,includingallmajor/minor

scales and arpeggios, selected technical studies,

etudes and standard repertoire. Chamber ensemble

andrecitalperformancerequired.

MUSN 224, 225 (3) (3) Applied Major Violin.

Prerequisite:MUSN125.Continuedin-depthstudyof

Violin-Violaperformancetechniques,includingall

major/minor scales, major and minor 3 and 4 octave

scales and arpeggios, technical studies, etudes and

standard repertoire. Chamber ensemble and recital

performancerequired.SophomoreProciencyrequired.

MUSN 324, 325 (3) (3) Applied Major Violin.

Prerequisite:MUSN225andpassingscoreonthe

SophomoreProciency.Advancedin-depthstudy

ofViolin-Violaperformancetechniques,technical

studies, etudes and standard repertoire. Detailed

study of representative works from all historical periods.

MUSN325JuniorRecitalperformancerequired.

MUSN 424 (3) Applied Major Violin. Prerequisite:

MUSN 325. Advanced study in contemporary

Violin-ViolaliteratureandViolin-Violatechniques.

Chamberensembleandrecitalperformancerequired.

MUSN 428 (3) Applied Major Violin. Prerequisite:

MUSN 424. Advanced study in contemporary

Violin-ViolaliteratureandViolin-Violatechniques.

Preparation of selected repertory for the Senior Recital.

MUSN425SeniorRecitalperformancerequired.

Viola Performance:

MUSA 124, 125 (3) (3) Applied Major Viola.

Entrancebyaudition.In-depthstudyofViolin-Viola

performancetechniques,includingallmajor/minor

scales and arpeggios, selected technical studies,

etudes and standard repertoire. Chamber ensemble

andrecitalperformancerequired.

MUSA 224, 225 (3) (3) Applied Major Viola.

Prerequisite:MUSA125.Continuedin-depthstudyof

Violin-Violaperformancetechniques,includingall

major/minor scales, major and minor 3 and 4 octave

scales and arpeggios, technical studies, etudes and

standard repertoire. Chamber ensemble and recital

performancerequired.SophomoreProciencyrequired.

MUSA 324, 325 (3) (3) Applied Major Viola.

Prerequisite:MUSA225andpassingscoreonthe

SophomoreProciency.Advancedin-depthstudy

ofViolin-Violaperformancetechniques,technical

studies, etudes and standard repertoire. Detailed

study of representative works from all historical periods.

MUSA325JuniorRecitalperformancerequired.

MUSA 424 (3) Applied Major Viola. Prerequisite:

MUSA 325. Advanced study in contemporary

Violin-ViolaliteratureandViolin-Violatechniques.

Chamberensembleandrecitalperformancerequired.

MUSA 428 (3) Applied Major Viola.Prerequisite:

MUSA 424. Advanced study in contemporary

Violin-ViolaliteratureandViolin-Violatechniques.

Preparation of selected repertory for the Senior Recital.

MUSA425SeniorRecitalperformancerequired.

Violoncello Performance:

MUSI 124, 125 (3) (3) Applied Major Violoncello.

Entrancebyaudition.In-depthstudyofcello

performancetechniques,includingallmajor/minor

scales and arpeggios, selected technical studies, clef

studies, etudes and standard repertoire. Chamber

ensembleandrecitalperformancerequired.

MUSI 224, 225 (3) (3) Applied Major Violoncello.

Prerequisite:MUSI125.Continuedin-depthstudyof

celloperformancetechniques,includingallmajor/

minor scales, diminished 7th and dominant 7th

chords, advanced clef studies, multiple tonguing,

technical studies, etudes and standard repertoire.

Chamberensembleandrecitalperformancerequired.

SophomoreProciencyrequired.

MUSI 324, 325 (3) (3) Applied Major Violoncello.

Prerequisite:MUSI225andpassingscoreonthe

SophomoreProciency.Advancedin-depthstudy

ofcelloperformancetechniques,technicalstudies,

etudes and standard repertoire. Detailed study of

representative works from all historical periods.

MUSI325JuniorRecitalperformancerequired.

MUSI 424 (3) Applied Major Violoncello. Prerequisite:

MUSI 325. Advanced study in contemporary cello

literatureandcellotechniques.Chamberensemble

andrecitalperformancerequired.

MUSI 428 (3) Applied Major Violoncello. Prerequisite:

MUSI 424. Advanced study in contemporary cello

literatureandcellotechniques.Preparationof

selected repertory for the Senior Recital. MUSI 425

SeniorRecitalperformancerequired.

Jazz Studies Concentration:

MUS 440 (3) Jazz Composition/Arrangement I.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 324

Prerequisite:MUS312orpermissionofinstructor.A

study of jazz arranging and composition dealing with

the basic and intermediate tools for creative writing

in the jazz idiom as applied to small jazz ensembles

(instrumentalandvocal),4-partwriting,harmonics

practices, philosophies, music preparation and

computer notation.

MUS 441 (3) Jazz Composition/Arrangement II.

Prerequisite:MUS440orpermissionofinstructor.

A study in jazz arranging and composition dealing

with the tools for creative writing in the jazz idiom

as applied to large jazz ensembles (instrumental and

vocal), harmonics practices, music preparation and

computer notation.

MUS 190, MUS 191 (.5, .5) Jazz Combo I:

A performance group class for the novice to the

advanced jazz improviser. This class explores the

repertoire for the jazz combo with emphasis placed

on Jazz Standards. Jazz concepts studies include

fundamentals, and the development of improvised

melodies. Students are expected to have at least an

intermediate level of skill on their instruments at the

timetheybeginthiscoursesequence.Allcombo

assignments are made based on the student’s level

ofprociency,specicallytheabilitytoimprovise.

MUS 415 (3) Senior Recital (Jazz). Prerequisite:

MUS414.Continueddevelopmentofjazztechnique

and musicianship with application to expended

jazz repertoire and jazz stylistic interpretations.

Preparation and presentation of jazz senior recital.

MUS 292 (2) Jazz Improvisation I. Prerequisite:

MUS 112 or permission by the instructor. The study

of basic theoretical improvisation elements and

concepts of jazz improvisation. This will include the

study of basic jazz scales and chords, jazz musical

forms, jazz ear training, standard jazz literature that

will enable the student to create an improvised solo

based on chord changes in selected jazz literature.

MUS 293 (2) Jazz Improvisation II. Prerequisite:MUS

292 or permission of instructor. The study of jazz

chord progressions, including the “blues,” rhythm

changes and jazz standards incorporating basic

jazzvoiceleadingtechniques,non-harmonictones,

a jazz chord to scale applications, advanced jazz

ear training and an introduction to transcribing jazz

improvisational solos.

MUS 392 (2) Jazz Improvisation III.Prerequisite:

MUS 293 or permission of instructor. The study

ofjazzimprovisationaltechniques,concepts

and practice methods used by jazz artists to

gainimprovisationalskillstechniquesandhow

to apply these skills to performance on selected

jazz repertoire. Also, develop advanced skills in

transcribing jazz solos.

MUS 393 (2) Jazz Improvisation IV. Prerequisite:

MUS 392 or permission of instructor. The study of

advanced improvisational methods, jazz dramatic

melodicdevicesandtechniques,developing

transposition skills, improvising in odd meters,

performingfreejazzandtoacquireabasicrepertoire

of contemporary jazz standards.

MUS 119 (1) Jazz Vocal Techniques I. This course is

dedicated to exploring the basic elements of vocal

jazztechniques.Thisexplorationwillincludecorrect

vocaltechniques,jazzstandardsinthevocaljazz

repertory, jazz scatting and basic concepts of vocal

jazz improvisation.

MUS 219 (1) Jazz Vocal Techniques II. Prerequisite:

MUS 119 or permission of instructor. This course is a

continuationofJazzVocalTechniquesIdedicatedto

furtherexploringtheadvancedvocaljazztechniques.

This exploration will include the study of vocal physiology,

jazz diction, advanced jazz vocal productions, jazz

scales, advanced jazz scat singing, advanced jazz

repertoire and vocal jazz dramatic devices.

Music Technology Concentration:

MUS 280 (3) MIDI Basics.Prerequisites:Abilityto

read music, instrumental keyboard competency. Study

of the essential components of MIDI (Musical Instrument

DigitalInterface)technology;synthesizerandsequencer

capabilities;sequencerecordingandediting.

MUS 281 (3) Introduction to Music Sequencing.

Prerequisites:MUS280,abilitytoreadmusic;instru-

mental keyboard competency. Study of the basic

components of MIDI (Musical Instrumental Digital

Interface)sequencingtechnology;synthesizerand

sequencercapabilities;sequencerecordingandediting.

MUS 282 (3) Introduction to Music Notation.

Prerequisites:MUS280,abilitytoreadmusic;

instrumental keyboard competency. Introduction of

the basic concepts of music notation using computer

software focusing on the FINALE application from

CODA Music Technology.

MUS 381 (3) Advanced Music Sequencing.

Prerequisites:MUS226,280,281,and282.This

course will center around the development of

advancedsequencingprojectsusingCAKEWALK’S

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 325

SONORandsimilarsequencingsoftwareprograms.

Projects will be based on knowledge learned in the

IntroductiontoMusicSequencingcourseandwillbe

major in scope.

MUS 382 (3) Advanced Music Notation. Prerequisite:

MUS 282. This course is a practical study of music

notation with an emphasis on the application of

recent computer technology to traditional notational

practice. Advanced concepts of music notation and

using computer software will be explored in detail

using FINALE and SIBELIUS notation software programs.

MUS 383 (3) Digital Audio and Video.Prerequisites:

MUS 281 and 381. A comprehensive introduction

tothetechniquesofgeneratingandmanipulating

electronic imagery (video) by means of digital

instrumentation. Study also includes digital video

format standards, the principles of videotape

recording, replay and editing, in addition to basics

of sound including stereo and digital audio, and the

synchronizationofaudioandvideoles.

MUS 480 (3) Introduction to Digital Media.

Prerequisite:MUS383.Inthiscoursestudents

willlearntheskillsnecessarytoeectivelycreate

presentations in Multimedia formats such as

Microsoft’s Powerpoint. Students will learn how

to create and edit bullet slides, use drawing tools,

incorporate clip art and WordArt, create and enhance

organizational charts, and create and edit charts

using Microsoft Graph.

MUS 481 (3) Computer Applications in the Music

Industry.Prerequisite:MUS480.Studentswill

understand how the Internet can be used as an

indispensable tool in many areas of the music

industry with a focus on music merchandising,

recording studio operation and artist promotion.

MUS 482 (3) Studio Recording Techniques. Prerequisite:

MUS 480. This course is an examination of the art

of audio recording. The curriculum will cover signal

owofthemixingconsoleasitappliedtoboth

recordingandsoundreinforcement;microphones

andtechniquesofapplication;useofsoniceects;

recordingdevices(analog,digital,andharddisk);

synchronization formats and wiring.

MUS 483 (3) Digital Senior Recital. Prerequisite:

MUS 383. The digital senior recital represents the

culmination of the student’s tenure as a music

technology major. The recital is a presentation

of original works, a display of general knowledge

related to the development of music technology, and

the production of music using digital compositional

tools available to today’s musician.

MUS 484 (12) Music Technology Internship.

Prerequisite:MUS482.TheMusicTechnology

Internship program is designed to provide practical

experience for advanced students in a professional

recording industry setting. Student will develop

professionalismintheeld,reasoningability,critical

thinking,resourcefulness,andself-reliance.Students

will establish contacts within the industry that may

lead to entry level employment.

Performance Ensembles:

MUBE 171-472 (.5) Brasswind Ensemble I.

Prerequisite:MusicMajor.Thiscourseisdesigned

to develop technical and musical skills through

the rehearsal and performance of traditional and

contemporarybrassquintetmusic.

MUSG 101-142 (.5) Choir. The course is designed

to provide the student with knowledge and

understanding of various styles of choral literature

and development of listening skills with a large

group.TheUniversityChoirperformsonando

campus, and throughout the United States.

MUCH 171-472 (.5) Chorale. Prerequisite:By

auditiononly.TheChoraleiscomprisedof40-50

students whose objective is to provide opportunities

for music majors and other students to perform

chorale music that includes the Renaissance through

Contemporary periods. The Chorale is designed to

achieve exemplary artistic levels while performing

onandocampusatspecialevents,touring,and

interfacing with other professional organizations.

MUJE 171-472 (.5) Jazz Ensemble I. This is a music

performance course. The purpose of this course is

to provide a comprehensive experience with regard

tothecommonqualitiesofjazz,dances,andshow

band playing styles. Emphasis will be placed on the

performance of various styles of jazz music for the

large ensemble.

MUJE 171-472 (.5) Jazz Ensemble II. This is a music

performance course. The purpose of this course is

to provide a comprehensive experience with regard

tothecommonqualitiesofjazz,dances,andshow

band playing styles. Emphasis will be placed on the

performance of various styles of jazz music for the

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 326

large ensemble.

MUSK 101-142 (.5) Marching Band. Prerequisite:

Auditionrequired.Thiscoursecoversthe

fundamentalsofmarchingtechnique,performing

while moving, discipline, physical conditioning,

school pride, commitment, as well as learning how

to work as a group. The Marching Band performs at

all football games, selected marching band festivals,

and may be called upon to provide entertainment

at various school and community functions.

Attendance at rehearsals and performances is

required.Thiscoursemayberepeatedforcredit,but

not for a grade change.

MUSK 101-142 (.5) Symphonic Wind Ensemble.

Prerequisite:Auditionrequired.Thisensembleis

the university’s premier instrumental ensemble.

Repertoire for the ensemble is chosen from the

entire spectrum of wind ensemble and concert

band literature and includes everything from new

commissions to traditional literature to music of

other cultures. The ensemble keeps an active

rehearsal and travel schedule both regionally and

nationally. Membership is by audition.

MUSK 101-142 (.5) Concert Band. Prerequisite:

Auditionrequired.TheUniversityConcertBand

performs literature from the concert band repertoire.

Membership is open to all students, and adult

communitymembers.Thegroupperformson-

campus concerts.

MUPE 171-472 (.5) Percussion Ensemble. The student

will study the classics of percussion literature, and

contemporary percussion music through performance.

PercussionEnsembleisarequirementofallMusic

Education percussion majors and those who are on

scholarship with the band program.

MUTE 171-472 (.5) String Ensemble. The student

willacquireabroadknowledgeoftechniqueand

literature related to the performance and teaching of

the String/Chamber Ensemble. Musical awareness

and perceptions will be developed through the use

of theoretical knowledge and skills while performing

string ensemble literature.

MUJE 171-472 (.5) Vocal Jazz Ensemble. This

course is designed to provide the student with the

knowledge and understanding of various styles of

vocal jazz literature and the development of listening

and performance skills within a vocal jazz ensemble.

TheVocalJazzEnsembleperformsonando

campus, and throughout the United States.

MUWE 171-472 (.5) Woodwind Ensemble. The

student will study the classics of woodwind

ensemble literature, and contemporary woodwind

ensemble music though performance. Woodwind

Ensembleisarequirementofallthosewhoareon

scholarship with the band program.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Department of Health, Physical Education

and Recreation

OFFICE: T. B. Ellis Physical Education Complex

PE 101 (1) Archery and Golf. Emphasis is given to

the fundamentals of archery and golf. The student

is taught how to select, purchase, and maintain

equipment.Developmentoffundamentalskillsin

archery and golf is the basic concern of this course.

The student will be given experiences in the use of

the various clubs. The course includes actual course

play generally culminating in a tournament. (F, S)

PE 102 (1) Badminton and Tennis. Emphasis is

given to the fundamentals of badminton and

tennis. This includes the basic strokes, serves, and

court movements. The student will also receive

instruction on selection, purchase and maintenance

ofequipment.(F,S)

PE 104 (1) Bowling. This course is designed for the

beginner bowler. The main emphasis of this course

istoacquaintthestudentwiththefundamentalsof

bowling. (F, S)

PE 109 (1) Beginning Swimming. This course gives

basic skills of swimming, including the adjustment to

thewater,breathing,oating,propulsionthroughthe

water by use of the elementary stroke, backstroke,

frontcrawl,nning,sculling,andsafety.(F,S,Sum)

PE 113 (1) Beginning Modern Dance. This course is

designed to give the student a background in Modern

Dance and its pioneers. It is designed to develop a

movement vocabulary and instruction in organization

ofdancemovesintonishedcompositions.(F)

PE 122 (1) Freshman Seminar in Physical Education.

This is an orientation course that is designed

to familiarize prospective PE Majors with the

fundamental components of the department, the

school, the community, and the discipline. Students

will be given the opportunity to observe classes in

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 327

physical education taught by master teachers. They

will also be given a Physical Fitness Test battery

to familiarize themselves with the components of

Physical Fitness. (F)

PE 150 (1) Basketball and Volleyball. This course is

designed to give the students richer background in

the game of basketball and volleyball. Fundamentals

and game strategies will be stressed. (F, S)

PE 208 (1) Elementary and Secondary Modern Dance

and Rhythms.Thiscourseisdesignedforthedevelop-

ment of a vocabulary of movement, and the application

of movements as a means of expression. (F)

PE 209 (1) Square and Social Dance. This course

gives instruction in the fundamentals of social and

Americansquaredancing,emphasizingtheexecution

of basic movements, analyses and timing of movements.

Emphasiswillalsobeputonskillsandtechniquesfor

dances suggested by students. (F, S)

PE 210 (1) Modern Composition and Jazz Dance.

Thiscourseoersinstructionintheorganization

ofdancemovementsintonishedandunnished

compositionsincludingmodernjazztechniqueswith

theapplicationofthesetechniquestocomposition.

Students will have opportunities to analyze

compositions originated in the classroom. (F, S)

PE 215 (2) Tumbling and Apparatus. This course

coversbasicknowledge,techniquesandpracticeof

fundamental skills of stunts, tumbling and apparatus

work. (F, S)

PE 222 (3) Introduction to Physical Education.

Prerequisite:PE122.Thiscourseisastudyofthe

purpose,history,requirements,andopportunitiesfor

a career in physical education. (S)

PE 231 (1) Intermediate Swimming. Prerequisite:

PE109orDeepWaterProciency.Inthiscourse

emphasis is placed on improving skills in the

standard swimming strokes particularly the American

Crawl, side stroke, breast stroke, back crawl, and

elementary backstroke. (F, S, Sum)

PE 250 (1) Archery and Golf. In this course emphasis

is given to developing fundamentals for archery and

golf. The student is taught how to select, purchase,

maintain,andproperlycareforequipmentand

facilities involved in each activity. (F, S, Sum)

PE 253 (1) Body Mechanics and Weight Control.

The basic intent of this course is to improve body

carriage, posture, physical condition, and structure.

The student will be exposed to a variety of exercises,

weights, and machines. (F)

PE 254 (1) Bowling. This course is designed for the

advanced bowler. The major concern of this course

istoaordstudentsopportunitiestoparticipatein

tournamentsandlearnmethodsandtechniquesof

teaching bowling. (F)

PE 258 (1) Badminton and Tennis. In this course

emphasis is given to the fundamentals of tennis and

badminton. This includes the basic strokes, serves,

and court movements. The student is also taught

rules, strategies, and skills of double and single

matches. (F, S, Sum)

PE 259 (1) Advanced Swimming.Prerequisite:PE

231.Inthiscourseemphasisisplacedontechniques

ofadvancedstrokes;springboarddiving,and

preparation for competition. (S, Sum)

PE 270 (1) Basketball and Volleyball. This course is

designed to give the student a richer background in

the games of basketball and volleyball. Fundamentals,

skills, game strategy, and knowledge of rules will be

emphasized. (F, S)

PE 272 (1) Soccer and Touch Football. The main

purposeofthiscourseistoacquaintthestudent

with fundamentals, rules and regulations, and game

strategy relative to the game of touch football and

soccer. (F)

PE 276 (1) Track and Field and Softball. This

course emphasizes advanced fundamentals of these

activitiesaswellasmethodsandtechniquesof

teaching them. (S)

PE 300 (1) Apprenticeship in Physical Education

and Sports.Prerequisite:PE222.Thisisaeld-

based experience course designed to provide the

junior level students with opportunities to observe

and work under a master teacher. (F, S, Sum)

PE 309 (1) Elementary and Secondary Folk and Ethnic

and Rhythm Dance. This course gives instruction in

dancesofaspecicpeople,includingrelatedcultural

readings. Emphasis will be placed on dances of

AmericanandAfro-Americanpeople.(F,S)

PE 319W (3) Kinesiology.Prerequisite:BIO234and

BIOL 234. This course is a study of the mechanics of

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 328

body movement including form and style in athletic

performance, and an analysis of muscle coordination in

sports, gymnastics and ordinary activities of daily life. (F)

PE 320 (3) Adapted Physical Education. This course

is a study of procedures and practices for programs

that meet the needs of those students who have

various disabling conditions. (F, S)

PE 322 (2) Motor Development and Movement Education.

Prerequisite:AnatomyandPE319–Kinesiology.

This course is designed to give students a broad

andcomprehensiveviewoftheeldofmotor

development and movement education. Students

will study prenatal to neonatal development,

earlymotorsequence,perceptualmotorarea,and

competitionandthepre-adolescentchild.(S)

PE 323 (3) Organization and Administration of

Physical Education. Prerequisite:PE222.This

course is a study of the physical education and

athleticprogramincludingstang,teachingload,

timeschedule,nance,publicrelations,schoolplant

operation, legal implications, and maintenance. (F, S)

PE 350 (2) Measurement, Evaluation, and Statistics

in Physical Education. This course is a study of

the theory and methods of test administration,

evaluation and interpretation of measurement

data. The development of basic competencies in

use of descriptive statistics and correlation and the

evaluation and grading in the physical education

program are emphasized. (F, S)

PE 360 (3) Physiology of Muscular Activity.

Prerequisite:BIO234,BIOL234,andPE319.This

course is a study of the nature of body variation

during and resulting from physical exertion.

Laboratory experiences deal with physical work

capacity, reaction time, cardiovascular stress and

anthropometric measures and evaluation. (S)

PE 401 (3) Research, Classroom Management,

and Clinical Practice (A–Elementary Schools, B–

Secondary Schools). This course is designed to

integratetheresearchoneectiveteachingand

learning with theory and practice. Students will

engageinmicro-teachingandwillbeexpectedto

demonstrate mastery of fourteen competencies

measured by the Mississippi Teacher Assessment

Instrument. Students will also be introduced to

classroommanagementstrategiesforeective

classroom discipline and teaching routines. The

clinicalpracticewillbeaeldbasedactivity.

PE 402 (12) Clinical Internship in Student Training

(A–Elementary Schools, B–Secondary Schools).

This course is a continuation of the practical learning

experiences engaged in during the 401 course, but

ino-campusschoolandcommunitysituations

for twelve weeks where opportunity is given to

the student teacher to test theories of teaching

and learning, to initiate ideas with children. With

guidance and supervision, the student teacher is

also given the opportunity to develop the ability,

initiative and responsibility for planning, guiding and

evaluating the total program of the children with

whom he/she is working.

PE 406 (1) Aerobic Dance. This course is designed

to enable participants to understand and develop

skillsnecessarytoimprovecardiovasculartness.

PE 411 (3) Method and Practice in Physical Education.

This course in leadership, practices, and teaching

physical education activities with adaptations

todierentagegroups.Teachingmethodsare

discussed in the classroom and provision is made for

practice in classroom situations. (F, S)

PE 412 (1) Techniques and Skills in Physical Education.

Prerequisite:PE215.Thiscourseisdesignedtodevelop

techniquesofteachingskillsforactivitiesonmats,oors,

uneven parallel bars, horizontal bar, side horse, long

horse, vaulting box, trampoline, and still rings. (F, S, Sum)

PE 415 (2) Individual and Team Sports. In this course

emphasis is given to teaching students the progressive

skills involved in a variety of individual, dual and team

sports.Selectionofequipment,tournamentplanning

as well as facilities are discussed. This course is also

designed to give students the opportunity to participate

and develop competencies in individual and team sports.

It is further a purpose of this course that students

learnteachingmethodologyinspecicsports

activities for elementary and secondary schools. (F)

PE 416W (3) International Ballet Workshop. A

workshop designed to give enrichment experiences

in ballet with leading ballet teachers of the world.

Emphasis on American, Bournonville, Russian

Technique.(Sum)

PE 417 (3) Advanced Modern Dance Workshop.

The course is designed to enable participants to

understand and be able to plan a comprehensive

modern dance program, develop a knowledge of

movement terminology, space and time principles,

fundamentals of choreography, history of and

personalitiesinmoderndance;gainexperiencein

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 329

roles of leader and follower, and develop enjoyment

oflife-timeactivitywithtremendouscarry-overvalue

in all three domains: cognitive, psychomotor, and

aective.(Sum)

PE 430 (1) Coaching and Ociating. Prerequisite:

PE 415. This course is a study of theory, principles,

andtechniquesofcoachingandociatingsports.

Sports reviewed are selected by students and

instructors.Actualpracticeontheeld/ooris

required.(F,S,Sum)

PE 444 (2) Physical Education in the Elementary

School. Prerequisite:PE300.Thiscourseisa

studyoftrendswhichhavethegreatestinuence

on programs, methods, and practices in physical

education. The student will conduct an independent

study on some aspect of physical education that

interests him/her. (F, S, Sum)

PE 445 (3) Physical Education in the Elementary

School. In this course emphasis is paced on methods

andmaterialsusedinteheectiveteachingofphysical

education in the elementary school. Consideration

is given to the integration of physical education with

other subject matter areas. (F, S, Sum)

PE 489 (2) Principles and Problems of Coaching.

This course is designed to deal with the recognitive,

discussion, and systematic analysis of controversial

issues and problems in coaching and athletics.

Topics studied are: psychologic sociological

implicationsofathletics,crowdcontrol,prolesof

coaches,womenandathletics,nancialcrisisin

athletics, personality traits, structure of athletics,

interscholastic athletics, competition below high

school level, recruitment of minority athletes and

nancialaid.(Sum)

PE 490 (2) Theory and Practice of Coaching

Football. Designed to give the student experiences

indealingwiththefootballprogramfromascientic

standpoint. The student will be exposed to

experiences relative to the application of mechanical,

physiological, and kinesiological laws to the football

program. The student will complete the psychology

of coaching as well as review some of the problems

thatarespecicallyrelatedtofootballprograms

such as recruiting, theories of the game, organizing

practice, sideline coaching, and the rules and

regulations of various governing bodies. (S)

PE 491 (2) Theory and Practice of Coaching Basketball.

Designed to give the student experiences in dealing

withthebasketballprogramfromascienticstand-

point. The student will be exposed to experiences

relative to the application of mechanical, physiological,

and kinesiological laws to the basketball program.

The student will explore the psychology of coaching

as well as review some of the problems that are

specicallyrelatedtothebasketballprogramsuchas

recruiting, theories of the game, organizing practice,

sideline coaching, and the rules and regulations of

various governing bodies. (S, Sum)

PE 492 (2) Theory and Practice of Coaching

Baseball. Designed to give the student experiences

in dealing with the basketball program from a

scienticstandpoint.Thestudentwillbeexposedto

experiences relative to the application of mechanical,

physiological, and kinesiological laws to the baseball

program. The student will explore the psychology

of coaching as well as review some of the problems

thatarespecicallyrelatedtothebaseballprogram

such as recruiting, theories of the game, organizing

practice, sideline coaching, and the rules and

regulations of various governing bodies. (F, Sum)

PE 493 (2) Theory and Practice of Coaching Track

and Field. Designed to give the student experiences

indealingwiththetrackprogramfromascientic

point of view. The student will be exposed to

experiences relative to the application of mechanical,

physiological, and kinesiological laws to the track

program. The student will explore the psychology

of coaching track as well as review some of the

problemsthatarespecicallyrelatedtothetrack

program such as recruiting, organizing practice, and

the rules of the governing bodies. (Sum)

PHILOSOPHY

Department of History and Philosophy

OFFICE: Dollye M.E. Robinson Building

PHIL 205 (3) Old Testament and Its World.

Development of literary and doctrinal statements

from primitive oral tradition of narrative and religious

experience. Covenant election and views of history.

Non-HebraicinuencesonOldTestamentdoctrine

and belief.

PHIL 207 (3) New Testament and Its World.

Development of literary and doctrinal formulations

from private oral tradition to current forms of gospel,

epistle,andapocalypse.Inuencesofclassical

thought and literary styles.

PHIL 301 (3) Introduction to Philosophy. Four

principal types: metaphysics, epistemology, logic,

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 330

ethics. Illustrated from classical, medieval and

modern philosophic systems.

PHIL 308 (3) Aesthetics. Nature of artistic

perception. Major theorists from Greece to modern

period.Socio-economicinuencesfromlarger

cultural settings. Place of artist in society.

PHIL 309 (3) Ethics. Representative thinkers from

thepre-AxialAgeuptothemodernperiodfocusing

on capacities for analysis and critical thinking.

PHIL 416 (3) Logic. Development of normative

mental act in classical deductive and inductive forms,

up to the syllogism. Relation of logical structure to

eectivecommunication.

PHIL 432 (3) Philosophy of Religion. Philosophical

critiqueofrepresentativereligiousexperienceand

doctrine. Representative thinkers from various periods.

PHIL 433 (3) Far Eastern Religious. Islam, India, China,

Japan.Majordoctrinaldevelopments.Inuenceof

Western thought upon normative systems.

PHIL 434 (3) African Religions. Majordeity-

formulations as related to nature. Religious

foundationofsocialstructures.InuenceofWestern

religionsandsocio-economicsystemsonAfrican

urban centers.

PHIL 436 (3) Black Church and Black Theology.

InuenceofslaveryperiodonAfricanreligiousorigins

and presentation of Christianity. Post Civil War growth of

belief and institutions. Modern religious movement

related to social change. “Liberation Theology.”

PHIL 437 (3) History of Modern Philosophy.

Philosophy from Renaissance to modern period.

Related to contemporary cultural movement.

PHIL 438 (3) Ancient Philosophies. Philosophy from

Egypt to Rome and/or India and China.

PHYSICS

Department of Physics, Atmospheric Sciences,

and General Science

OFFICE: Just Hall of Science Building

PHY 151 (3) Introduction to Physics. An introduction

to some of the basic concepts of physics, intended

bothfornon-sciencemajorsseekingscienticliteracy

and also for students who desire some experience

in physics before taking PHY 201 or 11. This course

satisestheCoreIIphysicalsciencerequirement.

PHY 198, 199, 298, 299, 398, 399, 498, 499 (.5 each)

Physics Seminar. Presentation and discussion of

current physics topics and research by students,

faculty and visiting speakers. All physics majors are

expected to participate.

PHY 201 (3) Basic Physics I. Prerequisites:MATH

111 and 112, or MATH 118. Introduction to mechanics,

wave motion, sound, and heat, for science majors

whose curricula may not include calculus.

PHYL 201 (1) Basic Physics Laboratory I.

Corequisite:PHY201.Weeklylaboratory

experiments in the ares covered in PHY 201.

PHY 202 (3) Basic Physics II. Prerequisite:PHY201.

A continuation of PHY 201. Introduction to

electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics.

PHYL 202 (1) Basic Physics Laboratory II.

Prerequisite:PHYL201.Corequisite:PHY202.

Weekly laboratory experiments in the areas covered

in PHY 202.

PHY 211 (4) General Physics I.Prerequisite:MATH

231. Introduction to mechanics, wave motion, sound,

andheat.Calculus-basedandmoreintensivethan

PHY 201.

PHYL 211 (1) General Physics Laboratory I.

Corequisite:PHY211.Weeklylaboratoryexperiments

in the areas covered in PHY 211.

PHY 212 (4) General Physics II. Prerequisites:PHY

211,MATH232.Acalculus-basedcontinuationofPHY

211. Introduction to electricity, magnetism, optics,

and modern physics.

PHYL 212 (1) General Physics Laboratory II.

Prerequisite:PHYL211.Corequisite:PHY212.Weekly

laboratory experiments in the areas covered in PHY 212.

PHY 216 (3) Modern Physics.Prerequisite:PHY212.

Anintroductiontorelativityandquantumeects

including atomic structure and spectra, nuclear

structureandreactions,andhigh-energyphysics.

PHY 241 (4) Introduction to Astronomy. An

introductory survey of the solar system, stars,

nebulae, and galaxies, with discussion of cosmology,

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 331

life in the universe, and the space program. Includes

weeklyobservatorysessions.Thiscoursesatises

theCoreIIphysicalsciencerequirement.

PHY 242 (4) Life in the Universe. An examination of

the conditions necessary for the existence of life in

the universe and of the possibilities for the detection

of such life and for communication with intelligent

life. Relevant basic astronomy is included.

PHY 251 (4) Cosmology for Non-Scientists. A study

of the structure, origin, and evolution of the universe.

Includes relevant basic astronomy and discussion of

fundamental observations.

PHY 261 (2) Atrophotography. An introduction to

photographic principles and basic observational

techniquesinastronomy.Emphasisisoninformation

for the amateur, but professional observations are

also discussed.

PHY 311 (3) Theoretical Mechanics I. Prerequisites:

PHY 211, and MATH 232. A modern treatment

ofclassicalmechanicsincludingsingle-particle

dynamics, oscillations, gravitation, the calculus of

variations. Lagrangian and Hamiltonian dynamics,

andcentral-forcemotion.

PHY 312 (3) Theoretical Mechanics II. Prerequisite:

PHY 311. A continuation of PHY 311 including

study of systems of particles, noninertial reference

frames,rigid-bodydynamics,coupledoscillations,

continuoussystems,thewaveequation,andthe

special theory of relativity.

PHY 328 (4) Electronics for Scientists I.

Prerequisite:PHY212.Anintroductiontodigital

electronics and microcomputers including digital

logic, programming and interfacing microcomputers,

and applications of microcomputers to projects of

interest to the physical scientist.

PHY 329 (4) Electronics for Scientists II.

Prerequisite:PHY212.Anintroductiontoanalog

electronics including DC and AC circuit analysis,

source transformations, semiconductor devices,

mathematical models of semiconductor devices,

and a survey of the use of modern linear integrated

circuits in applications of interest to the advanced

physical science student.

PHY 330W (3) Methods of Experimental Physics I.

PrerequisiteorCorequisite:PHY216.Primarily

a laboratory course, comprised of lectures and

advanced experiments in electronics, optics, modern

physics,andastronomy.Satiseswritingacrossthe

curriculumrequirements.

PHY 342 (3) Optics Spectra and Lasers.Prerequisite:

PHY 216. A lecture course in modern optics covering

geometrical,wave,andquantumoptics,andmodern

optical technology, with applications to atomic

spectroscopy and lasers.

PHY 351 (3) Thermodynamics and Statistical Physics.

Prerequisite:PHY212.Astudyofequationsof

state, the laws of thermodynamics, thermodynamic

potentials, statistical thermodynamics, kinetic theory,

and elementary statistical mechanics.

PHY 361 (3) Mathematical Methods of Physics and

Chemistry I.Prerequisite:PHY212.Anintroduction

toadvancedtechniquesofappliedmathematics

used in physics and chemistry, including applied

linearalgebra,ordinarydierentialequations,and

Laplace’sequation.

PHY 362 (3) Mathematical Methods of Physics and

Chemistry II.Prerequisite:PHY361.Acontinuation

of PHY 361, including vector calculus, Fourier series

and orthogonal expansions, Fourier integrals,

complex variables and conformal mappings, complex

integration,andtheheatandwaveequations.

PHY 381 (1-6) Independent Study. Prerequisite:

Approval of instructor. Investigation of a topic

selected by the student in consultation with the

faculty, this course may be repeated for credit.

PHY 401S (3) Physics for Secondary Teachers.

Prerequisite:PHY212.Examinationofvarioustext

and laboratory materials which are available for high

school physics courses. Discussion of the goals of the

high school physics course and consideration of some

ofthedicultieswhicharelikelytobeencountered.

PHY 410 (3) History of Physics.Prerequisite:PHY216.

Survey of the historical development of physics based

on the study of classical papers and scholarly works.

PHY 411 (3) Electromagnetic Theory I.Prerequisite:

PHY 362. A study of static electric and magnetic

eldsincludingGauss’Law,Ampere’sLaw,andthe

solutionofLaplace’sequation.

PHY 412 (3) Electromagnetic Theory II.Prerequisite:

PHY 411. A continuation of PHY 411 including

studyoftime-dependentelds,Maxell’sequations,

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 332

electromagnetic wave and radiation.

PHY 422 (3) Quantum Mechanics.Prerequisites:PHY

216and362.Anintroductiontoquantummechanics

wavefunctions,andtheSchrodingerequation,

includingsolutionoftheSchrodingerequationfora

box,barrier,squarewell,harmonicoscillator,andthe

hydrogen atom.

PHY 430W (3) Methods of Experimental Physics II.

Prerequisite:PHY330.AcontinuationofPHY330.

Selected advance experiments in electronics, optics,

modernphysicalandastronomy.Satiseswriting

acrossthecurriculumrequirement.

PHY 431 (3) Atomic and Nuclear Physics.

Prerequisite:PHY422.Alecturecoursecomprising

a study of the properties of atoms and nuclei, and

review of classic experiments, and an investigation of

relatedapplicationsofquantummechanics.

PHY 433 (3) Solid State Physics. Prerequisites:PHY

216 and 422. An introduction to solid state physics

including crystal structures, electron and mechanical

waves in crystals, semiconductors, electric and magnetic

properties of solids, and point defects in crystals.

PHY 441 (4) Solar System Astronomy.Prerequisite:

PHY 212. An introduction to the solar system

intended for mathematics and science majors and

including the physics and chemistry of the sun,

planets, moons, comets, and the interplanetary

medium,lifeonotherplanetsandarticialsatellites.

PHY 442 (4) Stellar and Galactic Astronomy.

Prerequisite:PHY212.Anintroductiontostellar

and galactic astronomy intended for mathematics

and science major and including the physics and

chemistry of the stars and the interstellar medium,

star and galaxy formation, and basic cosmology.

PHY 449 (3) Special Topics in Physics. Prerequisite:

Approval of instructor. Advanced specialized topic

courses selected on the basis of faculty and student

interest. This course may be repeated for credit.

PHY 461 (3) Computational Physics.Prerequisite:

PHY 362. A study of numerical and computational

techniquesforsolvingphysicalproblemsincluding

using analytical and physical theory to simplify and

approximate, writing algorithms and programs, and

using commercial and other available software.

PHY 480 (1-6) Research Project.Prerequisite:

Approval of instructor. Supervised original research

by the individual student on a problem selected in

consultation with the faculty. This course may be

repeated for credit.

POLITICAL SCIENCE

Department of Political Science

OFFICE: Dollye M.E. Robinson Building, 3rd Floor

PS 134 (3) Introduction to Political Science. An

introduction to the discipline of political science, its

concepts and methods of analysis.

PS 135 (3) American Government. Prerequisite:PS

134. Survey of the constitutional basis, organization,

andfunctioningoftheAmericannationalgovernment;

the principles underlying constitutional government,

citizenship, civil rights, and political institutions.

PS 136 (3) State and Local Government.Prerequisite:

PS 134. The role of the state and local governments

in the federal system: political institutions, elections,

the organization, functions, and problems of state

and local government, with special emphasis on

Mississippi Government.

PS 236 (3) Political Statistics. An examination of a

setoftechniquesfordescribinggroupsofdataand

for making decisions related to the allocation of

political resources.

PS 238 (3) Introduction to Comparative Politics.

Prerequisite:PS134.Anintroductiontothebasic

concepts and approaches in comparative politics and

the application of these concepts and approaches to

major regions of the world.

PS 320 (3) Legal Research and Writing. Introduction

tothebasicresearchandwritingtechniquesin

law. Special emphasis will be placed upon the use

of legal reference materials such as reporters, legal

encyclopedias, digests and Periodicals, and lexis.

PS 332 (3) Asian Governments.Prerequisite:PS238.

A study of the Asian political system with special

emphasis on China and Japan.

PS 337 (3) American Political Theory.Prerequisite:

PS 135. A background analysis of political ideas

stemming from various intellectuals who have

contributed toward the development of American

political ideas prior to the American Revolution

through the American Civil War Period.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 333

PS 338 (3) American Political Theory. Prerequisites:

PS 134 and 135. An analysis of political ideas

stemming from various intellectuals who have

contributed toward the development of American

political ideas from the Civil War to the present.

PS 339 (3) Black Political Thought. Prerequisite:PS

135. An analysis of Black political ideas in America

onjustice,freedom,equality,individuality,electoral

politics, and other values and means utilized to

strengthen Black political power in the United States.

PS 340 (3) Comparative Government. Prerequisite:

PS 238. A critical analysis and evaluation of the

institutions,functionsandtechniqueswithwhich

modern governments face the social and economic

problems of the contemporary period.

PS 341 (3) Blacks and the American Political System.

Prerequisite:PS135.Astudyoftheroleofblack

people in American political process. Consideration

will be given to the impact of American institutions

upon black people in America and the diaspora.

PS 342 (3) Political Philosophy. Prerequisite:PS

135. An introductory analysis of the major works

in political thought from Plato to John Locke with

special attention placed on relevance of the political

tracts in examining recent political problems. Open

to juniors and seniors only.

PS 343 (3) Political Philosophy.Prerequisite:PS

135. An introductory analysis of the major works in

politicalthoughtfromMontesquieutoMaotse-tung,

with special attention placed on the relevance of the

political tracts in examining recent political problems.

Open to juniors and seniors only.

PS 346 (3) Civil Rights and Liberties. Prerequisite:

PS135.Astudyofdevelopmentintheeldofcivil

rights under the Bill of Rights and the Fourteenth

Amendment to the United States Constitution, and

under federal and state legislation.

PS 347 (3) Judicial Process.Prerequisite:PS

135. An analysis of the structure and functions

of judicial systems emphasizing the organization,

administration and politics of judicial bureaucracies

and roles of judges, juries, counsel, litigants, and

interest groups in the adjudication process.

PS 348 (3) Minority Group Politics. Prerequisite:PS

135. Analysis of the directions, concerns, problems,

andprogressofAfrican-Americans,Mexican-

Americans, Oriental Americans, native Americans,

andtherightsofwomen;alsoanalyzesthevarious

methods and strategies employed by these groups

to solve their problems.

PS 349 (3) Chinese Political Theory in 20

Century.

To examine the foreign and economic relations of

majorAsiancountriesvis-a-visthewesternindustrialized

countries and global community developments.

PS 350 (3) American Political Parties and Pressure

Groups.Prerequisite:PS135.Thenatureand

functionsofpoliticalparties;nominations;elections

and the role of interest groups in the political

process.

PS 351 (3) The American Presidency. Prerequisite:

PS 135. A consideration of the nature, powers, and

functions of the American Presidency with emphasis

on executive congressional relations and presidential

leadershipinforeignanddomesticaairs.

PS 352 (3) Modernization and Political Change.

Prerequisite:PS238.Ananalysisofpoliticaland

social problems associated with modernization in the

non-westernworld.Empiricalfocusisplacedontwo

or more developing regions.

PS 353 (3) Government and Politics in Latin America.

Prerequisite:PS238.Ananalysisofthepolitical

systems of contemporary Latin America, and an

examination of the relationship of the political

process to social structure and national diversity.

PS 354 (3) Government and Politics in East Europe.

Prerequisite:PS238.Anexaminationofthecritical

roles of ethnicity and ideology in the politics of the

new governments of Eastern European Countries

since the collapse of the Soviet Union. The examination

of their political process, constitution, and economic

arrangements.

PS 355 (3) Contemporary Eastern Europe.

Prerequisite:PS135.Comparativeanalysisofthe

governments of Russia and the Eastern European

Countries since the collapse of the Soviet Union. The

examination of their political process, constitution,

and economic arrangements.

PS 362 (3) Soviet Foreign Policy.Prerequisite:PS235.

An analysis of the major trends in Russian policy

vis a vis the western industrialized nations, the

democratization of the political and economic system.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 334

PS 363 (3) United States–Soviet Relations. An

examination of the origins of the cold war, the struggle

forinuenceintheThirdWorld,eortstowardarms

reduction, perestroika and the post cold war.

PS 366 (3) Principles of Public Administration.

Prerequisite:PS135.Theoryandpracticeinvolved

in executing and administering governmental policy

ofthedierentlevelsofAmericangovernmentwith

special emphasis on the federal level.

PS 368 (3) Public Personnel Administration.

Prerequisite:PS371.Theprocessofformulatingand

administeringpublicpersonnelpolicies;concepts

and principles utilized in selected governmental

personnel systems.

PS 369 (3) Personnel and Human Relations.

Prerequisite:PS366.Ananalysisofthepolicies,

processes, organizations, and interrelationships

involved in administration of public service.

PS 370 (3) Public Planning, Programming and

Budgeting.Prerequisite:PS371.Asurveyof

governmentalnancialprocedures,including

processes of current and capital budgeting, the

administrationofpublicborrowing,thetechniques

of public purchasing, and the machinery of control

through pre audit and post audit.

PS 371 (3) Introduction to Public Administration.

Prerequisite:PS135.Ananalysisofthebasic

principles and practices of public administration

in the United States. Problems of structure and

organization, administrative powers, authority, status

andleadership.Identicationofmajorfactorsinthe

struggle to control the bureaucracy.

PS 372 (3) State Administrative Systems.

Prerequisite:PS371.Ananalysisofstate

administrativesystems,theirlocalsub-systemsand

their outputs.

PS 373 (3) Municipal Administration.Prerequisite:

PS 366. Municipal administration in the United

States;administrativeorganization,personnel

problems,nancialproblems,nancialproblems,city

planning and housing.

PS 374 (3) Administration and National and

International Agencies.Prerequisite:PS371.An

examination of the administrative patterns and

practices of the United Nations, agencies and

overseas department programs, including distinctive

characteristics of organization and management

selectionofpersonnelandmethodsofnancing.

PS 375 (1-3) Seminar in Practical Politics. An

analytical approach to the study of practical versus

theoretical perspectives of politics emphasizing

seminars on current issues and practical involvement

in political activities.

PS 376 (3) LSAT Survey. An analysis and survey of

themechanics,techniquesandcontentoftheLaw

School Admissions Test.

PS 390 (3) Internship in Political Science.

Prerequisite:PS330.Supervisedeldworkwith

public related agencies. Students receive three (3)

semester hours for halftime work for one semester.

Nostudentmayreceivemorethanatotaloffteen

(15) semester hours in political science from the

internship program.

PS 400 (3) General Seminar in Urban Problems.

Prerequisite:PS135.Ananalysisofthemajor

problems confronting urban centers including

housing, crime, drugs, education, health, poverty

and transportation.

PS 403 (3) Contemporary Middle East 1900. The Arab–

Israeliconict,thepeaceprocessandtheU.S.role,the

gulf war, Islamism and oil politics in the global system.

PS 409 (3) Public Opinion and Voting Behavior.

Prerequisites:PS135.Thiscoursewillstudy

attitude and opinion formation and the socialization

processes in the American Electoral System.

PS 410 (3) Political Socialization.Prerequisite:

PS 135. Description and analysis of laws and court

decisions relating to social, economic and legal

problemsofthepoorinAmericansociety;examines

strategies for helping the poor to overcome poverty.

PS 411 (3) Politics and Education.Prerequisite:PS

135. This course will explicitly attempt to analyze

the educational issues being debated within the

framework of the American political system.

PS 415 (2) Consumer Law. Prerequisite:PS431.A

studyofthelawasitaectstherightsofcreditors

and debtors with special emphasis on the problems

of the poor.

PS 423 (3) Constitutional Law I. Thisistherst

of a two semester course which will examine the

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 335

philosophy and constitutional growth of Supreme

Court decisions. Emphasis in this portion is on the

limitations imposed upon governmental interferences

with individual rights.

PS 424 (3) Constitutional Law II. This is the second

part of a two semester course which examines the

limitations placed upon the federal and state government.

PS 425 (3) Environmental Law.Prerequisite:PS

432. Primary emphasis upon the regulation of

air and water pollution at the national, state, and

regional levels and the political, social and economic

considerations behind these laws.

PS 426 (3) Contemporary Topics.Prerequisites:PS

134and337.Anin-depthexaminationofcurrent

topics in either law, politics, ethics and/or public policy.

PS 428 (3) Foreign Policy.Prerequisite:PS135.The

examination of the Foreign Policy of the major powers

in the International Political System. The focus will

be on the foreign policy of the United States, Russia,

China, Japan, and the major countries in Europe.

PS 429 (3) African Governments and Politics.

Prerequisite:PS238.Thisisasurveycourse.It

will analyze African traditional political institutions,

the causes of the demise of those institutions,

colonialism, independence, and the past independent

governments and politics of African countries.

PS 430 (3) African Political Thought.Prerequisite:

PS 429. The role of African intellectuals and leaders

in the movement for independence and in the

politics and ideology of African states.

PS 431 (3) African Internet Relations. This course

is designed to study and analyze the role of African

countries and organizations in the global political system.

PS 432 (3) Introduction to Law I.Prerequisite:PS

135.Thisistherstpartofatwo-semestercourses

which examines the role of law in society. Emphasis

is on the nature of law and the variety of legal

mechanisms that exist in society.

PS 433 (3) Introduction to Law II.Prerequisite:PS

135.Thisisthesecondpartofatwo-semestercourse

which examines the processes of how law functions

to meet the political, social and economic needs of

society.

PS 437 (3) International Relations. Prerequisite:PS428.

Nature of international relations, problems of national

power, the state system, diplomacy, war and peace.

PS 438 (3) International Organization.Prerequisite:

PS 437. Growth of international organization and

administration, analysis of the United Nations, with

major emphasis on the latter.

PS 440 (3) International Law. Prerequisite:PS437.

Course covers: (1) fundamentals of international law

relating to international organizations and international

politicalprocess;(2)characterandruleofinternational

law in the world community, concept of international

public interest as it relates to the international law.

PS 444 (3) Politics in Southern Africa.Prerequisite:

PS 429. This course is designed to examine the

post apartheid South Africa and the role of South

Africa’s race relations after apartheid. South

Africa’s relations with the neighboring states, other

Afrtican countries, the United States and the global

community will be analyzed.

PS 446 (3) Scope and Methods.Prerequisite:PS

236. This course is designed to introduce students

of political science to critical epistemological and

methodological issues, to the philosophy of science

andtothescienticandintellectualissuesthat

characterize major trends in the discipline.

PS 447 (3) Senior Research Seminar in Political

Science.Prerequisite:PS446.Thiscourseis

designed for students of Political Science. It is an

attempt to integrate research methods with the

substanceofpolitics.Statisticaltechniquesand

illustrative application of the computer will be

utilized focusing on political research.

PS 449 (3) Mississippi Legislative Internship

Program.Prerequisites:PS134and136.Students

becomeacquaintedwithlegislativefunctionsby

working as interns for a legislator during a regular

legislative session. Students will observe, participate

in the writing of bills, and perform other tasks

germane to the operation of the legislature.

PS 450 (3) Urban Politics. This course will examine

the concept of community and the political process

in a variety of American localities. An examination

of the black community with special emphasis upon

political problems will be examined.

PS 451 (3) Administrative Law. Prerequisites:PS423

and 424. This course is designed to examine the law

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 336

governing the organization, powers, and procedures

of administrative bodies. Emphasis is on state and

municipal administrative agencies.

PS 453 (3) Independent Study and/or Directed

Readings.Prerequisites:Seniorstanding,2.00grade

point average in major courses, and consent of

instructor (a specialist in the area of study).

PS 455 (3) Community Politics. Prerequisite:PS

400. A study of community politics and theories

underlyingeectivedeliveryofcommunityservices

for human welfare, neighborhood organizations

and the principle involved in organizing active

community groups.

PS 456 (3) Seminar on China.Prerequisite:PS332.

The current political situation in China will be the

areaofstudyinaneorttodeterminetheviewsof

the leadership and future probabilities following the

change of command and assertion of new leadership.

PS 467 (3) Administration of Health Agencies. Prerequisite:

PS 366. Administrative problems associated with

theoperationofhealthinstitutionsandtheadmin-

istrator’srelationswithlay-boards,healthspecialists,

andclienteleinpublicandnon-protinstitutions.

PS 470 (3) Comparative Public Administration.

Prerequisite:PS371.Anintroductiontothestudy

of governmental administrative systems viewed

from the standpoint of comparative topologies

andtheoreticalschemesusefulincross-national

comparisons and empirical studies of the politics of

the administrative process in several nations.

PS 472 (3) Political Socialization. Prerequisites:PS

135 and 446. Study of the primary and secondary

socialization of children and adults into political attitudes

androles;examinesthehierarchicaldistributionof

authority and channels of recruitment as a means of

reningpoliticsandofunderstandingsocialchange.

PS 473 (3) The American Legislative Process.

Prerequisites:PS135and409.Analyticaltreatment

ofthelaw-makingfunctionsofthenationalandstate

legislatures and their place in the political system.

Emphasis on such areas as patterns of recruitment,

internal leadership structure and the role of parties.

PS 484 (3) Intergovernmental Relations. Prerequisite:

PS371.EvolutionoftheAmericanFederalSystem;

considerationofinter-unitcooperationandconict;

review of administrative issues like revenue sharing,

federal grants and regulations.

PSYCHOLOGY

Department of Psychology

OFFICE: Dollye M. E. Robinson Building

PSY 111 (3) Introduction to Psychology. Fundamental

topics and methodology in the scientific study of

behavior.

PSY 112 (3) Introduction to Psychology. Prerequisite:

PSY111orequivalent.AcontinuationofPSY111.

PSY 201 (3) General Psychology. A broad survey

of the traditional topics in psychology. (Not for

psychology majors.)

PSY 211 (3) Statistics I. Prerequisites:PSY111or

equivalent,112,andMATH111orequivalent.Collection

andorganizationofdata;centraltendency,variability

andcorrelation;elementaryprobabilitytheory;basic

inferential procedures, including large and small

sampletestsofdierencesbetweentwogroupsand

an introduction to the analysis of variance.

PSY 212 (3) Statistics II. Prerequisite:PSY211.

Analysisofvariance;non-parametrictechniques,

selected advanced topics.

PSY 214 (3) Developmental Psychology.

Prerequisite:PSY111orequivalent,and112.Genetic

background, prenatal development, infancy and

childhood, early experience and personality

development;adolescenceandadulthood;conicts,

roles and adjustment mechanisms.

PSY 216 (3) Abnormal Psychology.Prerequisites:

PSY111orequivalent,112,and214.Historicaloverview

ofabnormalpsychology;criteriaofabnormalbehavior;

symptomatology and dynamics of psychological

disorders;therapeuticconsiderations.

PSY 304 (3) Child Psychology.Prerequisite:PSY

201orequivalent.Thesystematicstudyofthe

development and behavior of the human from

conception to puberty. (Not for psychology majors.)

PSY 305 (3) Adolescent Psychology. Prerequisite:

PSY201orequivalent.Inuenceondevelopment

and behavior of the human from puberty to

adulthood. (Not for psychology majors.)

PSY 306 (3) Educational Psychology.Prerequisites:

PSY111orequivalent,and112.Applicationof

psychological principles of student learning and

achievement, teaching methods, and performance

assessment.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 337

PSY 307 (3) Measurement and Evaluation.

Prerequisites:PSY111orequivalent,112,andMATH

111orequivalent.Anintroductiontoclassroomuses

of statistical and testing methods, concentrating on

the preparation of educational objectives and the

constructionandevaluationofteacher-madetests.

PSY 310W (3) Personality. Prerequisites:PSY111or

equivalent,112,214,andjuniorstanding.Biological,

learning,socialandpsychometric-traitapproaches

with emphasis on methodology and the relation of

researchndingstotheoreticalperspectives.

PSY 312 (3) Psychology of Adjustment. Prerequisite:

PSY111orequivalent,and112.Socioemotional

adjustmentandpersonality;interpersonaland

intrapersonalrelationships;normalpersonality

development and mechanisms of adjustment.

PSY 314W (3) Social Psychology.Prerequisites:

PSY111orequivalent,112,214,andjuniorstanding.A

detailed examination of social behavior from various

theoretical viewpoints, with an emphasis on possible

causes of and solutions to contemporary social problems.

PSY 315 (3) Physiological Psychology I.

Prerequisites:PSY111orequivalent,112,214;BIO111,

112,orequivalent;BIOL111,112,orequivalent;and

junior standing. Physiological mechanisms mediating

behavior. The neural and endocrine systems in man

and other animals are emphasized.

PSY 320 (3) Behavior Modication.Prerequisites:

PSY111and112.Anin-depthanalysisofprinciplesand

procedures use in modifying and controlling behavior.

PSY 411 (3) Learning. Prerequisites:PSY111or

equivalent,112,214,and315.Classicalandinstrumental

conditioning:aversivecontrol;discriminationand

attention;cognitiveprocesses;selectedbehavioral

andneurophysiologicalmodels;recenttheoretical

developments.

PSY 415 (4) Experimental Psychology.Prerequisites:

PSY111orequivalent,112,211,212and214.Anoverviewof

experimental psychology emphasizing experimental

design, methodology and the use of statistical

software for data analysis. Lecture and laboratory.

PSY 416 (3) History and Systems.Prerequisites:

PSY111orequivalent,112,214,andjuniorstanding.A

survey of the historical development of psychology,

with emphasis on the major contemporary systems

of psychology.

PSY 418 (3) Seminar. Prerequisite:Seniorstanding.

Contemporary topics in psychology.

PSY 498 (3) Readings and Research.Prerequisites:

PSY 211, 212, and 415C. A research project and/

or intensive reading in an area of interest will be

undertaken with the consent and supervision of the

instructor.Awrittenreportwillberequired.

DEVELOPMENTAL READING

Division of Undergraduate Studies

OFFICE: Charles F. Moore Building, First Floor

RE 001 (3) Developmental Reading An

individualized course for meeting reading needs of

students whose entrance scores indicate likelihood

ofdicultyindoingcollegework.

RE 002 (3) Intermediate Reading. An individualized

course designed for any student deserving to increase

speed of reading and to improve study skills.

READING

Department of Elementary and

Early Childhood Education

OFFICE: Joseph H. Jackson Building

RE 100 (1) Developmental Reading I. An

individualized course for meeting reading needs of

students whose entrance score indicate likelihood of

dicultyindoingcollegework.(D)

RE 102 (2) Developmental Reading II. An

individualized course designed for any student

desiring to increase speed of reading and to improve

study skills. (D)

RE 200 (2) Analytical Reading. Techniquesfor

readinginthescienticareaswithemphasisondata

interpretation. (D)

RE 201 (1) Basic Speed Reading. An individualized

course designed for students who desire to increase

their speed of reading.

RE 204 (3) Pre-Reading Skills for Preschoolers

and Early Primary Grades. Students will participate

in situations involving reading readiness skills, oral

language, concept development, early experiences

withchildren’sliterature-creativestorytellingandthe

study of management systems. (D)

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 338

RE 207 (3) Basic Skills in Reading. Designed as an

indepth study of the major reading skills. It focuses

onthetechniquesandactivitiesessentialinthe

teaching of these skills. (D)

RE 209 (3) Introduction to Reading. This course

is designed to introduce factors related to word

attack, word recognition, vocabulary development,

comprehension skills, study skills and reading speed.

Emphasis is placed on terminology that is basic to

the understanding of the reading process. (D)

RE 210 (3) Preparing Children for Formal Reading.

A study of language and cognitive development of

thelearnerfromK-gradethreeandidentication

of activities that will assist this development in

preparing them for formal reading instruction. (F, S)

RE 211 (3) Techniques and Strategies for Teaching

Reading for Paraprofessionals. Emphasis is

placed on routine classroom tasks in the teaching,

learning process, and readiness procedures for the

elementary and secondary levels. (D)

RE 212 (3) Using Literature to Teach Reading Skills.

A thorough study integrating the teaching of reading

skills through literary selections. Special emphasis

will be placed on vocabulary and comprehension

skills and concepts that are applicable to the

teaching and learning of literary content. (D)

RE 310 (3) Teaching Reading in Content Areas. A

thoroughstudyoftechniquesforpromotingreading

growth through teaching content materials. (F, S, Sum)

RE 311 (3) Strategies and Techniques for Teaching

Reading in the Elementary School. This course is

designedtointroducestrategiesandtechniques

for teaching reading in the elementary school, and

to provide theoretical knowledge and principles

appropriate to the teaching of reading. Special

emphasis will be placed on suitable materials and

equipmentforenhancingreadingskills.Focuswill

alsobegiventoassessment,exceptionalityandmulti-

cultural education relative to the teaching of reading.

RE 402 (3) Workshop: Current Problems and

Issues in Reading Instructions. Designed to meet

the needs of teachers, students, administrators,

and community leaders who have special interests

in selected areas of reading. Content developed

aroundneedsofspecicgroups.(D)

RE 455 (3) Diagnostic Reading Instruction in the

Secondary School. This course is designed to assist

students in utilizing a diagnostic/prescriptive model

indeterminingtheuniqueneedsofstudents’specic

teachingstrategiesandtechniques,approaches,

andmaterialsusefulinacquiringand/ormaintaining

essential reading skills needed for concept attainment

in content areas in the secondary school classroom.

RECREATION

Department of Health, Physical Education

and Recreation

OFFICE: T.B. Ellis Physical Education Complex

REC 104 (3) Introduction to Recreation. This course

presentsanorientationtotheeldoforganized

recreation in terms of its history, philosophy, and

development, and the contribution of organized

recreation to the leisure and play movement, to the

school and community. (F)

REC 205 (3) Cultural and Recreation Program

Planning. The course is designed to provide

students a variety of experiences in the development

of cultural and recreational opportunities and events

for a multicultural society. (F)

REC 218 (3) History and Philosophy of Recreation.

This course provides a thorough investigation of the

philosophical basis for recreation, history, events,

landmark legislation and the formation of the profession.

REC 225 (1) Practicum in Recreation Administration.

Recreation administration experiences will be

obtained for students during the fall semester at

local recreation administration agencies institutions.

Students will have opportunities to gain experience

as an observer in program planning principles and

procedures. (F)

REC 305 (3) Facilities, Design and Maintenance.

This course provides various learning experiences in

facility,equipment,andareasdesigneduniquelyfor

recreation. Consideration will be given to new trends

inbuildingandparkdesigns.Equipmentpurchase

and development will also be discussed. (S)

REC 307 (3) Recreation Leadership. The content

of the course is designed to teach various methods

andtechniquesutilizedindevelopingcompetent

recreation leaders. Students will have experiences in

conducting recreational programs for all ages. (F)

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 339

REC 308 (3) Camp Counseling and Programming.

Thecourseisdesignedtooerexperiencesinorganized

campingtechniques;individualandgroupcounseling

skills as well as programming procedures which

includeout-doorcookery,camp,crafts,dramatics,

nature study, and other camping activities. (S)

REC 317 (3) Urban and Community Recreation. This

course is a study of the various aspects, problems

and practices of recreational agencies in urban

areas.Studentswillbeaordedexperiencesin

the organization of street groups, family projects,

commercial groups, and neighborhood schools. (S)

REC 325 (1) Practicum in Recreation Administration.

Experiences in recreation administration will

be obtained by students at local recreation

administration agencies that have viable programs.

Students will gain experiences in initiating leadership

andprogrammingtechniques.(S)

REC 350 (3) Introduction to Leisure Education.

Introduces students to the concept of leisure,

fundamental and critical trends, and future

perspectives vital for growth and development of

leisure attitudes.

REC 404 (3) Recreation Program Design. This

course entails a study of various aspects, problems

and practices of agencies, governmental, and

private programs and their planning with particular

emphasis on playground, community and teen center

plans and procedures. (S)

REC 405 (2) Outdoor Recreation Programming.

Emphasis of this course is placed on the philosophy,

scope, and trends in outdoor recreation. It includes

planning, administering, programming, and

evaluating various outdoor recreation programs. (S)

REC 406 (3) Legal Issues in Recreation. This course

provides a legal structure by which students can best

learn liability, legal and risk management principles,

and understand and develop professional ethics.

REC 415 (3) Current Issues and Trends in Recreation.

This course focuses on critical issues and trends

surrounding the professional practice of recreation,

leisure, play, and recreation administration aned the

challenges for future growth and development. This

course will also focus on leisure style development,

resource allocation and decision marking for a

constantly changing society.

REC 418 (3) Principles, Practices, and Procedures

in Recreation. This course provides an overview

of service delivery, practice, guidelines, theories,

facilitationtechniquesandevaluationofthe

recreation and leisure process.

REC 421 (3) Management in Recreation. This course

isastudyofprinciples,methods,techniques,organi-

zational patterns, personnel, public relations and

administrative problems involved in the management

of recreation, leisure and park programs. This course

ofstudyincludesnanceandbudget,theartof

human relations, communication, problem solving

skillsandtechniques.

REC 423 (3) Research and Evaluation in Recreation.

Emphasisisplacedontheprinciplesandtechniques

of research and evaluation in therapeutic recreation

to the organization, administration, and objectives of

viable therapeutic recreation programs. (Sum)

REC 424 (3) Seminar in Recreation Administration.

This course will emphasize review of current

recreationadministrativeliterature;completing

abstracts, budget planning, community relations

andannotatedbibliographies;roleplaying,situation

resolution and site visits. Students will be expected

to take a major leadership role in the course. (F, S)

REC 425 (9) Recreation Internship. Emphasis is

placed on supervised leadership assignments in

public or private agencies with emphasis on a variety

of recreation leadership experiences common to

such organization programs. Students will have

the responsibility of planning, implementing and

evaluating a special program during internship. (F, S)

GENERAL SCIENCE

Department of Physics, Atmospheric Sciences

and Geoscience

OFFICE: Just Hall of Science Building

SCI 201 (3) Physical Science. A study of the

universe and natural events in the environment.

SCI 202 (3) Physical Science. A study of the changes

in matter and energy which leads to the utilization of

energyandmaterialresourcesforman’sbenet.

SCI 204 (3) General Science for Teachers. Topics

in astronomy, biology, chemistry, geology and

physics are studied. Laboratory work provides for

experiments and projects.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 340

SCI 205 (3) Earth and Space Science. A geophysical

study o the earth with emphasis on the major

scienticdiscoveriesabouttheearthanditsrelation

to the universe.

SCI 206 (3) Elementary Geology. The course is

designed to give a basic understanding of the origin

andclassicationofrocksandmaterialsinthe

geologic process that alter the earth’s surface.

SCI 215 (3) Global Change. This course introduces

a new concept that views Earth as a synergistic

physical system of interrelated phenomenon

governed by complex processes involving the

atmosphere, the hydrosphere, the biosphere, and

the solid Earth. The course emphasizes that events

which shape the physical, chemical, and biological

processes of the Earth do not occur in isolation.

Rather, there is a delicate relationship between

events that occur in the ocean, atmosphere and the

solid Earth. The course provides a multidimensional

approachinsolvingscienticissuesrelatedtoEarth-

related sciences, namely geology, meteorology,

oceanography, and ecology.

SCI 228 (3) Science Technology and Environment.

An overview of contemporary topics in science

technology and environment.

SCI 310 (3) Earth History. Prerequisite:SCI205.

This course covers major events that have shaped

the Earth during the past 4.6 billion years. Physical,

chemical, and biological characteristics of

Precambrian, Paleozoic, Mesozoic, and Cenozoic

intervals are discussed. Important topics include the

evolution of continents, origin of mountain ranges,

evolutionofoceans,sea-leveluctuations,variation

in seawater chemistry, evolution of atmospheric gases,

and major deformation events. In the laboratory

portion of the course, students are familiarized with

major fossil groups and geological maps.

SCI 312 (3) Innovative Approaches in Science Teaching.

Thiscourseisdesignedtointroducepre-service

science teachers to new and alternative instructional

materials for science teaching. Emphasis is placed

on analyzing, comparing, and contrasting these

materials with implications for science teaching.

SCI 320 (3) Sedimentary Environments.

Prerequisites:SCI205and310.Sedimentary

environments are areas where sediments accumulate.

These include deserts, lakes, rivers, deltas, marshes,

beaches, lagoons, shallow sea, and deep sea. This

course discusses sediment types, hydrodynamics,

and stratal packages of each of these environments.

Fundamental knowledge about physical processes

that operate in these areas is conveyed. Special

attention is paid to sedimentary rock types and

structures. Students are expected to be able to

recognize and interpret the record left behind by

these environments in the geological record. In

the laboratory portion of the course, students are

familiarized with grain size analysis, sedimentary

structures, stratigraphic analysis, and depositional

environments.

SCI 325 (3) Mineralogy-Petrology. Prerequisites:

SCI 205 and 310. This course is designed to

familiarize students with characteristics of the

Earth’s materials. This is accomplished by a detailed

analysis of minerals and rocks through microscopic

examinations. The course begins with an overview of

the nature of light. This is followed by a discussion

of the response of minerals to the passage of light.

Then, microscopic properties of major mineral

groups are presented. After these, mineralogical

and petrological characteristics of igneous rocks,

sedimentary rocks, and metamorphic rocks are

evaluated. In the lab segment of the course, students

learn to examine microscopic properties of minerals

and learn to identify major rock groups through

petrographic examinations.

SCI 401S (3) Science for Children. Prerequisite:

Junior standing. Consideration is given to helping

the student organize curriculum materials and gain

prociencyinpresentingsciencetohighschool

students.

SCI 403 (3) Seminar in Science.Prerequisite:Senior

standing. Provides an opportunity for the student to

discussthemostpertinenttrendsintheeldsofscience.

SCI 410 (3) Methods and Curriculum Materials for

Science Classroom.Prerequisites:SCI205,and310.

This course is designed to familiarize students with

major characteristics of the oceans. Students learn

about ocean physiography, seawater composition,

ocean circulation, evolution of seawater through

time, marine life, and ocean management. Particular

emphasis is placed on major and rapid perturbation

on the chemistry of seawater and ocean circulation.

Additionally, ocean–atmospheric interactions are

emphasized.

SCI 410E (3) Science for Children.Prerequisite:

Junior standing. Designed to familiarize students

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 341

withmaterials,techniquesandunifyingprinciplesof

science with laboratory exercises emphasized.

SCI 410S (3) Method and Curriculum Materials for the

Science Classroom. Curriculum materials designed

to train the students in the selection, preparation and

use of curriculum materials in the teaching of science

at the secondary level.

SCI 415 (2) Geochemistry.Prerequisites:CHEM

141, 142, and SCI 205. This course discusses basic

geochemical principles as applied to Earth Science.

First, an overview of thermodynamic principles is

presented. Then, geochemical aspects of the most

common reactions of the atmosphere, rivers, lakes,

estuaries, and oceans are evaluated. Other important

issues that are discussed include geochemical

reactions which occur during weathering, early

diagenesis, burial diagenesis, and formation ore

deposits. A dedicated geochemical laboratory is

also associated with the class where students learn

to calculate mineral solubility and perform simple

experiments.

SCI 420 (3) Structural Geology. Prerequisites:SCI

205, and 310. This course familiarizes students with

changes that occur in Earth’s materials collectively

referred to as deformation. The course is designed

to present deformation of rocks at a scale ranging

frommicroscopictocontinent-wideregions.The

course begins with the introduction of stress, strain,

force, and factors controlling rock behavior including

an analysis of mechanical behavior of rocks. This

is followed by a discussion of folds, normal faults,

thrustfaults,strike-slipfaults,joints,lineation,and

foliation. In the laboratory portion of the course,

students learn basic elements of structural geology,

work with Brunton compasses, prepare structural

cross sections, and apply graphical solutions to solve

structural problems.

SCI 425 (2) Environmental Geology. Prerequisites:

SCI 205, and 310. The aim of this course is to

provide basic and fundamental information about

processeswhichaectstheenvironment.The

course begins with elementary background on

some important concepts of Earth Science including

overviews and rocks and minerals, global tectonics,

earthquakes,andvolcanoes.Thisisfollowedby

discussions of environmental issues produced by

ooding,hurricanes,groundwaterpollution,waste

management, fossil fuel, climate change, global

warming,andsea-levelchange.Inthelabsection

ofthiscourse,studentsconducthands-onprojects

related to our environmental projects in an urban setting.

SCI 430 (3) GIS/RS (Geographic Information

Systems/Remote Sensing). Fundamental

concepts of remote sensing, including airborne

and spaceborne platforms for collecting data,

analysis and integration into GIS, are introduced

inthiscourse.Techniquesinremotelyidentifying

various earth features and their changes are taught.

Students are also introduced to digital manipulation

andanalysistechniquesusedbytoday’sremote

sensing technicians.

SCI 432 (3) Hydrology. Prerequisites:SCI205,and

310. This course is designed to provide students

fundamental information about fresh water on

Earth. As the human population increases, so does

our need for drinking water. The course provides

an analysis of surface and groundwater reservoirs.

An analysis of drainage basin characteristics is

presented.Darcy’sLawispresentedindetail.Aquifer

andaquitardcharacteristicsarecovered.Water

chemistry, groundwater resource evaluation, and

waterqualityarepresented.

SCI 441 (3) Field Geology. Prerequisite:SCI205.

This course investigates Africa’s physical and natural

environments. It promotes the concept that Africa’s

natural environments are connected with health

issues across the continent. The term “health” refers

to humans and/or ecosystems. Each topic begins

withascienticinvestigationintoclimate,water

systems, and meteorological events. Discussions

are held on physical conditions that may trigger

environmental risks for humans and the environment.

SCI 480 (1) Earth Science Seminar. Prerequisites:

SCI 205, 310, and 430. This course is designed

to familiarize students with major topics in Earth

Science. Students conduct research and prepare

presentations. Topics covered include plate tectonics,

mountain building, mass extinction, meteoric

impact, carbon cycle, ocean circulation, ocean

chemistry, climate change, global warming, coastal

land loss, groundwater contamination, and major

environmental issues.

DRIVERS EDUCATION

Department of Health, Physical Education

and Recreation

OFFICE: T.B. Ellis Physical Education Complex

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 342

SE 300 (3) Beginning Drivers Education. This course

is designed to develop students who have a working

knowledge of motor vehicle operations and laws and

to develop within each student a sense of personal

responsibility for the safe operation of motor

vehicles. (F, S, Sum)

SE 340 (3) Introduction to Drivers Education. This

courseemphasizestechniquesandmaterialsthatare

used in teaching the basic driving skills needed to

use the highway systems. (F, Sum)

SE 410 (3) Safety Education. This course involves

the study of objectives, policies, procedures,

supervisorytechniques,andaccidentprevention

techniques.Laboratoryassignmentsaregiven.(S)

SE 411 (3) Methods in Driver and Safety Education.

Prerequisite:SE340.Thiscourseisprincipally

designed for organization, teaching, administration,

andsupervisionoftracsafetyprograms.Theplace

of simulators is discussed. (F)

SOCIOLOGY PROGRAM

Department of Criminal Justice and Sociology

OFFICE: Dollye M. E. Robinson Building, Room #313

SOC 214 (3) Introduction to Sociology.Anintro-

duction to the basic concepts and generalizations

intheeldofsociologyandadescriptivestudyof

culture, societal processes, social institutions, and the

signicanceofgroupbehavior.(F,S,Sum)

SOC 216 (3) Modern Social Problems. A brief

survey of some of the social problems prevalent

in contemporary America. Attention will be given

to their nature, type, causes, and collective action

toward them. (S, Sum)

SOC 301 (3) Community Organization. A study of

the historical evaluation of community organizations,

methods of securing community support, the

ecological characteristics, the social processes and

interactional patterns. Attention is given to agency

organization and functions. Student participation in

organizational practices and professional supervision.

(D)

SOC 302 (3) Basic Issues in Mental Health. This

course will examine basic issues in the mental health

service delivery system. Emphasis will be placed

upon clients rights, mental health laws, goals of

mental health systems, and areas of specialization.

Students will study selected interdisciplinary

literature as related to: (a) the psychosocial and

historical context of mental illness and community

mental health services, (b) problems and needs of

target populations, and ( c) implications for health

practice. (D)

SOC 310 (3) Introduction to Alcohol and Drugs.

Encompassesfactualandscienticinformation

onalcoholanddruguse,misuseandnon-use.

The physiological, psychological and social

manifestations of the use of mind altering substances

will be explored. (F)

SOC 318 (3) Women in Contemporary American

Society. Toexaminetheinterrelationshipofsex-

rolestereotypesandthetranslationofsex-rolesinto

social institutions. It will provide a description and

an analysis of the experiences of women in social

and individual roles–the social structure and social

institution which both serve and are served by the

dierentialtreatmentofthefemale/maleroles.(D)

SOC 320 (3) Counseling the Chemically Dependent.

Explores the philosophy and principles of the helping

relationship including the theoretical orientation to

counseling,techniquesofcounseling,counseling

approaches and overview of counseling theories and

techniques.(D)

SOC 321 (3) Personality and Culture. This course is

designedtostudytheroleofcultureinthedevelop-

ment of personality and the range of personal

adjustments in the light of cultural variability. (D)

SOC 322 (2) Alcohol/Drug Seminar. This course

focuses attention on basic alcohol content and

exposuretothestate-of-the-artalcohol/drug

research. (S)

SOC 323 (3) Introduction to Anthropology. An

introduction to basic anthropological concepts and

a descriptive and analytical study of selected cultural

traits, patterns and themes found among contemporary

preliterate culture groups, with emphasis focused on

culturalsimilaritiesanddierences.(D)

SOC 324 (3) Social Psychology of Women. Will

bedesignedtooerinsightintothesocialization

process of women. It is to pursue the process of

adaptation, which starts at birth and continues for a

considerable period in the life of the individuals. It

willalsofocusonstresstechniquesusedbywomen

in every day life. (D)

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 343

SOC 325 (3) Cultural Anthropology. An introduction

to basic anthropological concepts and a descriptive

and analytical study of selected cultural traits, patterns

and theme found among contemporary preliterate

folk, and literate culture groups, with emphasis

focusedonculturalsimilaritiesanddierences.(F)

SOC 326 (3) Social Psychology. A study of

processes of interrelationships and of stimuli as they

aectindividualandgroupreactionsandbehavior

such as fashions and social movements. (F, S)

SOC 327 (3) Social Stratication. An analysis of

American social structure. Topics to be considered

includecriteriafordierentiation,typesofstrati-

cation,thecompositionofstrataandstatussystems,

mobilityandconsequencesofstratication.(D)

SOC 328 (3) Urban Sociology. Special attention is

given to types of cities. Consideration is given also

to the rise of urbanism, suburbanism, the culture

of cities, segregated ethnic areas, community and

neighborhood organization and disorganization. (D)

SOC 329 (3) Social Change. Concern with the basic

principles and theories of social change, trends in the

major societal institutions, e.g., family, government,

religion, economics, and education, special emphasis

on the roles that technology and invention play as

factors in social change. (F, S)

SOC 330 (3) Urban and Rural Transportation

Concepts.Sociologicalimplicationsofurban-rural

transportation network systems interfacing with

the ecological, social political and other established

social institutions in America. (D)

SOC 331 (3) Marriage and the Family.Prerequisite:

Juniorstanding.Themarriage-familysystem,a

critical approach to the study of courtship, marriage

and the family modern functions, characteristics, and

maladjustments. (F, S)

SOC 332 (3) Rural Sociology. The characteristics

of agricultural communities in the United States.

A comparative analysis of rural America prior to

WorldWarIandWorldWarIIemphasizingspecic

problems of Black Americans. (D)

SOC 333 (3) Criminology.Prerequisite:Junior

standing. Theories of the genesis of criminal

behaviorintermsofthepersonandthegroup;

theories of crime and punishment. (F)

SOC 334 (3) Social Disorganization. Review

of sociological perspective used in the study of

deviance and deviants. Examines societal reactions

todevianceandconsequencesforpeopledenedas

deviant. Analysis of selected forms of deviance, such

as mental illness, eating disorders, drug and alcohol

abuses and sex workers. (D)

SOC 420 (3) Black Female and the Family. To

enhance the existing interrelated concepts of

thefamilyandwomenstudies.Itwilloera

descriptive account of how women have, and still

are,asignicantforceinimplementingthemajor

functions of the family which include: replacement

ofthespecies,e.g.,nurturingitsosprings,initial

status ascriptions tension management, household

maintenance, cultural transmission, and informal

education. Special attention will be given to black

women heads of household with a relationship or the

lack of a relationship to a “culture of poverty thesis.” (S)

SOC 427 (3) Urban Anthropology.Prerequisite:

Senior standing. Special focus on the problems of

rural-urbanmigrationofethicminoritygroupsand

subsequentadaptationofthemwithintheUnited

States explored in terms of methods and perspective

of anthropology. (D)

SOC 428 (3) Seminar in Urban Social Problems. A

critical examination of contemporary social issues

which have produced unrest in the cities. Emphasis

will be upon urban problems in Mississippi. The

topics to be studied will include poverty, housing,

racism, riots, power structure, educational problems,

and the community organizing. (D)

SOC 430 (3) Family Treatment. This course will

deal with the utilization of social work intervention

techniquesnecessaryinworkingwiththefamilyasa

unit. Emphasis is placed on services to the family in

crisis. (D)

SOC 433 (3) Laboratory/Research Center-Based

Internship.Duringthethree-monthinternship

attention will be given to research conceptualization,

implementation, design, data collection and

analytical procedures. (D)

SOC 442 (3) Collective Behavior and Social

Movements. Conditions giving rise to crowds, mobs,

riots, and social unrest. Natural history of reform and

revolutionary movements, referring to public opinion,

propaganda, tactics, strategy, and leadership. Sectarian

movements, general social movements. Emergence

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 344

of the mass society in the United States. (D)

SOC 443 (3) Population and its Problems.

Prerequisite:Seniorstanding.Asystematic

investigationofthequalitativeandmobileaspects

of the human composition of the various nations.

Special attention is given to the United States and

those areas experiencing population pressure. (D)

SOC 445W (3) Methods of Social Research.

Prerequisite:Juniorstanding.Considerationisgiven

totheessentialtoolsofsociologicalresearch;eld

work is given to the student to orient him/her in

collecting, presenting, analyzing, and interpreting

sociological data. (S)

SOC 446 (3) Development of Social Theory.

Prerequisite:Seniorstanding.Acomparativeand

historical survey of a basis concepts and theories

in sociology, a critical analysis of trends in theory

construction of early European and American

pioneers in sociological theories from Comte

through Weber. (S)

SOC 447 (3) Sociology of the Family. A sociological

analysis of the development of the modern family,

its structure, its interrelationships in society, and its

sociological functions. (D)

SOC 448 (3) Comparative Family Systems.

Prerequisite:Seniorstanding.Astudyoffamily

structures, kinship patterns, social relationships,

comparative functions and variations in the family

organization in selected culture. (D)

SOC 451 (3) Social Statistics.Prerequisite:Senior

standing. Basic methods of presenting, analyzing

and interpreting social data through statistical

methods with concentration on statistical series,

frequencydistributions,normalcurve,measuresof

central tendency, dispersion, variability, correlation,

andsuchanalysisofvarianceaschi-square.(F,S)

SOC 453 (3) Women and Employment: Selected

Topics of Concern. Will be both academic and

research oriented. It will cover such issues as: how

women combine the work role with other major

roles, the matching of workers to jobs including both

women’s own career decision and organizational

process of placement, and the problems and rewards

associatedwithnon-traditionaloccupations.(D)

SOC 455 (3) Race and Ethnic Relations. A

description and analysis of the race and ethnic

characteristics of groups within the United States,

with special emphasis on patterns of racial and ethnic

relationshipandfactorsinuencingthem.(F,S)

SOC 458 (3) Group Dynamics. Emergence of social

organization from unorganized collect behavior.

Conditions giving rise to crowds, mobs, riots, panic,

social unrest. Attentions to dynamics of small group

behavior, patterns of leadership, and formation of

public opinion. (D)

SOC 460 (3) Honors Independent Reading and

Research.Prerequisites:Cumulativegradepoint

average of 3.0 and 3.3 in all sociological courses and

permission of instructor. Emphasis will be focused

on giving highly individualized guidance to the

student interested in exploring in depth a selected

independent reading or research area in sociology

for either one or two semesters. (D)

SOC 470 (3) Seminar in Sociology. Prerequisites:

Seniorstandingandcompletionallrequired

sociology courses through the First Semester,

Senior year with a minimum of 2.00 average and

a grade of “C” or better in all sociology courses.

Critical analysis of research papers presented by the

students.Methodsofndingandorganizingsource

and secondary materials. (S)

SOC 490 (3) Special Topics in Sociology. Varying

advanced topics selected by the instructor for study

in depth. May be repeated for a maximum of nine

hoursprovidedregistrationscoverdierenttopics,

Topics announced in advance. (D)

SPANISH

Department of English and Modern Foreign Languages

OFFICE: Dollye M. E. Robinson Building

SP 101-102 (3, 3) Elementary Spanish. An

introduction of Spanish. Essentials of the language.

Training in the four skills of listening, speaking,

reading, and writing in the Spanish language. May

not be taken by native speakers.

SP 201 (3) Intermediate Spanish. Prerequisites:SP

101,102orequivalent.Reviewofessentials.Reading

of appropriate texts and analysis and discussion

emphasizing content and grammar. Conducted

mainly in Spanish. May not be taken by native

speakers. May be used to satisfy 3rd or 4th semester

departmentrequirement.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 345

SP 202 (3) Intermediate Spanish.Prerequisites:SP

101,102,201,orequivalent.ContinuationofSP201.

May not be taken by native speakers. May be used

tosatisfythe4thsemesterdepartmentalrequirement.

SP 230 (3) Spanish Civilization Studies. Emphasizes

Spanish Peninsular History, Philosophy, Sociology,

Politics, Cultural and Social Institutions, and to a

limited degree, Literature. Taught in English and

opentothegeneralstudentbody.Requiredofmajors.

SP 231 (3) Spanish-American Civilizational Studies.

Emphasizes Spanish American History, Philosophy,

Sociology, Politics, Cultural and Social Institutions, and

to a limited degree, Literature. Taught in English and

opentothegeneralstudentbody.Requiredofmajors.

SP 254 (3) Spanish for Businessmen.

SP 311 (3) Survey of Spanish Literature.

Prerequisites:SP201and202.Ageneraloutline

course in the history of Spanish Literature up to the

Seventeenth Century. Lectures, readings, oral and

written reports.

SP 312 (3) Survey of Spanish Literature.

Prerequisites:SP201and202.Ageneraloutline

of the history of the literature of the Eighteenth

and Nineteenth Centuries and a study of the most

signicantaspectsofmodernandcontemporary

literature in Spain.

SP 313 (3) Landmarks of Peninsular Spanish

Literature.Prerequisites:SP230,231orthe

equivalent.AcourseinwhichpeninsularSpanish

masterpieces will be studied in order to familiarize

the students with these works, plots, characters, and

literary and cultural importance.

SP 315, 316 (3) (3) Introduction to Spanish-

American Literature.Prerequisites:SP230and231.

AgeneralsurveyofthemaincurrentsinSpanish-

American Literature from the Colonial Period

through the Contemporary Period.

SP 317 (3) Landmarks of Spanish American

Literature.Prerequisites:SP230,231orthe

equivalent.AcourseinwhichSpanishAmerican

masterpieces will be studied in order to familiarize

the students with these works, plots, characters, and

literary and cultural importance.

SP 321 (3) Conversation and Composition.

Prerequisites:any6hoursofIntermediateoptions

orequivalents.PracticeinidiomaticSpanish

Composition, conversations and discussions on

current events. May not be taken by native speakers.

SP 322 (3) Conversation and Composition.

Prerequisite:SP321.AcontinuationofSP321.May

not be taken by native speakers.

SP 401S (3) Methods of Teaching Modern Foreign

Languages. A course designed to treat the principles,

problems and materials involved in the teaching of

Spanish and other modern languages on the secondary

level.Requiredofforeignlanguagemajorswithsenior

standing who follow the teaching program.

SP 421, 422 (3) (3) Advanced Topics for Conversation.

Prerequisites:SP321,322orequivalent.Intensive

practice in oral Spanish using topics of culture,

civilization,politics,andeconomicsoftheSpanish-

speaking world. May not be taken by native speakers.

SP 425 (3) Advanced Spanish Grammar.

Prerequisites:Any6hoursofIntermediateoptionsor

equivalent.SpecialaspectsandproblemsofSpanish

grammar. Development of written skills through

grammaticalandstylisticdrills;guidedandoriginal

compositions. Individual corrections.

SP 430, 431 (3) (3) History of Spanish Civilization.

Prerequisites:SP230and231.Anoutlinestudyof

thephysical,racial,historical,andartisticinuences

which have molded the culture of Spain. Lectures,

readings, oral and written reports.

SP 441 (3) Siglo de Oro.Prerequisites:SP311and

312. A detailed study of the Golden Age. Lectures,

readings, oral and written reports.

SP 443 (3) Cervantes.Prerequisites:SP311and312.

A study of the life and works of Miguel de Cervantes,

with special attention to “Don Quijote de la Mancha”

as a masterpiece of world literature. Lectures, readings,

oral and written reports.

SP 447 (3) The Regional Novel.Prerequisite:SP

311 and 312. A study of the Spanish novel of the

Nineteenth Century. Lectures, readings, oral and

written reports.

SP 449 (3) Twentieth Century Spanish Literature.

Prerequisites:SP311and312.Newcurrentsinthe

prose and poetry of the Twentieth Century. Lectures,

readings, oral and written reports.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 346

SP 451 (3) Spanish-American Novel. Prerequisite:SP

231.AstudyofthecontemporarySpanish-American

Novel. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports.

SP 480 (3) Independent Study.Prerequisites:

Departmental approval. Special reading assignments,

investigativepaperorresearchprojectinaspecic

areaofSpanish-Americanliterature,philosophyor

culture directed by a specialist in that area.

SP 499 (3) Senior Seminar.Prerequisites:

Departmental approval and senior status. The

primary purpose of this course is to interrelate all

areascoveredinSpanishduringtherstthreeyears

of study of the language, literature and culture.

SPEECH COMMUNICATION STUDIES

Department of Speech Communication

OFFICE: Rose McCoy Auditorium

SPCH 201 (3) Speech Arts. A discussion, demonstration,

and performance based course designed for the

non-speechmajor.Itaimstodevelopthestudent’s

abilitytospeakuentlywithcondenceandpoise

with another individual, in the group setting, and

before an audience. A University core course.

SPCH 214 (3) Interpersonal Communication. A

course designed to analyze communication from one

toseveralpersons.Itoersopportunitiestoengage

inface-to-faceinteractionsthroughinterviews,

conversations, etc.

SPCH 215 (3) Training the Speaking Voice. A course

designed to improve vocal conditions for speech

purposes in general, and for the classroom teaching

situation in particular. It deals primarily with the

basic elements of voice and diction, articulation,

pronunciation and development of vocal skills.

SPCH 216 (3) Public Speaking.Anintensied

study of and training in speech composition and

techniquesofdelivery.Basicandspecialtypesof

speeches are considered.

SPCH 217 (3) Oral Interpretation. A course designed

to help students analyze, experience, and orally

communicate various types of literature.

SPCH 300 (3) Introduction to Organizational

Communication. A course designed to study the key

variablesinuencingthecommunicationbehavior

of people in organizations and those variables

mostaectedbythatbehavior.Theorganization

asalivingopen-systemconnectedbytheowof

information between and among people who occupy

various roles and positions will be examined.

SPCH 334 (3) Argumentation and Debate. An

application of logical principles to discourse in

order to develop cogency and standards for

criticism. Attention is given to analysis, evidence,

straight thinking, methods of attack and defense,

organization of ideas, preparation of briefs, and the

techniquesofdeliveryindebating.

SPCH 335 (3) Persuasion. A course designed to give

both theoretical knowledge and practical skill in

recognizingandapplyingthevarioustechniques

ofinuence.

SPCH 416 (3) Rhetorical Criticism. Prerequisite:

SPCH 337 or consent of instructor. A examination of

rhetorical methods and artifacts for the purpose of

understanding various communication situations and

the rhetoric of social reality set forth by rhetors and

rhetorical communities.

SPCH 430 (3) Small Group Discussion. A course

designedtoteachthestudentskillsforeective

communication in group settings such as panel,

symposium,andforum.Dealsspecicallywithgroup

cohesion in topic understanding and problem solution.

SPCH 435 (3) Directing Forensics. A course designed

tostudythetheoriesandtechniquesinvolvedin

organizing interscholastic and intrascholastic speech

activities. Attention is given to the directing of

debate, oral interpretation and oratory taught by

teachers and coaches on the high school and/or

college level.

SPCH 499 (3) Seminar in Communication.

Prerequisites:Seniorstandingandconsentof

instructor. This course will provide the student

in speech with intensive reading in and critical

discussion of literature on advanced topics, with

particular attention to interaction processes

characterizing speech communication. The student

will design, perform and report original research on

speech communication variables.

SPEECH COMMUNICATION STUDIES:

SPCH 218 (3) Listening. The course aims to explain

causesandnatureofpoorlistening;tofosterself

insight into personal listening habits and to initiate a

method of training to improve listening behavior.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 347

SPCH 337 (3) Analysis of Communication. A

detailed analysis of the process of communication.

Methods and models of communication will be

studiedin-depthtounderstandtheoriesthatguide

criticism, interpretation and validation of the process

andeectsofcommunication,oralandwritten,inall

sectors of life.

SPCH 338 (3) Nonverbal Communication. The

course will explore the functions of communication

in such areas as posture, gesture, facial expressions,

voice, touching, clothing, proxemics and environment

as they impact on the process of communication.

SPCH 339 (3) Intercultural Communication. A course

designed to analyze the nature of intercultural

communication and its importance to the survival of

humanity and society.

SPCH 431 (3) Political Communication. This course

focuses on the communication process in politics

through political campaigning as a specialized

approach to mass persuasion.

SPCH 496 (3) History and Development of Black

Protest Oratory. Students will identify and analyze

(1)thebasichistoricalperiodsinAfrican-American

history, (2) persuasive elements within selected

protest ovations, and (3) rhetorical strategies and

tactics used to accomplish persuasive goals.

SPCH 497 (3) Communication Project. The student

will design a research project as an outgrowth of

knowledgelearnedorskillsacquired.Thenatureof

the project will vary depending upon student interest

butmayincludeattitudinalstudies,programeective-

nessstudies,andstudent-teacherdepartmental

relationships.

SPCH 498 (3) Communication Internship. The

student will spend a semester in an actual job setting

utilizingknowledgelearnedorskillsacquired.The

nature of the work may vary depending upon the

particular placement, but may include speech

writing, public relations, and research.

SPECIAL EDUCATION

Department of Special Education

OFFICE: Joseph H. Jackson Building

SPED 304 (3) Organizational Procedures for Special

Education. A study of organizational structures,

programmatic procedures, policies, resources, and

guidelines essential to the delivery of educational

services for exceptional children.

SPED 306W (3) Introduction to Disabilities

Studies.Thiscourseisastudyofclassications,

characteristics, and interactions of biological,

emotional and social factors concerning the disabled.

It will also emphasize programs and practices for the

disabledinnon-traditionalsettings.

SPED 307 (3) Behavioral Management for

Exceptional Children. Emphasis will be placed

oncurrenttechniques,educationalstrategiesand

tools that will aid the teacher in understanding and

handling behavior problems in the classroom.

SPED 311 (3) Exceptional Children and Youth in

the Schools.Astudyofdenitions,classications,

characteristics, educational programs and problems

of exceptional children.

SPED 315W (3) Assessment and Individualized

Programming for 7-12. Introduction and orientation

to the diagnosis, appraisal and programming of

exceptional persons at the secondary level.

SPED 339 (3) Vocational/Career Planning for

Exceptional Adolescents. This course is an

investigation of strategies for developing vocational/

career education and employment opportunities for

students with disabilities.

SPED 367 (3) Introduction to the Hearing Impaired.

Focuses on causes of hearing impairment, educational

facilities, the methods, controversy, and family

adjustment which are necessary in order to fully

understand the hearing impaired child.

SPED 368 (3) Family and Community Resources.

An exploration of locating and utilizing community

resources in helping persons with disabilities and

their families.

SPED 369 (3) Strategies for Managing Violent and

Aggressive Behaviors. This course emphasizes

prevention and crisis management models, verbal

interaction and personal safety skills applicable with

verbally aggressive and physically violent behavior.

SPED 400 (3) Medical Aspects of Disabilities.

Thiscourseisastudyofdenitions,classications,

characteristics, evaluations, diagnosis, and treatments

of medical conditions of children or youth with

exceptionalities.

SPED 402A (12) Clinical Internship. This course is

a continuation of the practical learning experiences

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 348

engaged in during the EDCI 302 course, but in

amoreintensiedandconcretemanner.These

experiencesoccurinano-campusschooland

community situations for twelve weeks where

opportunity is given to the student teacher to test

theories of teaching and learning, to initiate and test

idea with children. With guidance and supervision,

the student teacher is also given the opportunity to

develop the ability, initiative and responsibility for

planning, guiding and evaluating the total program of

the children with whom he/she is working.

SPED 402B (12) Clinical Internship in Disabled Students.

Placement of Seniors who have completed SPED

306, 307, 339, 368, 369, 400, 403, 466, 467, 480W,

482,and499,withagencieswheretheycangeton-

the-jobexperiencesinnon-teachingsettings.

SPED 403 (3) Teaching the Severely and Profoundly

Handicapped. Provides students with the skills and

understanding needed to teach severely/profoundly

handicappedstudents;programneeds,services,and

an overview of the role of severely and profoundly

handicapped person within society.

SPED 420 (3) Introduction to Assistive Technology.

Thiscourseprovideshands-ondemonstrationof

technology and software that facilitates new ways of

teaching and learning for individuals with disabilities.

SPED 422 (3) Education and the Psychology of

the Mildly/Moderately Handicapped. This course

is an overview of the three traditional handicapped

groups: learning disabled, mildly (educable) mentally

retarded, and mildly behaviorally disordered.

SPED 428W (3) Educational Assessment.

Investigation of instruments and procedures in

assessingexceptionalchildren;theirinterpretation,

usefulness, and limitation in diagnosing problems

and planning educational programs.

SPED 430 (3) Education and Psychology of the

Mentally Retarded. Deals with the medical and

behavioralclassications,characteristics,interaction

of biological, emotional and social factors, educational

philosophy, objectives and programs for the mentally

retarded.

SPED 432 (3) Education and Psychology of

the Learning Disabled. Survey of the historical

development of learning disabilities, problems of

denitionandclassication,screeninganddiagnosis,

and instructional systems.

SPED 450 (3) Education and Psychology of

Children With Behavioral Disorders. Characteristics,

causes and problems of emotional disturbance in

childrenandyouth;diagnosis,andplacementandin-

depth study of educational programs.

SPED 466 (3) Introduction to Sign Language.

Emphasizes fundamental skills of sign language used

by deaf individuals in communicative process.

SPED 467 (3) Advanced Sign Language.

Prerequisite:SPED466A.Emphasizestheinterpretation

of English language into sign language and presents

colloquialismsthatareprevalentininformal

conversational situations among deaf people.

SPED 468 (3) Introduction to Interpreting.

Prerequisites:SPED466Aand466B.Development

of skills necessary for interpreting for deaf individuals

in educational and other related settings. It also

emphasizes the values and ethics of interpreting.

SPED 480 (3) Education and Psychology of the

Physically Handicapped. Description of the various

types of orthopedically and other health impaired

childrenandyouth;etiology,characteristics,medical

aspects, and needs of each type.

SPED 498 (3) Seminar in the Hearing Impaired.

Currentproblems,issues,andtrendsintheeldof

the hearing impaired.

SPED 499 (3) Seminar in the Mildly/Moderately

Handicapped. Current problems, trends, and issues

intheeldofthemildly/moderatelyhandicapped.

SOCIAL SCIENCE

Department of Social and Cultural Studies

OFFICE: Joseph H. Jackson Building

SS 101 (3) Introduction to the Social Sciences–

Foundations. This course examines the basic

denitions,concepts,generalizations,literature,

values,valuingprocess,andevaluationtechniquesin

the Social Sciences and Social Studies. (D)

SS 111 (3) Survey of Black Studies. This course

examinestheculturaltraitsofblacks,conicts

of blacks and whites, and the status of blacks in

America. (F, S, Sum)

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 349

SS 201 (3) Social Institutions. The course examines

the basic domestic, educational and religious

institutions, relying heavily on the interdisciplinary

approach. (F, S, Sum)

SS 202 (3) Economic Institutions. This course

examines the basic economic institutions, relying

heavily on the interdisciplinary approach. (F)

SS 203 (3) Historical and Cultural Foundations of

Education.Prerequisite:EDCI100.Thiscourseis

concerned primarily with selected historical facts

andphilosophicalideas,whichhaveinuencedthe

development of modern education. (F, S, Sum)

SS 204 (3) Introduction to Social Science–Value and

Valuing. Basic social values, the valuing process and

theroleofvaluesindecision-makingareexplored.(D)

SS 205 (3) Introduction to Social Science–Inquiry.

Explainstheinquirystrategiesandtechniquesused

in concept formation and generalization discovery, as

they pertain to the social science. (D)

SS 211 (3) Ethnic Studies Survey of Native and

Hispanic Americans. This course examines cultural

traits of Native Americans and Hispanic Americans,

theirconictswithwhitepeople,andtheirstatusin

the United States of America. (F, S, Sum)

SS 212 (3) Ethnic Studies Survey of Jewish and Asian

Americans. This course examines the cultural traits

ofJewishandAsianAmericans,theirconictswith

white people, and their status in the United States

of America. (S)

SS 300 (3) Organization and Regulations for Social

Studies Teachers.Thiscourseacquaintsstudents

with the legal and professional obligations and

opportunities for social studies teachers. (D)

SS 301 (3) Law and Socail Studies. This course

examineslawsandcourtdecisionsaectingthe

rights, responsibilities, conditions and expectations

of public school teachers and the students and

districts which they serve. (F, S)

SS 305 (3) African American Futures. The course

is designed to involve Jackson State University in

an examination and study of relevant futurist issues.

The content for this course will be explored using an

interdisciplinary approach. (F, S, Sum)

SS 311 (3) Ethnic Studies and Curriculum Development.

Prerequisite:CompletionofSS111,211and212.This

course focuses on the evaluation and development

of ethnic studies curriculum materials. (S)

SS 324 (3) Introduction to Cartography. This course

introduces students to map projections, cartographic

theory and practical experience in the collection,

classication,anddisplayofspatialdataviamapping

techniques,designandproduction,usingpenandink.(D)

SS 400S (3) Social Studies Equipment and

Materials.Prerequisite:Juniorstanding.Students

areacquaintedwiththeselectionandutilization

of reading, audio, graphic, and visual materials and

equipmentdesignedforsocialstudies.(D)

SS 401 (3) Socail Science in the Elementary School.

Prerequisite:Juniorstandingandatleast15hours

of Social Sciences. Exposure to the methods of

developing objectives, carrying out strategies and

evaluating social studies teaching, learning and

interactions are focuses of this course. (F, S)

SS 412 (9) Internship in Ethnic Studies. Prerequisite:

Completion of SS 111, 211, and 212. In this course,

students are placed with educational institutions

where they practice what they have learned and get

on-the-jobexperience.(S)

SS 443 (3) Seminar in Social Science. Prerequisite:

Completion of all substantive courses in the social

sciences. Contemporary issues and problems are

analyzed by means of student research papers and

project reports. Standardized examinations and job

applicationtechniquesarealsoexplored.(F)

SS 498 (3) Seminar in Job Acquisition. Students are

given practical exercises in preparing for standardized

examinations and in applying for jobs. (D)

SOCIAL WORK

Bachelor of Social Work Program

OFFICE: Charles F. Moore Building

SW 200 (3) Introduction to Social Work. This course

provides a broad survey of the social work profession,

itshistory,andthevaluesandethicsthatarefunda-

mental to this profession. An overview of social work

theory, practice, policy, research, and the diversity of

the societal population are integrated in exploring

the knowledge, values, and skills base of the social

work profession. Students are introduced to generalist

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 350

social work practice and the use of critical thinking

in the helping professions. Students in the course

participate in twenty hours of service learning. (F, S)

SW 201 (3) Introduction to Social Welfare Policy

and Services I.Thiscourseacquaintsstudents

withthehistoricaldevelopmentofsocialwelfare;

itsphilosophicalandvaluebase;andcontemporary

social welfare policies, programs and services in the

United States. The course provides a multicultural

perspective for understanding issues of discrimination

and oppression in relation to social welfare systems.

It provides students with a global perspective which

enables them to better understand the social welfare

system in this country. Finally, the course provides an

understanding of key social welfare concepts. (F, S)

SW 210 (3) Social Work Values and Ethics. This

course focuses on the values of the social work

profession and the process of ethical decision

making in the practice of professional social work.

The intent of the course is to provide a foundation

knowledge of professional values and ethics in order

to develop sensitivity to ethical issues and dilemmas

insocialworkandsocialwelfare.Thecourseconcen-

trates on knowledge about the codes of ethics of

the National Association of Social Workers and the

National Association of Black Social Workers. Legal

issues related to malpractice and liability and ethical

issuesrelatedtoat-riskpopulationsarecovered.

The course examines personal values as well as

societal values and analyzes the interaction and

interrelationship of these values with the social work

professional values. (F, S)

SW 250 (3) Theoretical Perspectives in Generalist

Social Work.Prerequisites:SW200,210.This

course outlines the historical development of social

worktheory.Itequipsstudentswithavarietyof

perspectives in social work theories, while fostering

a critical analysis in comparing and contrasting

those theories and their applications. It provides

opportunities for students to utilize theory to analyze

dierentcasescenariosworkingwithindividuals,

families, groups, organizations, and communities in

generalist social work practice. It orients students

to the conceptual, ethical, and practical basis for

analyzing social problems and issues and translating

thesetheoreticalconstructsintoproblem-solving

methods in social work practice. (F, S)

SW 301 (3) Human Behavior and the Social

Environment I.Prerequisites:BIO101,HE101,

SOC214,PSY201,SW200,250;Corequisites:

SW210andPSY216.Therstcourseinhuman

behavior and the social environment orients

students to theoretical perspectives regarding the

person-in-environmentfocusuponwhichsocial

work bases its practice. Systems theory and an

ecologicalperspectivewithalife-spanapproach

and situational context are utilized to explore the

periods from conception through later adulthood

to understand individuals as they develop and

have membership in diverse families, groups,

organizations, and communities. Knowledge of the

theories about and the relationships among human

biological, social, psychological, cultural, spiritual,

and economic systems during these periods of life

span development is included and assessed for use

inproblem-solvingwhileworkingwithindividuals,

families, groups, organizations, and communities in

social work practice. (F, S)

SW 302 (3) Human Behavior and the Social

Environment II. Prerequisites:SW250,301andPSY216.

This second course in human behavior and the social

environment expands students’ knowledge of

theoreticalperspectivesregardingtheperson-in-

environment focus upon which social work bases

its practice. Systems theory and an ecosystems

perspective utilizing a situational context to understand

individuals as members of social systems such as

families, groups, organizations, and communities is

oeredastheorganizingframework.Astrengths

perspective, empowerment, and resiliency are

underlying themes. Knowledge of the theories

about and the relationships among human biological,

social, psychological, cultural, spiritual, and economic

systems are included for use in understanding human

behaviorandinproblem-solvingwhileworking

with individuals, families, groups, organizations, and

communities in social work practice. (F, S)

SW 305 (3) Human Diversity and Social Justice.

Prerequisites:SOC214,PSY201,SW200,SW210;

Co-requisites:PSY216,SW301.Thiscoursefocuses

on people from diverse backgrounds. It emphasizes

populations that are at risk of discrimination and

oppression, including the dynamics of these risks and

strategies to promote social, economic, and political

justice. (F, S)

SW 315 (3) Introduction to Computer Utilization for

Social Work Practice and Research. (Restricted to

majors only). This course focuses on developing

computer literacy in applications that are relevant

to social work practice and research. Computer

applicationsincludewordprocessing,datamanage-

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 351

ment, and other uses relevant to monitoring direct

practice and evaluating agency programs and services.

Alabcomponentisoeredtoprovidestudentswith

hands-onexperiencewithcomputers.(D)

SW 330 (3) Child Welfare Services. The focus of this

course is on social welfare programs and services,

legislation and policies in child welfare as they relate

to children with special needs and their families. (D)

SW 338 (3) Social Welfare Policy and Services II.

Prerequisites:SW200,201,ECO211,andPS135.This

course focuses on the policy formulation process and

evaluatesitscomponents.Theinteractionandrelation-

ship between and among the pluralistic social, political,

andeconomicsystemsandsub-systemsofsocietyare

analyzed. Emphasis is placed upon the egalitarian and

humanitarian values that contribute to mutual aid

and social justice. Additionally, the course assesses

theunderlyingfactorsthatinuencedenitions

of social problems needing private and/or public

solutions. The role that human diversity plays in

inuencingthesocialwelfarepolicydecisionmaking

and implementation processes is discussed. The

scienticresearchprocessanditsroleinthepolicy

arena are considered. (F, S)

SW 385 (3) Social Work Practice I. Prerequisites:

SW200,210,301;Corequisite:SW302.(Restrictedto

majorsonly).Thiscourseistherstoftherequired

practice courses designed to provide the necessary

knowledge, skills, and values and ethics to prepare

students to function as generalist social work

practitioners.Itfocusesontherelationship-building

andproblem-solvingskillsnecessaryforsocialwork

practice with individuals, families, and groups. (F, S)

SW 390 (3) The Black Experience. This course

covers the historical development and contributions

that have provided the foundation to the Black

experienceinsocialwork.Itdiscussestheunique

manner in which African Americans practice “Black

experience-basedsocialwork.”Basedonthespiritual

andbluestraditions,thecourseoerssocialwork

techniquestoworkwithAfricanAmericanindividuals,

families, groups, and communities. The roles of

African American people in social work are explored.

Emphasized are such factors as education, housing,

family, employment, and the impact of racism. (D)

SW 402 (3) Leadership and Management Skills. A

broad survey of the administrative and management

theories associated with the knowledge base of

the social work profession. This course focuses on

organizational and agency structure in relation to

the delivery of services. It develops leadership skills

and a systematic approach to management of work

loads. Theories of management and motivation

are considered in relationship to operation of

organizations and agencies. (D)

SW 405 (3) Community Organization and Development.

As one of the primary social work methods of practice,

community organization is experiencing a revival

in urban and rural areas in this country. This course

assists social workers and other helping professionals

respond to the resurgence of interest in this area. The

focus is on “the community as the client” and it is

both didactic and experiential in structure. The history,

theories, and models of community organization

practice are reviewed. The functions and roles of

human service professionals in macro practice are

examined. The primary emphasis is on the areas of

practice and strategic practice approaches. (D)

SW 410 (3) Social Legislation. Description and analysis

of laws and court decisions relating to social, economic

and legal problems in American society. The legislative

process for addressing these problems is also studied. (D)

SW 420 (3) Behavior Modication for Social Workers.

Social work students develop skills in using learning

theory to modify human behavior. This course

introduces a practical approach to assessment and

intervention in achieving stabilization and behavioral

change. The focus is upon overt behavior exhibited

by clients whom the social worker encounters in

practice. (D)

SW 421 (3) Teenage Sexuality and Teenage Parenting

in Urban Centers. An investigation of those social,

psychological, educational, and/or economic factors

whichinuenceteenagerstowardsexualactivity,

pregnancy, marriage, pregnancy termination, etc.

Emphasis is also placed on functional research relative

to understanding the adolescent mind in urban centers,

theuniqueproblemsandneedsoftheadolescent,

and those social services in urban centers which

attempt to meet the needs of adolescents. (D)

SW 430 (3) Family Treatment. This course provides

information about the theory and process of family

therapy.Thecourseoersapresentationofthe

major theoretical underpinning and clinical practices

inthefamilytreatmenteldtoday.(D)

SW 435 (3) Family Violence. In recent years the

family has become one of the most violent social

institutions in this country. This course increases

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 352

student knowledge and awareness of domestic

violence in all its forms: child and adolescent abuse

and neglect, spouse abuse (women and men), and

elderly abuse. The social and historical background

of family violence is examined. Emphasis is also

placed on the extent and seriousness of the problem.

Current legislation, programs and services, and

intervention strategies are reviewed. (D)

SW 436 (3) Child Abuse and Neglect: Protective

Services.Thiscoursefocusesspecicallyonthe

complex problems of child abuse and neglect. It

covers the incidence, causes, symptomatology, and

types of child abuse and neglect with critical study

ofchidsexualabuse.State-of-the-artresearchand

approaches to treatment utilizing a multidisciplinary

perspective (legal, medical, educational, and social

services) are included. (D)

SW 445 (3) Introduction to Social Gerontology.

This course gives students a general overview of

social gerontology as a branch of knowledge in the

eldofgerontology.Socialgerontologyconcerns

itself with psychosocial and economic aspects

of the aged individual and the social problems

encountered from living in both formal and informal

societal groupings. The interaction of these aspects

and groupings and the services established and

considered for the aged through public and social

policy are discussed. (D)

SW 446 (3) Adult Development: Young Adulthood,

Middle Years and Aging. This course focuses on

current and past theories in adult development. It

highlights the changes in society and how these

changesimpactadulthoodforyoungadults,middle-

age and older persons as stages of development.

The processes of adult development are explored

from a psychological perspective. (D)

SW 447 (3) Clinical Intervention with the Elderly.

Themostimportantgoalforhumanserviceprofess-

ionalsistoimprovethequalityoflifeforolderpeople

througheectiveinterventionontheirbehalf.This

course focuses on skill development and knowledge

and understanding of older persons’ behavior through

the public health model of preventive intervention

at the primary, secondary, and tertiary levels.

Interventive activities and case studies are utilized

in this course to develop skills for working with the

elderly in institutions and in the community. (D)

SW 448 (3) Public Policy Issues in Aging. This

course provides an analysis of legislative policy and

organized human welfare services and resources for

the elderly as a social group in society. The political,

economic, and social realities of aging that identify

theelderlyasrequiringpublicpolicysolutionsare

examined. The framework of analysis includes the

legitimacy of aging as a social problem, and the social

functioningoftheoverallsocietyanditssubcom-

ponents such as the family, the individual and other

social, political, economic and cultural institutions. (D)

SW 449 (3) Independent Study: Special Topics in

Aging. A primary focus of this course is its emphasis

on special topics in aging to insure development

of knowledge in the behavioral, biological, clinical,

and social sciences. In this regard, with faculty

direction, students explore, build upon and increase

theknowledgebaseinagingandindividualwell-

being. Students engage in research and independent

studyinspecicareasofinterestingerontologyand

translateresearchndingsintopolicyandpractice.(D)

SW 450 (3) Social Work in Health Related Fields.

This course is designed to help students develop

knowledge, skills and attitudes necessary to work

inhealth-relatedelds.Twobroadareasofconcern

in this course are: (1) social work in medical and

psychiatric settings, and (2) delivery of health care

services. Though general in scope, the course

enablesstudentstoacquireknowledgeinproblem

solving and in analyzing service systems. (D)

SW 455 (3) Research Methods in Social Work.

Prerequisites:SW250,302,305,338,385;

Corequisites:SW486,StatisticsOption.(Restricted

to majors only). This course focuses on the practical

methodsofresearchwhichentry-levelsocialworkers

can incorporate into their practice environment. It

reviews the fundamental theoretical frameworks,

research concepts, and the research process from

thepointofviewofproblem-solving.Students

obtain the knowledge needed to monitor their

practice, evaluate agency programs, and understand

the ethical use of social work research. (F, S)

SW 460 (3) Professional Development in Human

Services–Summer Institute.Prerequisite:Permission

of the Program Coordinator. This institute examines

a variety of issues concerning the role of the human

service professional in bringing about change. Each

institutehasadierentfocusbasedonexpressed

student and community needs. (D)

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 353

SW 465 (2) Professional Development and Licensure

Preparation. Permission of instructor. (Restricted

to majors only). This course enhances and extends

the student’s knowledge of the social work process.

It includes knowledge in the areas of practice,

assessment, human behavior, policy, research,

administration, cultural diversity, and social work

values and ethics. (F, S)

SW 480 (3) Independent Study. This course permits

studentstostudyin-depthsocialworkrelatedissues.

A student may enroll in independent study for reading,

writing,oreldexperiencebasedonpersonalinterest.

Flexibility in the program is increased and student

independence is enhanced. (D)

SW 485 (3) Skills in Interviewing. Prerequisites:

SW 302 and 385. (Restricted to majors only). This

course introduces essential communication skills and

techniques,alongwiththepitfallsmostcommonly

encountered in building helping relationships as

a social work generalist practitioner. Emphasis

is directed to the skills needed in interviewing

individuals, families, small groups, and organizational

and community systems. This course builds upon

theassessmentknowledgeacquiredthroughthe

biopsychosocial study of human behavior and the

social environment and an understanding of the

helping process in generalist social work practice. (F, S)

SW 486 (3) Social Work Practice II. Prerequisites:

SW200,301,302,and385;Corequisite:SW485.

(Restrictedtomajorsonly;malpracticeinsurance

required).ThiscourseisacontinuationofSocial

Work Practice I in the development of the generalist

social worker. It focuses on social work practice skills

with organizations and communities, and includes a

thirty-hourservicelearningcomponent.(F,S)

SW 489 (3) Field Instruction. Prerequisites:All

requiredsocialworkcoursesandallliberalarts

prerequisitesandco-requisitesforthesecourses.

Corequisite:SW499.(Restrictedtomajorsonly;

malpracticeinsurancerequired).Fieldinstruction

enables students to integrate and apply to social

work practice the knowledge, skills, and values

and ethics obtained in the social work foundation

courses.Agency-basedlearningexperiencesare

provided which allow students to develop generalist

practitioner skills for social work practice with diverse

individuals, families, small groups, organizations,

and communities, including populations at risk

of injustice, oppression and discrimination. Each

student completes a minimum of 500 hours of

supervised practice in a community agency. (F, S)

SW 499 (3) Seminar in Issues and Problems

of Professional Social Work.Prerequisites:All

socialworkrequiredcoursesandallliberalarts

prerequisitesandcorequisitesforthesecourses.

Corequisite:SW489.(Restrictedtomajorsonly).

Thisintegrativeseminarisanextensionoftheeld

instructionalprocessandisdependentupontheeld

instructional learning experiences for considerable

teaching content. This seminar serves as the bridge

betweentheeducationalprocessandentry-level

professional social work practice. Additionally,

this course provides information for students who

wish to pursue graduate professional education. It

providesaforumforthediscussionofpractice-

related issues and the integration of social work

knowledge, skills, and values and ethics. The seminar

also emphasizes the importance of the evaluation of

one’s own practice and the use of research skills in

program evaluation. (F, S)

THERAPEUTIC RECREATION

Department of Health, Physical Education

and Recreation

OFFICE: T.B. Ellis Physical Education Complex

TREC 104 (3) Introduction to Therapeutic Recreation.

Thiscourseprovidesorientationtotheeldof

therapeutic recreation in terms of its history,

philosophy, development, practice procedures and

the contribution of therapeutic recreation to the

school, community, and client. (F)

TREC 218 (3) History and Philosophy of Therapeutic

Recreation. This course provides a thorough

investigation of the philosophical basis for

therapeutic recreation, history, events, landmark

legislation and the formation of the profession.

TREC 225 (1) Practicum in Therapeutic Recreation.

Learning experiences will be provided for students

during the fall and summer at local therapeutic

recreation agencies. Students will have opportunities

to gain experience as an observer in programming

procedures.

TREC 313 (3) Implications of Disabling Conditions

in Therapeutic Recreation. This course is designed

to provide students with knowledge, and skills in

planning and developing opportunities and for

persons with various disabilities and the implications

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 354

related to service delivery.

TREC 325 (1) Practicum in Therapeutic Recreation.

Experiences will be obtained by students at local

agencies institutions that have viable therapeutic

recreation programs. Students will gain experiences

ininitiatingleadershipandprogrammingtechniques

and procedures. (S)

TREC 329 (3) Programs Design and Evaluation in

Therapeutic Recreation. This course presents a

study of the various therapeutic recreation programs

and problems encountered in recreation program

planning for the special population. (S)

TREC 415 (3) Current Issues and Trends in

Therapeutic Recreation. This course focuses

on critical issues and trends surrounding the

professional practice of therapeutic recreation and

the challenges for future growth.

TREC 418 (3) Principles, Practices, and Procedures

in Therapeutic Recreation. This course provides

an overview of service delivery, practice, guidelines,

theories,facilitationtechniquesandevaluationofthe

therapeutic recreation process.

TREC 421 (3) Management in Therapeutic Recreation.

This course is a study of the principles, methods,

techniques,organizationalpatterns,personnel,public

relations and administrative problems involved in the

management of therapeutic recreation programs.

TREC 423 (3) Recreation and Evaluation in

Therapeutic Recreation. Emphasis of the course

ontheprinciplesandtechniquesofresearch

and evaluation in therapeutic recreation to the

organization, administrators, and objectives of viable

therapeutic recreation programs. (Sum)

TREC 424 (3) Seminar in Therapeutic Recreation.

This course is designed to provide students with

current information that pertains to issues, practices

and procedures in therapeutic recreation. Emphasis

will be placed on reviewing the literature, doing case

studies, and abstracts.

TREC 425 (9) Therapeutic Recreation Internship.

Emphasis is placed on supervised leadership assignments

in public or private agencies institutions with emphasis

on a variety of therapeutic recreation leadership

experiences common to such organizational

programs. Students will have the responsibility of

planning, implementing, and evaluating a special

senior program during internship. (F, S)

URBAN STUDIES

Department of Urban and Regional Planning

OFFICE: Universities Center, Suite 7

UA 200 (3) Introduction to Urban Studies and Planning.

An introductory course outlining life in urban environments.

Attention will be devoted to urban growth in general,

race relations, housing, transportation, government

administration,andeducationandspecicrolethat

planninghasininuencingurbanlife.

UA 229 (3) Dimensions in Cultures. An introductory

course in cultural anthropology which examines the

process of culture and its role in shaping experiences

of urban life.

UA 300 (3) Transportation Delivery Systems. This

courseisdesignedtoacquaintthestudentwith

the major and current issues in transportation. The

signicanceoftransportationinthemodernworld,

evolution of systems in America, interrelationships of

the various modes and career opportunities is included.

UA 302 (3) Urbanization: Ancient African

Kingdoms/African American Experience. The

course addresses the history of African American

urban communities from an Afrocentric perspective.

Emphasis is placed on

social, cultural, and political developments which have

contributed to experience of contemporary urban life.

UA 310 (3) History of Cities. This course is a survey

of the development of cities throughout history.

Particularattentionispaidtotheformofdevelop-

ment, politics, arts, aesthetics, economics, and culture

of cities. Through lectures and class discussions,

wewillexaminetheAmericancityinaneortto

understand the basis for attempts to improve the

urban environment.

UA 336 (3) Housing: Problems and Perspectives in

Urban America. A survey course which examines

factors that contributed to developments in housing

in the past from the public and private sectors of society.

UA 356 (3) Issues in Community Participation. A

survey course with emphasis on issues and problems

associated with small and large communities relative

to community participation.

UA 357 (2) Community Development Field Work.

This course will introduce students to hands on

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 355

community development work. Guest speakers

and activities with community organizations will

be included in the course experience. Students will

gain an understanding of community systems as

well as strategies for addressing the challenges of

community work.

UA 366 (3) Public Policies and Practices. This course

is designed for majors and students interested in

public and professional practices that direct the

developmentofcities.Studentswillacquireknow-

ledge of the issues, approaches, and impacts of

publicpolicymakingoncitydevelopment.Equally,

they will learn the practices exercised by professions

to implement policy mandates in a plural environment.

UA 400 (3) Introduction to Environmental Planning.

The environment is a vital component of communities’

economiesandqualityoflifeaswellasofpublic

health. Students who complete this course will

gain an understanding of the major environmental

concerns in the United States, including those

involving protection of natural assets as well as those

involvingprotectionfromnaturalandman-made

hazards. Students will also become familiar with the

major federal environmental regulatory policies and

theireectsatthecommunitylevel.

UA 420 (3) Transportation Planning. Principles involved

in planning local, state, and national transportation

systems;variablescriticaltotransportationplanning

includingfeasibilitystudies,landacquisition,access-

ibility, utility, economics and environment impact.

UA 421 (3) Community Development Theory and

Practice. This course provides students with the

essentials of community development and the skills

of local capacity building that are needed in order

to foster sustainable community development. It is

not designed to give you answers on how to achieve

sustainable development, but rather to expose you

to a variety of elements and viewpoints about it.

The course will broaden your horizon about what

communitydevelopmentisandhowitispursued;

it will reevaluate your assumptions and stereotypes

about the world, how it works and what can be done

to make things better.

The course emphasizes that community building

begins with the process of locating assets, skills and

capacities of residents, citizens associations, and

local institutions. The major thrust is on rebuilding

community by releasing individual capacities, the

power of the local associations and organizations

and capturing institutions.

UA 466 (3) Ethics in Policy and Planning. This

course provides students the opportunity to come to

grips with the ethical demands policy and planning

work by familiarizing them with the essence of

ethicalquestioningandhelpingthemdeveloptheir

own ethical stance. The course will utilize case

studies to engage students in dialogue and introduce

them to the types of ethical challenges of policy and

planning practice.

UA 493 (1-6 Variable Hours) Independent Research/

Directed Study in Urban Studies. Prerequisite:

LimitedtoSeniorUrbanAairsmajorsonly.

Students must have taken at least three semesters of

coursework at JSU, are in good standing, and have

approval from program coordinator and agreement

fromaspecicfacultymemberwhowillguidetheir

independent study. This course will be individualized

and will deal with selected topics in the study

ofUrbanAairs.Withintherstthreeweeksof

semester, student should have a proposed scope of

workonlewiththefacultymember.

UA 494 (3) Writing and Presentation for Policy and

Planning. This course builds on core and disciplinary

course and involves students in development of

writing and presentation skills necessary to apply

their urban studies knowledge to policy and planning

activities across various organizational contexts.

Students will explore, through mock experiences,

various contexts for public presentation of their

ideas such as board meetings, public forums, letter

writing,eectiveemailcorrespondence,charrette

participation.

UA 495 (4) Internship in Urban Studies.

Prerequisite:Seniorstanding;UrbanAairsmajors

only.Thiscourseentailssupervisedeldworkwith

private,public,ornonprotorganizationrelatedto

his emphasis or minor.

UNIVERSITY SUCCESS

Division OF Undergraduate Studies

OFFICE: Charles F. Moore Building

UNIV 100 (2) University Success in College. This

course serves as the nucleus of the First Year

Experienceandoersaglobal,comprehensiveand

personalized approach to student success through

textbook, stimulating lectures, action research,

leadership development, library initiatives, and

service learning.

JACKSON STATE UNIVERSITY | 356

UNIV 101, 102 (1) (1) University Success for Business

Majors. These courses are designed to assist the

rstyearstudentsintheiradjustmenttocollege

life and in exploring career options. Emphases will

beplacedonself-assessment,imagedevelopment,

credit/money management, winning attitudes,

goal setting, dressing for success, constructing

personal web pages, action research, portfolio

development, leadership skills, and library usage.

Personal Development activities relative to the

students’ academic, social and professional success

are reinforced through participation in enrichment

workshops, seminars, student organizations, service

learning, and mentoring. (F, S)

UNIV 105 (2) University Success for Adult Learners.

This course is designed to assist adult learners in

maximizing their potential to achieve academic

success by providing a general orientation to the

functions and resources of the University. The

course is designed to help each student establish

personal and professional goals and assess barriers

to personal, academic, and career goals. In addition,

the course is designed to provide students with

positive learning experiences utilizing instructional

methods of lectures, demonstrations, small and large

group discussions, consultants and technology. The

course will provide students with information on how

to apply skills needed to take notes, communicate

eectively,anddevelopgoodstudyskillstobe

successful college students. Students will have the

opportunity to engage students in action research,

leadership skills, library initiatives, and enrichment

workshops/seminars activities relative to their

academic, social, and professional success.